<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 nzetc-p5.xsd" xml:id="AleInci" xml:lang="en">
  <teiHeader>
    <fileDesc xml:id="fileDesc-0001">
      <titleStmt>
        <title type="marc245">Incidents of The Maori War</title>
        <title type="sort">Incidents of The Maori War</title>
        <title type="gmd">[electronic resource]</title>
        <author><name key="name-124506" type="person">James E. Alexander</name></author>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0001">
          <resp>Creation of machine-readable version</resp>
          <name key="name-401529" type="organisation">Keyboarded by Planman Technologies</name>
        </respStmt>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0002">
          <resp>Creation of digital images</resp>
          <name key="name-401529" type="organisation">Planman Technologies</name>
        </respStmt>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0003">
          <resp>Conversion to TEI.2-conformant markup</resp>
          <name key="name-401529" type="organisation">Planman Technologies</name>
        </respStmt>
      </titleStmt>
      <extent>ca. 553 kilobytes</extent>
      <publicationStmt>
        <publisher><name key="name-121602" type="organisation">New Zealand Electronic Text Centre</name></publisher>
        <pubPlace>Wellington, New Zealand</pubPlace>
        <idno type="etc">Modern English, AleInci</idno>
        <availability status="unknown">
          <p>Publicly accessible</p>
          <p n="public">URL: http://www.nzetc.org/collections.html</p>
          <p>Copyright 2009, by Victoria University of Wellington</p>
        </availability>
        <date when="2009">2009</date>
      <idno type="vuw-bbid">452029</idno></publicationStmt>
      <notesStmt xml:id="notesStmt-0001">
        <note xml:id="note-0001">Line breaks have only been retained for non-prose elements.</note>
      </notesStmt>
      <sourceDesc xml:id="sourceDesc-0001">
        <biblFull>
          <titleStmt>
            <title><name key="name-431204" type="work">Incidents of The Maori War</name></title>
            <author><name key="name-124506" type="person">James E. Alexander</name></author>
          </titleStmt>
          <publicationStmt>
            <publisher><name key="name-103018" type="organisation">Richard Bentley</name>, New Burlington Street</publisher>
            <pubPlace><name key="name-008904" type="place">London</name></pubPlace>
            <date when="1863">1863</date>
            <idno type="callno">Source copy consulted: Victoria University of Wellington Library, DU427.7 A376 I 1976</idno>
          </publicationStmt>
        </biblFull>
      </sourceDesc>
    </fileDesc>
	  <encodingDesc>
      <editorialDecl>
        <p>All unambiguous end-of-line hyphens have been removed, and
          the trailing part of a word has been joined to the preceding
          line.</p>
        <p xml:id="ETC">Some keywords in the header are a local Electronic
          Text Centre scheme to aid in establishing analytical
          groupings.</p>
      </editorialDecl>
      <classDecl>
        <taxonomy xml:id="nzetc-subjects">
          <bibl>
            <title>NZETC Subject Headings</title>
          </bibl>
        </taxonomy>
      </classDecl>
    </encodingDesc>
    <profileDesc xml:id="profileDesc-0001">
      <langUsage>
        <language ident="en">English</language>
      </langUsage>
      <textClass>
        <keywords scheme="http://www.nzetc.org/nzetc-subjects">
          <list>
            <item>
              <rs key="subject-000002" type="subject">New Zealand Wars History</rs>
            </item>
          </list>
        </keywords>
      </textClass>
    </profileDesc>
  <revisionDesc><change n="validateSupplierTei"><date when="2009-03-02T11:47:07">11:47:07, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Schematron validation of supplier TEI</change><change n="quickProof"><date when="2009-03-02T12:05:54">12:05:54, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Text-proofing of a sample of the text</change><change n="teiMarkup"><date when="2009-03-02T12:20:31">12:20:31, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Conversion to TEI.2-conformat markup</change><change n="scriptedMarkup"><date when="2009-03-02T12:20:36">12:20:36, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Adding name markup</change><change n="addBibls"><date when="2009-03-02T12:21:36">12:21:36, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Addition of bibls</change><change n="teiValidation"><date when="2009-03-02T12:50:32">12:50:32, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Validation of TEI</change><change n="nameValidation"><date when="2009-03-02T12:55:45">12:55:45, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Validation of names</change><change n="assembleImages"><date when="2009-03-02T13:00:37">13:00:37, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Assembled all images</change><change n="derivativeCreation"><date when="2009-03-02T13:00:40">13:00:40, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Creation of derivative images</change><change n="makeProduction"><date when="2009-03-02T13:00:48">13:00:48, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Promotion to production</change><change n="drmAddition"><date when="2009-03-02T13:14:20">13:14:20, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Addition of text to access control</change><change n="harvestTopicMap"><date when="2009-03-02T13:15:10">13:15:10, Monday 2 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Harvest into Topic Map</change><change n="browserCheck"><date when="2009-03-03T09:15:29">09:15:29, Tuesday 3 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Checking of text using browser</change><change n="corpusAddition"><date when="2009-03-03T09:16:19">09:16:19, Tuesday 3 March 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-141366">Samantha Callaghan</name>Addition of text to corpus</change><change n="live"><date when="2009-04-07T11:47:10">11:47:10, Tuesday 7 April 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-121584">Jason Darwin</name>Make text available on NZETC website</change><change n="catalogueAddition"><date when="2009-04-07T11:47:22">11:47:22, Tuesday 7 April 2009</date><name type="person" key="name-121584">Jason Darwin</name>Addition of text to Library Catalogue<!-- BBID=452029 --></change><change n="epubPreparation"><date when="2009-08-04T14:06:04">14:06:04, Tuesday 4 August 2009</date><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Preparation of EPUB (and other formats such as DaisyBook)</change></revisionDesc></teiHeader>
  <text xml:id="t1">
    <front xml:id="t1-front">
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d1" type="covers">
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="AleInciFCo">
            <graphic url="AleInciFCo.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="AleInciFCo-g"/>
            <figDesc>Front Cover</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="AleInciSpi">
            <graphic url="AleInciSpi.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="AleInciSpi-g"/>
            <figDesc>Spine</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="AleInciBCo">
            <graphic url="AleInciBCo.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="AleInciBCo-g"/>
            <figDesc>Back Cover</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="AleInciTit">
            <graphic url="AleInciTit.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="AleInciTit-g"/>
            <figDesc>Title Page</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n2"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d2" type="frontispiece">
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="AleInciP001a">
            <graphic url="AleInciP001a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="AleInciP001a-g"/>
            <head><hi rend="c">New Plymouth, Taranaki, New Zealand.</hi><lb/>Hanhart <unclear>11th</unclear>.</head>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n3"/>
      <titlePage xml:id="t1-front-d2-d1">
        <docTitle rend="center">
          <titlePart type="main">
            <hi rend="c">Incidents</hi>
            <lb/>
            <hi rend="lsc">Of</hi>
            <lb/>
            <hi rend="c">The Maori War.</hi>
          </titlePart>
          <titlePart><hi rend="c">New Zealand.</hi><lb/><hi rend="c">In</hi> <date from="1860" to="1861">1860-61</date>.</titlePart>
        </docTitle>
        <byline rend="center"><hi rend="lsc">By</hi><lb/>Colonel Sir <docAuthor><hi rend="c">James E. Alexander</hi></docAuthor>,<lb/><hi rend="lsc">Knt. K.C.L.S., F.R.G.S., and R.A.S.</hi></byline>
        <imprimatur>
          <hi rend="lsc">Author of "a Campaign in Cafferland," "Explorations in Africa,<lb/>America</hi>," &amp;c.
        </imprimatur>
        <docImprint rend="center">
          <pubPlace><hi rend="c">London</hi>:</pubPlace><lb/>
          <publisher><hi rend="c">Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street.</hi><lb/>Publisher in Ordinary to Her Majesty.</publisher><lb/>
          <date when="1863">1863.</date>
        </docImprint>
      </titlePage>
      <pb xml:id="n4"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d3" type="imprint" rend="center">
        <p>
          <hi rend="c">London:</hi>
        </p>
        <p>Printed by A. Schulze, 13, Poland Street.</p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">Reprint Published By</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="c">Capper Press</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">Christchurch, New Zealand</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <date when="1976">1976</date>
        </p>
        <p>Printed offset by the Caxton Press, Christchurch</p>
		  </div>
        <pb xml:id="n5"/>
		  <div xml:id="t1-front-d3a" type="dedication" rend="center">
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">Respectfully Inscribed</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">To</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="c">Major-General W. F. Forster, K.H.</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">Military Secretary</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">To</hi>
        </p>
        <p>
          <hi rend="lsc">H.R.H. The Field-Marshal Commanding-In-Chief.</hi>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n6"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d4" type="preface">
        <head>
          <hi rend="c">Preface.</hi>
        </head>
        <p>New Zealand, the home of many of Britain's enterprising sons, and acquiring great importance from its commanding position in the Southern Pacific Ocean, has lately had much attention directed towards it from the unlooked-for disturbance of friendly relations between the Colonists and the Maories, resulting in a war, which from small beginnings attained formidable dimensions, and continued for many months. The principal incidents and events of that conflict are narrated in the following pages, and it is hoped they will found interesting to civilian as well as military readers, as strict impartiality is shewn towards the contending parties.</p>
        <p>On the establishment of a lasting peace, the great advantages which New Zealand <choice><orig>pos-<pb xml:id="n7" n="vi"/>sesses</orig><reg>possesses</reg></choice> in an unrivalled climate, a fertile soil, and great commercial capabilities, not omitting its gold-fields, will no doubt cause a great tide of prosperity to flow towards its highly picturesque shores.</p>
        <p>It will be observed by those who are pleased to peruse this volume, that the Author is an Aborigines-protectionist, and that he feels keenly on this subject, at the same time he professes to entertain the most friendly sentiments towards colonists and settlers, as long as they do not interfere with native rights, and believe, and act on the belief, that Divine Providence has given an inheritance to those of dark as well as fair complexions.</p>
        <closer>
          <address>
            <addrLine>Westerton,</addrLine><lb/>
            <addrLine>Bridge of Allan, N.B.</addrLine><lb/>
          </address>
          <date when="1863-04">April, 1863.</date>
        </closer>
		<pb xml:id="n1"/>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n8"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d6" type="map">
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="AleInciP002a">
            <graphic url="AleInciP002a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="AleInciP002a-g"/>
				<head><hi rend="c">Operations</hi><lb/><hi rend="lsc">on the</hi> <hi rend="c">Waitara R.<lb/>
				Taranaki</hi>.</head>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
    </front>
    <pb xml:id="n9"/>
    <body xml:id="t1-body">
      <head><hi rend="c">Incidents of The Maori War in</hi><date from="1860" to="1861">1860-61</date>.</head>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d1" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> I.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>The Curragh Camp—Second Battalion of the 14th Regiment ordered to New Zealand—How this was taken—March to Cork—The 'Robert Lowe' Troop-ship—Hurry at embarking—Improvement in Troop-ships—Gymnastics—A Fire Parade—The 'Nautilus,' a weekly paper—Births and Deaths—Proper division of time on board—Sunsets—Story of an old Salt—Sea Birds—A Gale of Wind—Dante's allusion to the Southern Cross—Antarctic cold—Gough's Island—Dangerous position of the ' Indian Queen'—Bulling a cask—Colds and Cramps—Icebergs—Escape of five sailors—American Sealers—St. Paul's Island—The Big Wave Night—Ice on the Water—Pass Tasmania—Approach New Zealand—Sketch of the West coast—Arrive at Auckland—Excursions.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">At</hi> the Curragh Camp, Ireland, in the summer of 1860, when 10,000 strong men, the flower of Britain's soldiers, were assembled <pb xml:id="n10" n="2"/>for their training on that extensive green plateau, as artillery, cavalry and infantry, I was called to the front, after a divisional fieldday, by General Sir George Brown, G C.B., commanding the forces, and was told to recall detachments and prepare for going abroad. A staff officer, the deputy-adjutant-general, afterwards rode up to me and said it was to New Zealand.</p>
        <p>On our march back to the huts, the band playing a fine German air which we have since called " The New Zealand March," I halted the young battalion, the second of the 14th Regiment, and communicated the intelligence of our destination, namely to " the ends of the earth," over the wide ocean 16,000 miles from home; but I said I was sure they would like the adventure, they were young and no doubt anxious to see the world and to gain experience of the sea; in the transports their comfort would be attended to. New Zealand was one of the finest of British Colonies, as respects climate better than home, and not much fear of sickness there. Service abroad was now being shortened, and before many <pb xml:id="n11" n="3"/>years they had the prospect of seeing their friends again; but above all I took it as a compliment to the regiment, that it was the first of the new battalions selected to proceed to where fighting was going on, a Maori War. We would no doubt have a share of it, and I believed we would give a good account of ourselves in the service of the Queen and country.</p>
        <p>The men seemed greatly pleased with the idea of going abroad " on station" as they called it, and none deserted, and some hundreds from other corps wanted to go with us. We had not been much more than two years raised, and I did not expect to have been sent so far (having pretty well trodden the earth before in many climes). I imagined that a Channel island might have been our destination after the Curragh; but it was otherwise ordered, and like an old oriental I took it as my fate, considering that the soldier's motto should be "ubi bene, ibi patria."</p>
        <p>I had always longed to see New Zealand, remembering the grand appearance presented <pb xml:id="n12" n="4"/>by a picture of the mountains about Port Nicholson in the rooms of the Royal Geographical Society. It was a land of promise, of most picturesque scenery, interesting for its active volcanoes, its snowy peaks, its vast forests, its splendid harbours, its numerous rivers, its fertile soil, its fine specimens of humanity the warrior Maories.</p>
        <p>We had not much time given to prepare for the long voyage to the Antipodes, and we did not want much; light marching order, and no furniture was the word. A short visit to our native Scotland, was followed by a march to Cork. Leaving the huts for the station with four bands complimenting us, we had music " galore."</p>
        <p>I took as the head-quarters of the regiment, the left wing with Major Douglas, also the band. Major Dwyer taking charge of his own wing, the right, in the " Boanerges" sailing ship, followed by another ship the " Savilla," in which Captain Vivian commanded 100 men.</p>
        <p>Our vessel was the " Robert Lowe," of 1500 tons, and with an auxiliary screw of 360 horse power, Captain Congalton <choice><orig>com-<pb xml:id="n13" n="5"/>mander.</orig><reg>commander</reg></choice> She was a handsome iron ship of fine lines for sailing, tall masts carrying a great spread of canvass, and well provided for the accommodation of the twenty-four officers, the ladies, the five hundred soldiers, the seventy women and as many children, and the crew of fifty men who embarked in her.</p>
        <p>The officials who embarked us, were probably desirous that our baggage should be well stowed between decks, which was quite right for the sake of the due ventilation of the ship; but instead of our proceeding to sea deliberately as we ought to have done, sea kits and hammocks regularly issued and marked, we were hurried off in twenty-four hours before these necessary operations could be accomplished; thirty-six or forty-eight hours after embarkation, before sailing, would have well settled every body and every thing, "<hi rend="i">festina lente,"</hi> methodically hasten being the motto, and not " fire off your gun before you take aim." However an old soldier should preserve his presence of mind under all circumstances, do his duty, and as the Irish have it " keep on never minding."</p>
        <pb xml:id="n14" n="6"/>
        <p>There is an improved system now for fitting out and provisioning troop-ships. The " Henry Ferine," lately arrived in New Zealand, is a specimen troop-ship as to room, ventilation, and provisions. We had no fresh meat for the men; but we had good salt meat and biscuit, peas, flour, tea, cocoa, and good water. The men slept in hammocks, with fixed tables and benches athwart ship for their meals, which were not taken on the deck as in some foreign troop-ships. The poor women and children were stowed away amidships below, dark and close; but there was no help for it, and Doctor Carte ventilated the berth as well as it would admit of; delicate and suitable food should not be forgotten for the children on long voyages, or they will soon suffer on mens' rations.</p>
        <p>The women were sent on deck as often as the weather would admit of it, and their berths constantly kept as clean as possible.</p>
        <p>There was the usual misery of sea sickness for the first three days, then with the band on deck and favouring breezes, the spirits and appetites revived, following which were <choice><orig>march-<pb xml:id="n15" n="7"/>ing</orig><reg>marching</reg></choice> round the deck to music, games and gymnastic exercises. The latter should be daily practised ashore or afloat, for soldiers should be strong and supple for fighting and marching. At Mullingar and other places I had a gymnastic room lighted up of an evening, where the men could spar, wrestle and dance; it was attended with the best effects, very little crime, the stoutest and wildest fellows were there, as well as good men, engaged in friendly contests. At the Curragh Camp, we had a fencing master for the officers.</p>
        <p>It is very important in troop-ships, as soon as the men have gained their sea legs, that there should be a fire parade, sending the greater number of the men below and distributing them to pass water buckets; on the upper deck, sentries to keep order, a party of soldiers to assist in working the pumps, the carpenter and his mates being in charge of the fire engine, and the men being told off to the boats, as many as they will accommodate, spars being supposed to make a raft for the remainder. There is little confusion or hurry on the occasion of a fire, as I proved once in <pb xml:id="n16" n="8"/>the Mediterranean, if due arrangements have been made before hand; there is less likelihood of a fatal rush to the boats if the men have confidence, by previous practice, for a fire.</p>
        <p>We sped on our course (a south-westerly one) with sails, not requiring the screw. Madeira was seen one afternoon on our port quarter, massive, lofty, and partly cloudcovered, and though as yet there was no</p>
        <q>
          <lg>
            <l>"Life on the ocean wave,"</l>
          </lg>
        </q>
        <p>in the shape of fish, still ships in the first part of the voyage were not wanting to us daily. An illustrated weekly paper was commenced, called " The Nautilus," this is a great help to dispel <hi rend="i">ennui</hi>, during a voyage to remote regions, it may comprise much information with amusement, and give full employment for the pen and pencil.</p>
        <p>As we approached the line, the delicate Portuguese man-of-war with its purple keel spread its thin film to the breeze, flying fish and dolphins also added to the interest of the voyage. Great fish like young whales gambolled in the ocean and stood away before us, <pb xml:id="n17" n="9"/>each fish in its lusty vigour " saltans, gaudens, liquidis undis."</p>
        <p>A play was acted by the officers, and the men organized a corps of negro minstrels, and gave recitations; also in manly exercises, boxing gloves, foils and single sticks were freely used. At the Curragh, a considerable supply of second-hand books was" obtained from Dublin by contributions of the officers and the subscriptions of companies, the ever deeply to be lamented Lord Herbert of Lea, Secretary of State for War, on my applying to him, directed 100 volumes to be provided for each ship, of useful and interesting literature, neatly bound. Cards are prohibited in barracks, but I allowed a few packs on board ship on the shady side of the deck. In the cabin, rubbers at whist were the extent of the play. No commanding officer should allow round games, which are apt to become exceedingly dangerous.</p>
        <p>We remembered also the Sabbath day, and endeavoured to "keep it holy;" prayers were read for both protestants and catholics, and a discourse delivered from " Plain words," which are well adapted for soldiers and sailors.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n18" n="10"/>
        <p>About this time the heat and languor became great, but the latter was modified by an early plunge bath for which there was great demand; a shower bath of salt water between the Tropics is very invigorating, I remember its great value on a return from service in the East.</p>
        <p>We had births and deaths on board; our school mistress, Mrs Vaughan, an attentive and zealous young woman, fell a victim to consumption, also a fine young soldier, and no less than nine children died; some were sickly before they came on board, with others the want of proper food possibly caused the poor things to succumb. When we crossed the line, Neptune did not appear on deck, in troop-ships his presence is considered dangerous, as he does not agree with soldiers, and he might have become jealous of their attentions to his Amphitrite, and who like a turkey might have been attracted by the red rag. Some ships were seen homeward bound, and a fine Spanish brig passed not far off.</p>
        <p>Besides dividing the time properly, and usefully employing each portion of it, to get <pb xml:id="n19" n="11"/>rid of the tedium of a voyage, it is recommended to the admirers of the beauties of nature, and those whose fancy roams occasionally into cloud-land, to watch the sunsets between the tropics, they are often most gorgeous; thus a bright eye appears in a mass of grey clouds, and beneath distinct rays proceeding from the luminous centre meet the horizon. At another time, clouds at the verge of the saphire sea, with the sun setting behind them, appear like an island of gold in fairy land, whilst bars of orange, red and purple, are superimposed. Later, the queen of night sailing in the starry firmament (" a new heaven" to those who had not before visited the southern hemisphere) reminds one, on quiet nights, of the Scotch school-master, who when asked for a toast or sentiment, gave, as the most beautiful image he could conjure up, " The moon shining on the caum bosum of the lake!"</p>
        <p>Sometime ago, during a steam-boat passage on the Lower Shannon, in the evening, the engineer of the craft was pointing out to the listening passengers, "for'ard the funnel," <pb xml:id="n20" n="12"/>the excellence of the boat and the smartness of the captain, who was " swelling it," in gold laced cap and anchor buttons. The engineer's discourse roused the ire of an old salt, <hi rend="i">who had been round the Horn</hi>. "Talk of your boat," he said, " she could not live five minutes 'round the Horn,' there the wind is so strong that we can't carry common sails, but have leather ones, canvass would be blown into ribbons like silk handkerchiefs, and as to your captain, <hi rend="i">the old bullock</hi>, if he had been there we would have skinned him, and made sails of his hide! To give you a notion of the wind ' round the Horn,' one night we sprung our main-top gallant yard, the carpenter went aloft to fish it, and the wind blew the teeth out of his saw!" " Yes," said the engineer, " and I suppose it took two men to hold his hat on," at this 'chaff' the old salt turned away in much disgust.</p>
        <p>We had a taste of 'Horn weather' also, though not in the same degree as the old sailor described, neither were the buttons of our coat blown off. After various indications and prognostications, first appeared great <pb xml:id="n21" n="13"/>numbers of the sooty petrel, " the Cape hen " of the sailors, the speckled Cape pigeon, Mother Cary's chickens (the ominous stormy petrel), the great white Molly Mawke, and lastly the giant albatross, the largest web footed thing, as the stormy petrel is the smallest, sailed majestically across the troubled deep. Porpoises disported themselves playfully, the scud flew across the heavens, the breeze freshened and increased to a gale, that is, the wind may have attained a velocity of fifty miles an hour; the ship was reduced to close reefed topsails, some officers of Her Majesty's line tried to walk most uncomfortably, and assisted by life lines on the slope of the quarter-deck.</p>
        <p>What sailors elegantly call Davy Jones' locker was nearly visited by a drummer, who was caught up by the fore sheet and swung over the side and for'ard life boat, but holding on was swung back again on board. Heavy seas were shipped and there were many wet jackets. Lee lurches, most destructive to glass and crockery, spilt soup, occasioning many a <hi rend="i">soupir</hi> for spoilt garments, and worst <pb xml:id="n22" n="14"/>of all sore bones from heavy falls, particularly on the 10th of October when there was a grand crash in the saloon, into which a sea poured through the sky-light, and a table and seat gave way to the great detriment of one of the party.</p>
        <p>The Magellan clouds about the South Pole and the glorious Southern Cross were objects of great interest in the moonless nights; of this last the poet Dante strangely says (and in his time, the 13th century, the Cape of Storms had not been passed by Europeans, though the Phoenicians may have done so.)</p>
        <q><lg type="verse">
          <l>"Io mi volsi a man destra eposi mente,</l>
          <l>All altro polo, e vide quatro stelle</l>
          <l>Non viste mai fuor ch alla prima gente</l>
          <l>Goder pareva 'l ciel si lor fiammelle."</l>
        </lg>
        <lg type="verse">
          <l>"To the right hand I turned and fix'd my mind</l>
          <l>To the other pole attentive, when I saw</l>
          <l>Four stars ne'er seen before save by the ken</l>
          <l>Of our first parents. Heaven of those days seemed joyous."</l>
        </lg></q>
        <p>By the middle of October, the cold weather of the great southern ocean had commenced, and as the thermometer fell the appetites rose, and, barometrically, remained at " set fair." <pb xml:id="n23" n="15"/>Reading on deck was now impossible at a temperature of 35°, and the birds which so perseveringly followed in our wake were respited by the fowlers and bird-catchers (with stick, string and button) and were now evidently whiter than those we saw of the same species a fortnight before. The air had an icy feel, and all were in lively movement on the quarter-deck.</p>
        <p>Gough's Island was looked for and believed to have been seen on the evening of the 16th October; at daylight, the following morning, there was no doubt of its vicinity, as its summit of five distinct elevations and massive volcanic sides appeared in our port bow. Its highest point is 4,300 feet high, it is six miles long, four broad, and fifteen in circuit, is covered with grass and stunted trees; cascades descend from the cliffs into the sea, there is a landing place for boats on the north side where there is also fresh water, and</p>
        <q>
          <lg>
            <l>"Placed far amid the melancholy main"</l>
          </lg>
        </q>
        <p>Gough's Island is without an inhabitant and likely ever to be so, for its appearance is far <pb xml:id="n24" n="16"/>from inviting. Though the breeze was light we had no inducement to ask the captain to land to pic-nic there, as was done by the passengers in one of Somes' ships at Tristan d'Acunha, and whilst the captain was on shore " making merry" the ship took fire, her magazine blew up and carried out her stern, and thus were the unfortunate people bound for India put to the greatest inconvenience, and with a miserable prospect before them. Most providentially, a vessel touched at the island three days after the above catastrophe and carried them to Melbourne.</p>
        <p>Whilst near Gough's Island the calm induced me to ask the captain to lower a couple of boats, and there was some excitement and wholesome exercise in pulling from the ship and round her; but the boats dropped astern, and the ship, sitting light on the water, crept away from us with the puffs of wind she got aloft; after a very tough pull and no indications of the ship's sails being backed, a signal of distress, a handkerchief on a boat hook, was obliged to be hoisted in the gig, which had the desired effect.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n25" n="17"/>
        <p>We had another gale of wind with great seas dashing over us and small sails set, and went rolling and pitching uncomfortably over the deep.</p>
        <p>Some captains of ships who are ambitious of quick runs, commit mistakes by getting too far south to get into veins of strong wind in these inhospitable antarctic seas; thus the Indian Queen" was nearly lost in 1859 in 60° south and 149° west, from Melbourne to England. At 2 <hi rend="sc">a.m.</hi>, 1st April, it being the captain's watch on deck, and the ship going ten knots with stun sails set, the passengers were awoke by a fearful shock, the noise of falling spars and a loud grinding against a hard substance. Hurrying on some clothes they came on the poop, and found themselves alongside of a large iceberg, the bow-sprit stove in and shattered, the upper masts carried away and with the sails hanging over the side, and tons of ice tumbling on the forecastle. The captain had deserted the ship and had lowered the life-boat (and with the chief officer, thirteen sailors and two passengers out of forty-one on board) was seen in it when <pb xml:id="n26" n="18"/>the ship was backed off the berg by means of the cross jack sail.</p>
        <p>The people in the boat having lost their oars cried for help, when no help could be rendered them from the disabled ship, except to cast a life buoy and rope to one man, who swam to the vessel, he got half way up its side, when he fell back exhausted, and sank out of sight, The second officer, carpenter and four of the crew remained on board. To Thomas Howard, the carpenter, the greatest credit was given, after calling out " all right with the pumps and no leak sprung!" he encouraged all hands, who clearing away the wreck and with jury masts rigged, the hull was brought to Valparaiso. The captain's son was amongst the saved, seventeen were lost for want of presence of mind in their chief.</p>
        <p>"Bulling a rum cask" may be a novelty to landsmen, it is thus performed, water is put into an empty barrel and it is rolled about, this was practised on board once or twice for'ard, and the effects were soon discovered among the red and blue jackets, but this <hi rend="i">spirited</hi> proceeding was soon stopped.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n27" n="19"/>
        <p>On the whole, the men, for young soldiers, behaved very well on board, one thief (of comrades' necessaries) I was obliged to tie up; but averse as most commanding officers are to corporal punishment it cannot yet be altogether dispensed with, and one punishment a year of this kind, instead of a hundred when I first entered the service, seems to suffice. Soon, no doubt, it will be quite done away with.</p>
        <p>"What sort of a morning is it John?" "In the first part of the night it snewed, sir, and in the morning it friz horrid." Conversation of an officer with his man John in Canada, and such might have been the reply to morning enquiries about the weather we had in the end of October, truly productive of chattering teeth, livid cheeks and blue noses. People are told to "look pleasant" when they are photographed, this was not the time for this operation, the thermometer at 30° with occasional snow showers, even hardy sailors took colds and cramps, and the captain was also laid up. He was a very skilful navigator, but one of those, I thought, who went too <pb xml:id="n28" n="20"/>far south for his strong winds, risking icebergs.</p>
        <p>Great excitement was occasioned one forenoon by Dr. Carte calling out " ice!" and sure enough a large mass of ice, blueish white, twenty feet high and seventy or eighty long, a young iceberg or the "calf" of one, was descried on our port bow. We passed it within a few hundred yards, with the sea breaking occasionally high over it. An iceberg shews above water only a fourth of its real size, or even less, so that a rock in the ocean is not more dangerous than a nearly immoveable mass of ice, or one making way at the rate of a knot a day. Five men were some time ago "landed" on a field of ice to make a ship fast to it with warps; a breeze sprung up, the ship was borne away before it, twenty miles out of sight, the rising sea broke off the piece of ice on which the men stood, they had not much more than standing room on it, were all night clinging to it and trying to prevent sleep overpowering them. The second night they must have perished, when providentially the ship, in cruising about for them, descried <pb xml:id="n29" n="21"/>in the afternoon the black objects on the fragment of ice and rescued the poor perishing creatures, who had tasted all the bitterness of death.</p>
        <p>We passed Prince Edward's Island, described by Cook in 1776 as high, fifteen leagues round, divided by a strait; then the Crozet group of islands, dreary and uninhabited like other islands of this great southern ocean. We are not aware of any natives like the Esquimaux of the North being found south of " the Horn," though sea fowl, and seals large and small as sea-elephants, lion and dog seals used to abound on the rocky shores of the antarctic land till the Americans began to destroy them wholesale.</p>
        <p>American sealing ships are usually little old barks, or brigs with a mizen-mast set on the tafferil, though sometimes so small a craft as a forty ton sloop is seen on a sealing voyage, with eight-and-twenty hands on board from Boston, all shareholders, and bound for Kerguelen or the Island of Desolation of Cook. This we passed not far off, and towards it a tall masted Yankee seemed steering. No <pb xml:id="n30" n="22"/>vessel was ever so completely beaten as this was by the old " Robert Lowe;" Jonathan seemed to feel it, for he got sulky and not till after a long time did he shew his ensign, or as he calls it "the star spangled banner, the saucy American flag." We trust it will soon again wave over their broad possessions in peace. We have many esteemed friends in the great land of the West, and lament the terrible events now enacted there.</p>
        <p>Some lectures were delivered to the officers and men on field fortification, attack and defence of posts, the ship's track, &amp;c., which were rendered as interesting as circumstances would admit of; we had also a large magic lantern supplied by the War Office for lectures on natural history, astronomy, &amp;c.</p>
        <p>Of all the Southern islands (some of which the examiners for commissions never heard of) the most interesting was one to the north of us, St. Paul's, adjacent to the large Island of Amsterdam. St. Paul's ten miles by five is the summit of an extinct volcano in the ocean, though gleams of sulphurous fire are said to be still occasionally seen at night on some <pb xml:id="n31" n="23"/>parts of its rocky surface. The vast crater, two miles round, is on the south-east side, part of the lip has fallen in and the sea ebbs and flows into it between cliffs seven hundred feet high. The depth of the crater is 174 feet, the entrance is narrow and over a sort of causeway, which boats can cross.</p>
        <p>Inside, on the sides of the cliffs, are seen some terraces with rude huts and gardens, these were formed by French Creoles of the Mauritius, who resort to St. Paul's to catch and dry fish, as rock cod, bonita, a sort of mackerel, and large craw-fish are also in plenty here; and the fishermen are delighted to exchange fish, also mustard and cress, cabbages, and a few potatoes for the narcotic weed.</p>
        <p>There are natural salt pans in the rocks, filled by the dash of the sea, and the water being evaporated by the sun, leaves a plentiful supply of fine salt. A boiling spring at the entrance to the crater, of 212° of heat, enables fresh caught fish to be boiled in a similar way to that practised by the Scotch Lord Lovat, who, as a sort of cruel joke, had a cauldron boiling on the edge of a salmon leap, <pb xml:id="n32" n="24"/>so that when the fish missed their spring, they might fall back into the hot water and boil themselves!</p>
        <p>Our weekly "Nautilus" was still kept up with unabating zeal; poetry, prose, facetiæ, and numerous illustrations being freely supplied and relished every Saturday forenoon. We give one acrostic:</p>
        <q><lg type="verse">
          <l>Roiling on through trackless ocean,</l>
          <l>Onward towards our port we steer,</l>
          <l>Bounding on with easy motion,</l>
          <l>Every day that port we near</l>
          <l>Rocked to sleep on Neptune's breast,</l>
          <l>Tars and soldiers soundly rest.</l>
        </lg>
        <lg type="verse">
          <l>Long may raging billows spare thee!</l>
          <l>O'er their bosom swift to sweep,</l>
          <l>Winds be fair and quickly bear thee,</l>
          <l>English transport through the deep.</l>
        </lg></q>
        <p>The ship having been brought into what the captain called " a good vein of wind " in latitude 48° in the beginning of November, washed her sides well and dashed from them vast quantities of soap suds at the rate of ten, twelve, and fifteen knots an hour.</p>
        <p>We had a big-wave night which astonished <pb xml:id="n33" n="25"/>some people, of course soldiers are never frightened. There was a gale, low canvass, rain, and it was pitchy dark, when a loud crash, like young thunder, a sudden collapse of the vessel and shrinking to leeward, for an instant it appeared to those in the saloon, that the ship had struck an iceberg, or some other vessel, or that some great internal injury had been sustained, till the water pouring through the sky-light, showed that a heavy sea had struck the ship and sent some tons of water on board, and some hand-spikes and gratings were carried overboard.</p>
        <p>Some time ago two Americans went to a house of entertainment and ordered in champagne and ice, whilst seated comfortably before their " fixings," a backwoodsman or "hoosier" came in, and sitting down opposite, helped himself without invitation to the wine. " That's cool!" said one gentleman to the other. " Yes," said the Hoosier, " there is ice in it!" When we were away south about Kerguelen island, it was <hi rend="i">cool</hi>, and there seemed to be plenty of ice in the water there, and those who jumped into the early bath <pb xml:id="n34" n="26"/>quickly jumped out again, chattering; but immediately the water became warmer without much change in our latitude, the iron ship felt it, and all hands were more comfortable.</p>
        <p>The excitement in the middle of November was lotteries, the hour that the anchor would be dropped at Auckland, the hour the first sail would be seen from the deck. Curious specimens of sea-weed passed us, but it was difficult to secure any of these floating algæ without stopping the ship. Microscopes were all ready to examine the marine curiosities usually attached to sea-weed in the distant paths of ocean.</p>
        <p>On the 17th November we were south of tho flourishing island of Tasmania, which presents its bold and rugged promontories to the ocean, abounds in diversified scenery, mountain and plain, " wooded hill and smiling valley," is well watered, has a fine healthy climate and is nearly as large as Ireland. If regiments in future were not left during the whole term of their service at one of the southern colonies, it might be better; thus four <pb xml:id="n35" n="27"/>years at Tasmania or New Zealand, three in Victoria, and three in New South Wales, would tell better for discipline than the whole of the foreign service in the Australian colonies at one station. It is not desirable for officers or soldiers to become too much localised, until they actually retire from the service. Also, there should always be detachment messes, and not officers living apart from each other, a fatal error, and leading to the worst consequences.</p>
        <q><lg type="verse">
          <l>"Come gentle spring! ethereal mildness come!</l>
          <l>And from the bosom of yon dropping cloud,</l>
          <l>While music wakes around veiled in a shower</l>
          <l>Of shadowy roses on the plains descend."</l>
        </lg></q>
        <p>Thus sang the poet of the Seasons, and thus we felt the kindly influence of the beauteous time of the year, the May of the South in the end of November, as we approached the southern Britain, New Zealand, resembling our island home too, having a cloud-land over it, long banks of neutral, tinted and fleecy clouds resting on the eastern sky, over which at night a charming moon shone bright.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n36" n="28"/>
        <p>Under all the circumstances of our case, it was not difficult to make up one's mind to a sojourn for a long or a short period in the youngest and, by many considered, the finest colony of our empire. We first approached the S.W. portion of the Middle Island, which presents to the Southern Ocean a giant barrier of stupendous mountains (Mount Cook the highest, 14,000 feet above the sea) and frowning cliffs; between and among these are numerous deep inlets, affording shelter from the wind but without anchorage generally, the swell thrown into these deep sounds with their beetling crags, after a westerly gale, must be awfully grand as it breaks high and roars against the adamantine coast.</p>
        <p>Vast and unexplored forests are to the east of the southern Alps, and where_still roam the remains of scattered tribes in all their native wildness, clothed in mats, and carrying the clubs and spears of their ancestors. Also it is believed by a recent explorer of the southern part of the province of Otago, there is to be found alive there the great elephant bird, the Dinornis, or Moa, of which only fossil bones <pb xml:id="n37" n="29"/>(giving to it a height of from ten to twelve feet) have reached England. This surveyor, Mr. Turnbull Thompson, found bones of Moas not thirty years old near an old Maori camp, and understood from an old native that he had eaten Moa meat in his youth.</p>
        <p>"Light breezes and fine " obliged us to put the kettle on, and make steam; but we had not much occasion for our auxiliary during the voyage, though it is an excellent " stand by " in light winds.</p>
        <p>Our accomplished band-master, Herr Louis Werner, had composed a fantasia dedicated to the officers of the 14th regiment: called "The Voyage to New Zealand;" it was descriptive of the route from the Curragh Camp to Cork, the embarkation, incidents during the voyage, including the storm and squalling infants, the arrival in port, and the finale. This fantasia was played as we sighted the North Cape, passed the Three Kings, and sailed down the east coast with its strange cliffs at Bream Head, the sail rock, like a schooner beating, Barrier island, &amp;c., and on St. Andrew's day, after eighty-one days at sea, we safely anchored <pb xml:id="n38" n="30"/>in the noble harbour of Waitemata, opposite Auckland, the seat of Government.</p>
        <p>There on its hilly site, divided by ravines and mostly composed of wooden houses, a church spire here and there, a showy Government house, barracks, and wooded domain in rear, and the whole backed by the massive extinct volcano—Mount Eden, the appearance of Auckland was imposing.</p>
        <p>His Excellency Colonel Gore Brown, C.B., was Governor of New Zealand at this time. As senior officer I relieved Colonel Kenny, and became commandant of the troops in the province of Auckland; regulars, militia, volunteers, &amp;c. The Maori war in the province of Taranaki being at its height, I had to receive and despatch men and <hi rend="i">matériel</hi>, and became also president of a tedious general-court-martial on a late brigade-major. I was thus prevented from going to the seat of war at once as I was anxious to do, though eventually I was able to accomplish my wishes.</p>
        <p>From Auckland there are agreeable excursions to be made by boats, or on horseback. I visited with Lady Alexander every place of <pb xml:id="n39" n="31"/>interest within a reasonable distance.; extinct volcanoes were ascended for the sake of the prospects, Kauri forests penetrated, with their noble trees, rich undergrowth, parasitical plants and graceful tree ferns, and Nikau palms. The pensioner villages of Howick, Panmure, Otahuhu, and Onehunga were seen, and the Maori settlements about Mangeré, Oraki, &amp;c. Our rides extended as far as the great Waikato river, where roads cease, and canoes and narrow paths form the means of communication into the heart of a beautiful region leading towards the Taupo Lake, the hot springs and the burning mountain Tongariro.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n40" n="32"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d2" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> II.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>The Maories—Their improvement—What ought to be our Policy with regard to them—Their previous condition—Effects of Missions among them—The Bishop of New Zealand—An opinion of Governor Grey's—Muscular appearance of the Maories—Maori Women—Temperature of the North Island—Costume of Maories—Their Mats—Displays of energy—War Dances—Their arms—Religion—Tapu—A proud White Man—The King movement—Originated with Hongi Heka—The Rev. Mr. Taylor—Taranaki Land League—The Rev. Mr. Buddle—Tarapipipi—Teawaitoa—Te Whero Whero becomes King Potatau—Reasons for not opening Roads—Anecdote of a Traveller—Advice to Officers—How we should deal with the Natives—Loss of Children—Abuse of Tobacco—How the Rising Generation can be improved.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The</hi> fine race of Maories of New Zealand were lately believed to be a people who had been subdued, civilized, and christianized without war. It is true that they have <pb xml:id="n41" n="33"/>wonderfully improved by being in contact with the just administration of British law, and by the active influence of the missionaries, from what they were twenty years ago. No more cannibalism, less party, feuds, extended cultivation, a taste for European clothes and comforts spreading among them. Yet, as long as they kill prisoners and wounded men, it is evident there is much to be done in remote parts of the country for their improvement, and also to _preserve them as a people who may be useful to themselves, and assist us in making the islands of New Zealand great colonies, and, with us, to defend them from attacks from without. Besides its being our duty to preserve aborigines and not destroy them, God's creatures, given an earthly inheritance as well as ourselves, it appears to me that we are too apt to lose sight of this important object, namely, converting the natives into allies for the conservation of their native islands, and our settlements established on them. We are too apt to legislate as if for a white colony, quite forgetting the rights and claims of the original lords of the soil, a noble race of aborigines <pb xml:id="n42" n="34"/>physically, and a great number of them with very acute intellects.</p>
        <p>The frightful state of things in New Zealand from 1831 to 1837 is recorded in the pages of Polock and other authors; tribe then warred against tribe; the land ran with blood; horrors inconceivable were perpetrated; not only were the slain in battle eaten, but slaves for slight offences were knocked on the head, cooked and devoured! I have seen the old chief Teraia, who partook of his last human feast in 1843, he is said also to have eaten seven wives; they could not have agreed with him, for his head is shaky, and though it was tried, he could not be photographed.</p>
        <p>If men of energy, daring, and intelligence, like Bishop Selwyn, and many of his coadjutors, of various denominations of christians, had not devoted themselves to the task of conversion, and traversed the length and breadth of the land, principally on foot, endured the extremes of heat and cold, perils by land and water, scanty fare, drenching rain, stifling accommodation, crowded wharrés or huts, the plague of insects and other <choice><orig>disagree-<pb xml:id="n43" n="35"/>ables</orig><reg>disagreeables</reg></choice>, while engaged in the noble task of spreading the truths of the gospel of our Lord and Master Jesus Christ in this remote and heathen land, years must have elapsed before our colonists could have ventured to settle in New Zealand, or merchant ships in safety visited its shores.</p>
        <p>Among the perils to which the christian teachers of the Maories were subject, was being knocked on the head from sudden passion. Thus the Bishop of New Zealand on one occasion was remonstrating with a wild young man about his conduct, and he said, " you will not listen, your ears are full of tobacco," on which the other went off for his tomahawk, and was running at the Bishop with deadly intent, when he was held by the other natives till his passion cooled. The Maories consider it a great insult to allude to their head in any way.</p>
        <p>The successive governors of New Zealand, Captains Hobson and Fitzroy, R.N., Sir George Grey, Colonel Wynyard, (acting) and Colonel Gore Browne, were selected for their character and ability for this high office, and <pb xml:id="n44" n="36"/>administered it faithfully; yet, as Governor Grey remarked, " I feel confident that regarded as a mere mony investment, the very best investment the country can make is to send out in advance, and far in advance of either colonists or merchants, missionaries who may prepare the way for those who are to follow them." We may add not political missionaries, or who would interfere with the Government, but who would devote themselves to their own particular office, inculcating habits of industry and temperance " in all things," and the principles and practice of our holy religion among the aborigines they profess to instruct.</p>
        <p>The fresh sea breezes which blow across the high mountains, the extensive plains, and the noble forests of New Zealand, seem to drive away almost all unhealthy influences from these favoured islands of the Southern Ocean. The brown race, therefore, which inhabits them, is generally of large proportions, lusty, and muscular. They are usually good-natured, and are easily excited to mirth, at the same time like the volcanic fires which exist in the <pb xml:id="n45" n="37"/>northern island, they will burst out suddenly, if aroused, into the fiercest passion and uncontrollable anger.</p>
        <p>Originally from the Malay stock they are active and brave, at the same time exercising great cunning and cleverness in taking advantage of and contriving cover for themselves in their pahs, or stockades, and strongholds, and not throwing away their lives too recklessly. Young women are sometimes seen of considerable personal attractions with fine black eyes, luxuriant hair and good teeth. A lower lip stained blue, and some tatooing on the chin detract from their natural beauty in the eyes of strangers, but this seems to have been got over in some cases, after a residence in the island, when a Maori wife is selected by a Pakeha or white man.</p>
        <p>The custom of tatooing the face and parts of the body is still maintained in New Zealand, though not to that extent it was formerly. The older New Zealanders we see, that is those over fifty years of age, are generally complely tattooed in circles and segments of <pb xml:id="n46" n="38"/>circles on the face, many of the younger men partially so, or not at all.</p>
        <p>The wavy black hair of both sexes is so full and thick, that it seems a complete protection to the head from any harm the New Zealand sun can do them. The extreme of heat I experienced in the province of Auckland was 86°, and I have been awoke repeatedly from cold, when in a tent during a whole winter, and found the thermometer at 30°, and the water frozen in the tumbler on the table. But after much experience of Canadian winters, also Russian, and when we used to look about zero, and under it, for the degrees of cold, the above seemed very trifling.</p>
        <p>The Maories seemed unhappy in rain, cowering in their huts in the months of June, July and August, when rain fell in torrents and the country was deep in mud.</p>
        <p>A Maori is a much more picturesque object in his ample flax mat with a richly coloured border and ornamented with dog skin, or in a blanket white or red, than in European clothes. Our worthy missionaries do not seem to regard it as of much consequence how <pb xml:id="n47" n="39"/>these people are attired, but it is evident that to dress men in shabby black coats, or trowsers, and indifferent hats or caps cannot improve their appearance—whereas a sort of crimson or blue kilt with the naked legs would suit their figures and give them freedom of action, and a simple jacket and vest and red scull cap would complete their costume. If ever embodied as soldiers or as a police corps, red scull caps and kilts, or knickerbockers and blue jackets would suit their bronzed skin well, and would probably be popular with them.</p>
        <p>The peculiar squares and vandyke patterns of the borders of the handsomest mats might be copied advantageously in cloth of European texture, and exhibiting equally the bright white, red and black colours to which the Maories are partial.</p>
        <p>The restless energy of the New Zealanders was evinced in their readiness for warlike enterprizes, in the strong desire of many of them to see foreign countries, and in their frequently engaging in whaling voyages on <pb xml:id="n48" n="40"/>which their strength and courage rivalled that of the white sailors.</p>
        <p>The rapidity with which they construct pahs of heavy timber for a permanent defence, and of lighter pickets for a temporary purpose, and to prevent their rifle pits in the rear of the stockade from being rushed, also their power in paddling, and their skill in managing their canoes, either for warlike or peaceable purposes demand admiration.</p>
        <p>But when working themselves up to a state of frenzy, previous to engaging their enemies, and with frantic gestures and yells demoniacal dancing the haka or war dance, the evil passions which lurk in man's heart were evinced in their most terrible form. The ground shook under their heavy tread, as with distorted faces and tongues thrust out, eyes glaring, and limbs distorted, and brandishing a club, paddle, or fire-arm, they hurled defiance at their enemies. With the native mere or club, and hani or spear they soon came to close quarters and engaged in deadly attempts to brain or stab each other. With fire-arms the contest was sometimes prolonged at a distance <pb xml:id="n49" n="41"/>from each other and taking advantage of cover.</p>
        <p>In the Taranaki war they uncovered when fighting, or wore merely a shirt and trousers with one or two or three cartouche boxes strapped across their breast, or worn diagonally across the body. Sword, or bayonet are not at present used by the Maories, the flat club or mere supplied their place, or a small patiti or hatchet, or tomahawk.</p>
        <p>Slaves were made of many of the prisoners of war, or they were knocked on the head and eaten previous to 1843, since that time there has been no human feast. Still wounded men were killed, as was deplorably shewn in 1860 in the Puketakauere affair.</p>
        <p>The religion of the Maories was very indefinite. They believed in an atua or spitit, and in a water-god, and imagined that ghosts walked at night.<note xml:id="fn1-41" n="*"><p>Sir George Grey in his "Polynesian Mythology" enters fully into this matter.</p></note> I have seen a Maori hurrying home at dusk, even lately, in consequence of this superstitious dread. The tohungas or priests seemed to encourage these <pb xml:id="n50" n="42"/>absurd notions to increase their own influence. Since the diffusion of Christianity among the Maories there has been a wondrous change for the better among them. The morning and evening prayers of many of them, their abstaining from labour and engaging in devotion on the Sabbath, are examples to many people calling themselves civilized, but who are very careless in religious matters.</p>
        <p>The tapu is still in force in many parts of the northern island, but is also wearing out with the spread of intelligence. It was a simple means of defining property, also of shewing respect to the dead, making sacred their wahitapu or burial plaCe.</p>
        <p>Travellers must remark in all parts of the world that people are alike in this respect, if you are kind to them they will be kind to you, "act as you wish to be acted upon" is the best rule to follow with the Maori, as with other people. Some men in look or manner betray themselves.</p>
        <p>Thus a Maori was asked, "why don't you like such a white man?" "Oh, he is a king, when we go to him he puts out a finger, and <pb xml:id="n51" n="43"/>says two or three words to us and goes in again. We don't like that."</p>
        <q>
          <lg type="verse">
            <l>"Whatever others do, do thou the right,</l>
            <l>Steadfast in virtue's straight and open way,</l>
            <l>Tho' others do the deeds that need the night,</l>
            <l>Do thou the deeds that shine in lightest day,"</l>
          </lg></q>
          <p>should be our rule in our dealings with aborigines, remembering what an American Indian said, "We wish to live and hold the land which God has given us, and our fathers have won. We are poor, but we have hearts; strangers might bring death to us, but we do not wish to die or pass away, or to part with our country."</p>
        <p>Some unjustly attribute the King movement to recent European promptings; we must look a little further, and we shall find that the renowned warrior, Hongi Hika of the Ngapuhis, was the first Maori chief who, after his visit to England in 1820, when he received gifts from George IV, first entertained the idea of being the supreme chief, or King of New Zealand, and out of mere personal ambition. For seven years he waged wars and made <choice><orig>con-<pb xml:id="n52" n="44"/>quests</orig><reg>conquests</reg></choice>, and ate the slain in the Taranaki and on the banks of the Thames and Waikato rivers, till a fortunate bullet at Whangaroa terminated his blood-stained existence. Many hill sides, terraced for cultivation, I have seen lying desolate and without an inhabitant in sight, owing to the devastating wars of this most selfish and cruel conqueror.</p>
        <p>The Rev. Mr. Taylor of Whanganui in his excellent work on New Zealand. "Te eka a Maui" describes how Matene Te Whiwhi of Otaki was the next who desired to be a king, but he was not successful in uniting the tribes under one head. And then arose the Taranaki Land League, some patriotic natives desiring that the land they received from their ancestors might be handed down to their children, and fearing, they said, the demoralization of the Pakeha towns if they sold their lands for the purpose of European settlement, then was instituted " Te Tikanga o te Iwi," the law of the tribe, that no individual of a hapu (family) should alienate land without the consent of the whole tribe.</p>
        <p>The present King movement (very clearly <pb xml:id="n53" n="45"/>described in a pamphlet by the Rev. Mr. Buddie, Wesleyan clergyman) was initiated in the Waikato district by the Ngatihaua chief Tarapipipi (William Thompson). He was the son of the great warrior Te Wahana, but brought up under Church Missionaries. He has evinced great intelligence, a great thirst for knowledge, has earnestly desired to save and improve his nation, and by peaceable means. Disunited, it was evident the tribes were destroying each other with war, and that adopting the principle of Whakatokohitanga, or union under one head, might strengthen and preserve them, if wholesome law and order prevailed. Tarapipipi was joined by the chief Te Heu Heu of the central district of the Taupo Lake, and taking the burning mountain of Tongariro as a centre, it was intended that with a large radius from it, and within an extensive circumference, a Maori king should be set up, and no more land be sold to Europeans. But Te Awaitoa (William Taylor) of Waingaroa on the west coast, a great warrior in days gone by, and since his connection with the Wesleyans a man of peace and of <choice><orig>excel-<pb xml:id="n54" n="46"/>lent</orig><reg>excellent</reg></choice> understanding, opposed the King movement.</p>
        <p>Te Parapipipi, Te Heu Heu and others persisting in their intention to have a king, the old and popular warrior chief Te Whero Whero was elected, and under the name of Potatau was removed from Mangere on the Manukau to Ngaruawahia at the central and very fertile delta of the junction of the Waikato and Waipa rivers, where his Runanga or council legislated in his name, he being merely their head. There, with a sentry to guard his flag, seated on the ground in his wharré or house and wrapped in his blanket, his counsellors did the work of governing for him and issuing edicts in his name.</p>
        <p>A grand objection to opening roads through Maori land is from the idea: " Your white doctors," say the Maories, "open a man's body when he dies to see the weakness which killed him. We do not want our weakness to appear by opening roads into our country." Again Tarapipipi was told one day by a com municative white friend, " In history we find that the Romans could not conquer the <choice><orig>En-<pb xml:id="n55" n="47"/>glish</orig><reg>English</reg></choice> till the roads were made through the country, then it was accomplished."</p>
        <p>An amusing instance may be given of how the Maories administered justice, when the Pakeha or white man travelled among them; and before this war began one could travel the North Island with as much safety as any part of Europe, and in many pahs experience great friendliness and hospitality.</p>
        <p>It was the custom for some clergymen who came to New Zealand for the first time, to travel through the country with a pupil or two to see the land and its people among whom they intended to labour. One reverend gentleman, newly arrived and ignorant of the language, was engaged on a pedestrian tour of this sort accompanied by two pupils. They had three Maori attendants with them, two to carry food and the other a large clothes bag. As they proceeded, the burthen of the two first got lighter, but the clothes carrier had the same weight as at starting, and he did not like it. After one of the meals he refused to shoulder his load, and the leader of the party got angry and taking out his watch said," I <pb xml:id="n56" n="48"/>give you five minutes, and if you don't take up your load I'll punch your head!" The man not knowing what all this was about, took no notice, " he did not see it." At the end of five minutes the minister pointed to the load. The Maori shook his head and immediately had his face slapped.</p>
        <p>After a little delay the Maori took up his load and trudged on with the rest. They came up to a "Pakeha Maori man," an Englishman who had lived among the natives and knew their language. After a little parley he said to the minister, " I find you have got into a great scrape, you have struck a Maori and will have to appear before a native Komiti (committee) when we halt at night." They arrived at a Kainga or village, and by the fire-light a long discussion seemed to be going on. At last one of the elders of the village delivered himself in this fashion to the minister, " You have committed a great offence, you have struck a Maori without sufficient cause, but as you are a clergyman and a stranger, and know no better, we only fine you five shillings, but don't do this <pb xml:id="n57" n="49"/>again." Officers of the army who are likely to reside some years in this noble colony of New Zealand, should study the language of the natives. It will afford them pleasure and facilities in travelling, and-their acquirements may be recognised by an appointment. I studied Maori for some weeks, and found it easy as compared with some other languages I had tried to acquire for temporary purposes. When leave of absence is obtained, it should be devoted to better objects than the mere destruction of animal life, for which our countrymen Have such an extraordinary propensity. "This is a fine morning, what shall we kill to day?" I have been obliged to kill a good deal also, but it was in Africa, to live.</p>
        <p>It is the object of all human and right-thinking men to preserve the fine race of Maories, and to secure them in ample possessions for their present numbers, say 56,000, and for the possibility of future increase, which may take place in consequence of the absence of intestine feuds, and from improved modes of living. At the same time <choice><orig>consider-<pb xml:id="n58" n="50"/>ing</orig><reg>considering</reg></choice> that nearly the whole of the middle island is open to British settlement, and great tracts in the northern island, there is abundant space for Kiri ma (white skins.)</p>
        <p>Natives being governed through themselves will be the great source of contentment among them. Better pay than £10 a year to native assessors is requiredo to make them believe that the Government really cares for their welfare;, this should always be studied, also the advancement of educated natives to places of trust and authority in proof of this.</p>
        <p>It should ever be remembered by the natives, that since the introduction of Christianity and government in the land, the people have been enabled to live at peace among themselves. The death of so many children among the native's is a subject of serious inquiry. It has been attributed by themselves to witchcraft, an evil spirit, the arrival of the Pakeha, and other absurd causes, but the mistakes of the parents cause it chiefly. The Rev. Mr. Whiteby gave the Maories excellent advice about the management of their children. It appears that the mothers, previous to <choice><orig>confine-<pb xml:id="n59" n="51"/>merit</orig><reg>confinemerit</reg></choice>, are not particular as to their diet, and they dig, and carry heavy burthens as if nothing was going to happen to them. After the birth of the child it is not wrapped up in proper clothes, nor is it regularly washed as the Pakeha children are, it may also be put to sleep with adults instead of separately. Again, the close, ill-ventilated wharrés of the old natives are not favourable to child life, smoky also, and the floor perhaps damp. During the day the child is carried naked on the bare back of one of its parents, as often the father as the mother, one blanket covering both—this is not a wholesome way. As to food, the Maories are careless about using salt with their potatoes and fish, and the taste for putrid corn (by steeping it for days in water) must be very prejudicial to them. Excessive smoking of both parents must tell injuriously on the children, whatever the advocates for the " weed " may say, and this is the testimony of a missionary who has lived twenty years in Maori land, and who told me that from excessive use of tobacco, the Maories who used to get up at the dawn, are now <pb xml:id="n60" n="52"/>found rolled in their blankets at seven o'clock and have lost much of their old energy; but the same is observed with pain among the youth of the white men of all nations.
<q><lg type="verse"><l>"Accursed tobacco, that from north to south.</l><l>Invades our nostrils and pollutes the mouth,"</l></lg></q>we may well exclaim if its abuse tends to enervate and render listless those who are " slaves to the pipe." I found it <hi rend="i">useful</hi> in keeping in order wild fellows with whom I had to do, in the wilderness of Africa, and in the American forests, but if a man is gifted with self-control, he does not require to put the restraint of the pipe on himself.</p>
        <p>In former times, infanticide (of female children) sometimes prevailed, and it was said that if a child was let live for one day, the mother got so fond of it she could not destroy it; but I have not understood that children now perish in the above dreadful manner, for now the parents seem so fond of their children, that they, in the excess of their grief when they lose them, will spend five or six pounds for a coffin, and then stint and starve <choice><orig>them-<pb xml:id="n61" n="53"/>selves</orig><reg>themselves</reg></choice> and their living children, instead of buying and keeping cows to rear them. But time and the progress of intelligence will remedy all this it is to be hoped</p>
        <p>Inculcating the social obligations arising from the marriage of a man to one wife, and not to a plurality of wives, or living with mistresses—in short, a change from a careless to a correct and moral manner of living, will afford the best chance for Maori or any other children to be brought up respectably and in New Zealand, belonging to the "Rangatiratanga," or order of gentleman, whilst "happy is the people whose God is the Lord."</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n62" n="54"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d3" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> III.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>First Settlement of the Province of Taranaki—Its Deficiencies —settlers' and Natives' Land mixed—Native troubles and quarrels—The Chiefs Ihaia and Wiremu Kingi—The Treaty of Waitangi.—The Maori King movement—Condensed statement of the Bishop of New Zealand's views—Mr. F. A. Carrington's account of the Taranaki Question—The New Zealand Company—Governor Fitzroy—The Tact of Governor Grey—Governor Gore Browne's purchase of the Land at the Mouth of the Waitara—Objected to by Wiremu Kingi—His Excellency goes to Taranaki—investigation of the causes of the war—New Plymouth—Its defenceless state.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The</hi> province of Taranaki,<note xml:id="fn2-54" n="*"><p>Taranaki mountain, or Mount Egmont, was first climbed by a man named Ruatara, and was called after him Ruataranaki. After a time, the 'Rua' was dropped, and it remained as Taranaki.</p></note> of which the capital is called New Plymouth, was first settled in 1841, under the auspices of the <pb xml:id="n63" n="55"/>New Zealand Company. The site of this province under the shadow of the noble Mount Egmont, raising its snowy summit 8,000 feet above the sea level, is on the west coast of the North Island of New Zealand, and though, famed for its fertility, has no harbours, and is lashed by the waves of the Pacific, which almost always roll noisily on its rocky and sandy shore. It is true, by running out piers, and deepening the bar, a harbour for small vessels might be contrived at the mouth of the Waitara<note xml:id="fn3-55" n="*"><p>Waitara, 'wai,' water; 'tara,' animation. Lively stream.</p></note> river, and a pier or jetty might be made at the Hua Toki<note xml:id="fn4-55" n="†"><p>'Huatoki,' fruit fetching river.</p></note> river at New Plymouth. Yet the open roadstead at present mars the progress of the town and of the province generally. Its advancement hereafter will depend on the re-establishment of peace and good land communications with Auckland and Wanganuit<note xml:id="fn5-55" n="‡"><p>'Whangai,' fed, ' nui,' large.</p></note> and the fertile valley of the Waikato.<note xml:id="fn6-55" n="§"><p>'Wai,' water, ' kato,' flowing.</p></note></p>
        <p>During the first" two years of its existence as <pb xml:id="n64" n="56"/>a European settlement, Taranaki received from the south-west coast of England about a thousand settlers. Its white population in 1859 was nearly 3000 souls, so that its increase was slow. It comprises 2,200,000 acres. Along the coast for 115 miles, is a belt of fine arable land of say 300,000 acres, inland are noble forests and broken country. The natives comprised a branch of the Ngatiawas, the Taranakis, and Ngatiruanuis, and their lands were mixed up with those of the Europeans in (as it appeared to me) dangerous proximity.</p>
        <p>I saw fortified pahs dotted here and there, for the natives to maintain themselves against each other in their quarrels about land, women, &amp;c. Some white men would not scruple to supply powder to contending parties, this roused naturally great jealousy and ill-will. I should have preferred to have seen the settlers and Maories entirely apart, with well defined limits, and the Maories gradually improving under good teachers, and seeing examples of British energy and enterprise <pb xml:id="n65" n="57"/>near them; but hills, rivers, and forests dividing them, not mere, fences.</p>
        <p>In the beginning of 1860 the. Ngatiawas were reckoned to amount to 1229 souls,<note xml:id="fn7-57" n="*"><p>In the province of Taranaki only; there is a larger tribe of Ngatiawa on the east coast also.</p></note> the Taranakis to 451, and the Ngatiruanuis to 1335. The natives of Taranaki were formerly conquered by the Waikato, and the remnant flying south took refuge for sometime about Cook's Straits, &amp;c.; but after the settlement was begun by Europeans, the natives returned to re-occupy their ancestral possessions. Among other feuds, a serious one took place in the Taranaki in 1854. The chief Rawiri, who was also an assessor or magistrate under the Government, attempted to sell a piece of land which was claimed by one of his relatives, on Rawiri proceeding to mark out the land for sale to the British, he was shot down and also some of his adherents, by the minor chief Katatore and his followers.</p>
        <p>Rawiri's people were dissuaded from taking vengeance on Katatore, by the persuasion of a Wesleyan missionary, who told them to expect <pb xml:id="n66" n="58"/>assistance from the Government. In the meantime Katatore fortified himself in a strong pah; a change of governors taking place at this time—Sir George Grey having left the Colony, Colonel Wynyard, acting governor till Governor Gore Brown arrived—active measures were postponed in the case of Katatore, and the wild passions of the natives boiled over.</p>
        <p>Three months after the murder of Rawiri, some of the relatives of the chief Ihaia slew a Ngatiruanui who had corrupted Ihaia's wife, The Ngatiruanuis then invaded Ihaia's land with 300 warriors. Ihaia's pah was stormed and taken, and himself with numerous followers saved by a diversion of the adherents of Rawiri in his favour. The brother of Rawiri, Arana Karaka, now appeared on the scene from the south, and assembled at the Nima pah all the natives who were favourable to the sale of land; whilst Katatore was joined by Wirimu Kingi of the Ngatiawas, and the Ngatiruanuis who desired to retain their land.</p>
        <p>Matters were in this dangerous state when the settlers asked for and obtained a garrison <pb xml:id="n67" n="59"/>in New Plymouth; a battle after this took place between the Ngatiruanuis and the Nima natives and Ihaia, resulting in the defeat of the former. Ihaia, for the assistance he had rendered the Nima people, obtained the land at Ikamoana, but this Katatore disputed; the Nima people joined with Ihaia in the conspiracy to destroy Katatore, which was effected by shooting him as he returned intoxicated from the town; but now the Nima people treacherously attempted to destroy also their associate Ihaia, probably to get back Ikamoana. He maintained himself there for some time, but retiring to the Karaka pah at the Waitara, he was besieged there by the Nima people, by the adherents of Katatore, and by Wiremu Kingi of the Ngatiawas, and by some of the Taranaki and Ngatiruanui tribes, his opponents were about eight hundred whilst he had only about one hundred men in the pah with him; his situation became desperate whilst skirmishing took place between the contending parties.</p>
        <p>In June the Waitara district was abandoned by Ihaia, Wiremu Kingi being left in possession <pb xml:id="n68" n="60"/>of it. The retreat did not take place till this clever stratagem was attempted. Ihaia openly professed his intention of abandoning the Karaka pah, and at an early hour on the 8th of June, men, women and children appeared to leave it in the usual way, with lamentations and volleys of musketry; Kingi's people were in high spirits, but still suspicious. The land purchase commissioner appeared on the ground, and he was requested to see that all was right; he observed a dog or two moving contentedly about the pah, this made him look still closer, and he found that the Wanga, Manganu, and the Mokau contingents still held the pah, concealed under ground, with lookers out on the platforms above the stockade, Ihaia was posted outside to fall on the flank and rear of Wiremu Kingi's people; however, the plot having been discovered, the women and children returned to the pah which held out some time longer, and was finally abandoned to and burnt by Wiremu Kingi.</p>
        <p>Ihaia has always maintained friendly relations with the Europeans, and assisted in their locations in the Taranaki, not so Wiremu <pb xml:id="n69" n="61"/>Kingi, who boasted he had insulted successive Governors, and was an avowed enemy to land purchases. He is one of three brothers, children of the Ngatiawa chief Rereta Whonga Whonga, and his wife Te Kehu. Taken captive at one time by the Waikatos, he afterwards lived in the south at Waikana, he left that in 1848 with five hundred followers, settled in the Taranaki on the south bank of the Waitara, though Sir George Grey wished him to settle on the north side. He is a man of great craft and subtlety, has always lived a purely native life, and in his bearing has a theatrical air as that of a great chief.</p>
        <p>Of the Treaty of Waitangi made by Governor Hobson with some of the Maories in 1840, its purport was that those New Zealand chiefs who signed it, in placing themselves, under the protection of the Queen, agreed to yield the right of pre-emption of their lands the. Government, that is, those who chose to part with their land must first sell it to the Government, which would again part with it to settlers; the chiefs were secured in the possession of their lands, forests and fisheries, <pb xml:id="n70" n="62"/>and their authority was fully <sic>asssured</sic> to them.</p>
        <p>The Maori King movement was first begun professedly to establish peace and order among the tribes so frequently tearing each other to pieces in war, the pride of in dependant sovereignty also influenced the Maori King movement. In connection with this, runangas or councils were held in 1860 in various parts of the island, these have not been reported on, but it was understood they related to the land league, or throwing difficulties in the way of the settlers getting land. This was a startling fact for them, that their lands were bought for six pence an acre, and sold again to settlers for ten shillings; they did not take into account that the land had to be surveyed and duly portioned off.</p>
        <p>Te Whero Whero or Potatau, the principal chief or king, with the assistance of his chiefs drew up a code of laws for the guidance of the Maories generally. Heavy penalties were enacted for the punishment of adultery, theft, and other misdemeanours. Natives were forbidden to obtain goods on credit from <choice><orig>Euro-<pb xml:id="n71" n="63"/>peans</orig><reg>Europeans</reg></choice>, and all natives were commanded immediately to pay any debts contracted with the Pakehas.</p>
        <p>When we consider that the Maories now desired not to part with land to us except through the medium of a recognized agent of their own, is just carrying out our own principle of the Government having the pre-emption of the land, the first choice of purchase, and not private individuals.</p>
        <p>Their first idea of a king was doubtless with a view to good government among themselves if possible, without antagonistic feelings towards the Pakehas; and it is possible that with management this functionary might have been converted into a kawakawhama, or chief magistrate under Queen Victoria, salaried, and he and his counsellors treated with the respect and consideration due to the original lords of the soil, and the representatives of a brave, greatly improved, and intelligent people.</p>
        <p>The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of New Zealand, admirably adapted for his mission by mental and bodily powers of the first order, <pb xml:id="n72" n="64"/>gave a condensed statement of his views with regard to the Maories in these terms.</p>
        <list>
          <label>1.</label>
          <item>He is quite ready to continue to advise his native friends to sell their surplus lands on the most reasonable terms, or even to give them to the Government for nothing; but this advice will be of no avail until the question is entirely devoid of party feeling, and (as far as regards Taranaki) disconnected altogether from such irritating subjects as the murder of Rawiri.</item>
          <label>2.</label>
          <item>He desires to see each native land owner secured by a crown grant in his own individual property, and registered as a voter on the same qualifications as an Englishman.</item>
          <label>3.</label>
          <item>When the native land owners are thus registered, and represented with full recognition of equal rights and privileges, he will not be backward in explaining to them that they are liable to all taxes, penalties, or other public burdens, in common with all other classes of Her Majesty's subjects.</item>
          <label>4.</label>
          <item>But, on the other hand, he will resist by all lawful means every attempt to carry out any other interpretation of the treaty of Waitangi than that in which it was explained <pb xml:id="n73" n="65"/>to the natives by Governor Hobson, and understood and accepted by them.</item>
          <label>5.</label>
          <item>He holds it to be an act unworthy of any Englishmen to avail themselves of any native custom, either of conquest or of slavery to disfranchise any class of native proprietors, especially where experience has proved that where party questions are raised, the native title can be extinguished, and all classes of claimants satisfied <hi rend="i">for a few half-pence an acre.</hi></item>
          <label>6.</label>
          <item>Believing that he is better able than most other persons to judge of the unprotected position of the out-lying settlers in the scattered and especially in the pastoral districts of New Zealand, he will feel it to be his duty to remind the inhabitants of the towns, even at the loss of his own influence and popularity with them, that the principles which he advocates and the line of conduct which he pursues, are not influenced by any ill-will towards them or even by an indifference to their interests; but by a wide and he must say, a general knowledge of New Zealand, and of all classes of its inhabitants, and by the <choice><orig>con-<pb xml:id="n74" n="66"/>viction</orig><reg>conviction</reg></choice> that the lives and property of our fellow settlers, scattered as they now are over at least 15,000 square miles of broken country, can only be preserved by the greatest forbearance and the strictest justice in our dealings with the native people.</item>
        </list>
        <p>Mr. Frederick A. Carrington, formerly of the War Office, and who came out to New Zealand when the settlement of the Taranaki was first contemplated, I became acquainted with—his account of the Taranaki question is as follows:</p>
        <p>He was chief surveyor to the Plymouth Company of New Zealand and of the New Zealand Company for the settlement of New Plymouth. In December 1840, and January and February 1841, he examined different places on both sides of Cook's Straits and other districts for the purpose of choosing a site for the said settlement, and in February 1841 he finally determined on placing it in its now well known locality.</p>
        <p>To judge of the Waitara and Taranaki question fairly, it is required to be informed that when the site for the Plymouth settlement <pb xml:id="n75" n="67"/>was selected the district was lying totally waste, there were not more than fifty or sixty natives throughout the whole of the country, which now forms the province of Taranaki. This province is 60,000 acres larger than the four English counties, Kent, Surrey, Middlesex and Hertford. These few natives, Ngatiawas, were existing close to the Sugar Loaf Islands, they were indifferently clad, had neither gardens nor plantations and subsisted on fern root and fish; their life was a constant scene of alarm, (the general case for years in New Zealand formerly) through the dread of an implacable foe, and if the country had not been settled by Europeans, the insurgent Ngatiawas could not have returned to it.</p>
        <p>When these Ngatiawas understood the object Mr. Carrington had in view in visiting the country, they asked him to bring white people to dwell among them, as a protection against the dreaded Waikatos, who in 1832 under the chief Te Where, or King Potatau, had conquered, slaughtered and dispersed or carried away captive nearly the <pb xml:id="n76" n="68"/>whole of the inhabitants of this part of the country.</p>
        <p>The refined tortures and cannibal scenes of these days could not fail to induce this remnant at the Sugar Loaf Islands to desire European protection.</p>
        <p>About October 1834, Colonel William Wakefield, the chief agent of the New Zealand Company, purchased from certain chiefs and natives (who, driven from the Taranaki, were living in Queen Charlotte's Sound) all their possessions, rights, and claims in the Waitara and Taranaki land generally.</p>
        <p>In November 1839, agents of the New Zealand Company landed at the Sugar Loaves to treat with the people about land, and had conveyed to them by purchase a continuous block of land along the coast, and which block contained the whole of the Waitara and Taranaki land. The brig "Guide" brought the payment, and it was shared by all the resident natives.</p>
        <p>I may mention here that the Waitara block, the disputed square mile the origin of the late war, is believed by some of the <choice><orig>Mao-<pb xml:id="n77" n="69"/>ries</orig><reg>Maories</reg></choice> to be one of the sacred spots where one of the canoes which brought their ancestors to the island came to land, and is or ought to be <hi rend="i">tapued</hi> and not parted with on any consideration.</p>
        <p>Mr. Carrington first thought of placing the town of New Plymouth at the Waitara, but on further examination of the offing, the anchorage and mouth of the river, he determined on placing the town where it now stands.</p>
        <p>Unfortunately, the presents promised the "remnant" at the Taranaki for the land were lost in the "Jewess" in Cook's Straits.</p>
        <p>A few months after the arrival of the pioneer expedition at the Taranaki, Te Whero Whero sent a leading chief and 200 followers to the Taranaki; they danced their war dance and said they were the owners of the country by conquest, and the people who must be paid, if the white people remained. The other natives saw and heard the statement, and cowed and subdued sat silent at the conference. Soon after this, and the Governor being informed of what had occurred, a deed was executed by the Waikatas conveying to the Queen the <pb xml:id="n78" n="70"/>land they claimed, and which included the whole of the Waitara and Taranaki country.</p>
        <p>Mr. Commissioner Spain now arrived at the Taranaki to investigate claims, and awarded to the New Zealand Company the, Waitara land and where New Plymouth now is. But, afterwards, Governor Fitzroy, through some advice he had got, repudiated Mr. Spain's award and directed the land be given back to the Taranaki natives that he might repurchase it from them, and which was considered a fatal mistake. If Mr. Spam's award had not been set aside, the claim of the Waikato chief or King Te Where Whero would never been heard. After the Sugar Loaf Maories were aware that the Waikatos were paid for the land, they talked about their "manna" or authority over the land, and joined the land league to prevent a further sale of land by the Ngatiawas.</p>
        <p>In 1857 the settlement was depressed, and the natives degraded by internal feuds. It was at the Taranaki that Governor Grey was insulted by Kotatore, who flourished his tomahawk over him, the Governor with great tact <pb xml:id="n79" n="71"/>asked to see the tomahawk, said he wanted to add it to his collection and paid a sovereign for it, thus passing over an intended insult.</p>
        <p>Governor Gore Browne in a despatch to the Colonial Secretary in March 1859, states that the settlers are dissatisfied with the Government and ill-pleased with the Maories, who though they possess large tracts of land which they cannot occupy, refuse to sell any portion of it. Teira of the Ngatiawas offers his land for sale at the mouth of the Waitara, south-side, and laid a Parawai or bordered mat at the Governor's feet, emblematical of the land, for his Excellency to take up. The chief Wirimu Kingi of the same tribe, objects to this, says he never will allow it to be sold, exclaiming "<hi rend="i">ekore, ekore, ekore,"</hi> (I will not, I will not, I will not), and leaves a conference with a shew of disrespect to the Governor. Again his Excellency writes that the title of Teira and the other proprietors at the mouth of the Waitara having since then been proved and extinguished, and a large instalment of the purchase money having been paid (£1 per acre was to be paid for the 600 acre <pb xml:id="n80" n="72"/>block and a <sic>bouus</sic> £250 besides) his Excellency directed the land to be surveyed in the usual manner. There were rumours that W. Kingi would resist this, accordingly the assistant native land purchase-commissioner, Mr. Parris, was directed to have the land surveyed peaceably, and if opposed to retire, and Colonel Murray, commanding the troops, was to cause it to be occupied.</p>
        <p>William King continuing his opposition, and the surveyors being obstructed, Martial Law was proclaimed on the 22nd February, and his Excellency determined to go himself to Taranaki.</p>
        <p>Mr. Swainson, formerly Attorney-General for New Zealand and Author of "New Zealand and its Colonization" &amp;c, a gentleman of excellent ability and great intelligence, in a recent publication on the cause of the war, holds these opinions, that the natives of New Zealand, like ourselves, appreciate the advantages of law and order, and prefer self-government to that of strangers; in forming a land league they did not intend disloyalty to the Crown, but it was for self-protection, <pb xml:id="n81" n="73"/>also the King movement was with the same object, to unite them as a people and prevent divisions among themselves and consequent ruin and decay.</p>
        <p>We ought to recollect that our people have acquired from the natives in twenty years, more land than they can at present use, this refers to 1862. In the Middle island, all of it by purchase is the property of the Crown, the seven millions in the North Island were chiefly acquired at the very moderate rate which was previously stated. In 1856 or 57 Governor Gore Browne wrote home, alluding to grasping settlers, not honest and upright ones, of whom there is a large proportion; "they (some of the settlers) are determined to enter in and possess the native land and neither law nor equity will prevent them."</p>
        <p>The native owners have already peaceably alienated half their territory, on the most reasonable terms, and it has been attributed to them by some individuals as a public offence that they do not alienate the other half.</p>
        <p>We should always be ready to attribute good motives for our neighbour's actions, even <pb xml:id="n82" n="74"/>though appearances be much against him, thus when Wirimu Tarapipipi (William Thompson) came down the Waikato in canoes in 1860 with several hundred warriors and disturbed the peace of unprotected Auckland, there is no doubt now that his object was to restrain the natives excited by the supposed murder of a Maori in the forest by the hand of a white man, and there can be no question that his mission to the Waikato in 1861 was to recal the Waikatos, and to assist to make peace. He is a remarkable instance of native intelligence and progress, as is Renata of Hawk's Bay, who built churches and flour mills and established schools.</p>
        <p>It has been recommended that in dealing with the Maories in future, after their boundaries are clearly defined, to let <hi rend="i">bona fide</hi> settlers purchase land direct from those natives who are willing to sell their superfluous acres and get a crown grant of it, and not to acquire the land through the Government as is the present system, but purchasing through the Government is less likely to be attended with disputes eventually.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n83" n="75"/>
        <p>Before the Taranaki troubles, thirty millions of acres, more than half the area of the two islands, had been acquired from the natives, and the Colony was steadily advancing in prosperity; and if renting the mouth of the Waitara for £100 or £200 a year had been proposed and agreed to, the expensive war of 1860-61 need not have taken place. I am not aware that renting any part of the Waitara was proposed. It is not to be wondered at that the settlers located in Taranaki, and having no secure harbour at New Plymouth, or easy access by roads to it, desired much to possess the Waitara mouth which admits small steamers and schooners.</p>
        <p>"Every member of a tribe" said a native, "is free to sell his own bushel of potatoes, wheat or Indian corn, raised on the portion of the tribal land he cultivated; but he cannot sell the land itself, the inheritance of his ancestors."</p>
        <p>No more can a villager in England sell part of the common on which the cows of the comm unity graze.</p>
        <p>In the history of the Taranaki, Reré the <pb xml:id="n84" n="76"/>father of Wiremu Kingi being absent on an expedition to the south in 1832, Te Whero Whero of the Waikatos, taking advantage of his absence, as was said, attacked and smote with fatal effect the Ngatiawas at Prukerangeora. After Wiremu Kingi's return to the ancestral lands of his tribe, he and his people had in 1856 no less than 150 horses, 300 head of cattle, 40 carts, 35 ploughs, 20 pairs of harrows, 3 winnowing machines, and exported £8000 worth of produce, and spent their gains on British goods.</p>
        <p>It is not surprising then that they did not approve of a portion of the land, assumed to belong to Te Teira, should be parted with and from which the above profits were reaped.</p>
        <p>The natives cast up to us that when they were senselessly warring against each other, we did not interfere to prevent bloodshed, but when the Waitara was desired, we took up arms to acquire it. The administration, believing that tribal rights could be, set aside, and the desire of an individual to dispose of land, without reference to the tribe, should be recognized and acted on.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n85" n="77"/>
        <p>The Council of Taranaki had petitioned the Government to let individuals of tribes sell land, without waiting for the consent of all the tribe. The Maories maintained the right of the minority among them to oppose the sale of land held in common. In 1859, the Taranaki settlers had not cultivated more than 13,000 acres out of 43,000 acres in their possession there. In 1860 the administration professed the intention to set aside the chief, and to deal with individuals irrespective of tribal rights. Thus the District Land Commissioner was authorised to give a bonus of £250 to Te Teira, to induce him to part with 600 acres at the Waitara mouth, besides paying him £1 per acre. The usual price of Taranaki land was three shillings per acre.</p>
        <p>As I said before, Te Teira laid a Parawai or bordered mat at the feet of the Governor, being the form of ceding the land. Yet other natives maintained that "our land belongs to all, and to the widows and orphans, and how can they live without it?" For lucre, Te Teira (or Taylor), whose native name is Manuka, or "tea scrub," parted with the land of his <pb xml:id="n86" n="78"/>ancestors. The Governor thought himself committed to effect the purchase, and was backed by his council and by a majority of the assembly.</p>
        <p>A party of women of the Ngatiawas, supported by men in reserve in the distance, resisted the surveyors of the 600 acre-block, and took up the chains, and one embraced the chief surveyor whilst another removed the theodolite, peaceably but firmly. Before 1858, arms and ammunition were not allowed to be sold to the Maories, in that year the Governor allowed their sale, and subsequently the Maories profited by this, and bought largely, and the possession of arms naturally inspired confidence, and a desire to maintain what they considered their rights.</p>
        <p>Three hundred native allies were found. They burnt "Wiremu Kingi's pah, and a church he had in it, and drove his people off the land. Those who advised the Governor to resort to force, occasioned to the settlers of the Taranaki great disasters. It was unfortunate also, that hostilities began before a sufficient force was assembled. Three <choice><orig>hun-<pb xml:id="n87" n="79"/>dred</orig><reg>hundred</reg></choice> men and two guns may be said to have begun the war; and a period of apparent inactivity occurred, as General Gold was directed to avoid engaging Wiremu Kingi unless he attacked the troops. Withal this, Governor Gore Browne, anxious for the prosperity and advancement of the Taranaki settlers, acted to the best of his judgment, and was supported by the members of his responsible government.</p>
        <p>The Taranaki War has cost nearly a million sterling; we hope and believe that no more fighting will. will take place in Maori land; if it does, and British armsare successful, it would be a triumph unworthy of a great nation. " Land is the ewe lamb of the New Zealanders, why then should the white man too greedily desire it?" "Live and let live" should be our motto, the maxim of a philanthropic and christian people.</p>
        <p>New Plymouth, the basis of operations, consisted of a few streets at right angles to each other, commanded by a stockaded work on Marsland Hill; whilst ravines were about the town, and the forest approached to it on <pb xml:id="n88" n="80"/>the east; in front was the sea, behind was the snowy summit of Mount Egmont. The town was open and defenceless, and liable to be rushed at any moment.</p>
        <p>New Plymouth might become of considerable importance if the abundant materials for forming a jetty, namely great store of boulders of volcanic rocks near the mouth of the Huatoki River (which runs through the town), were used; and if good roads to communicate with Auckland and Wanganui were opened, it would prosper. Until all that is done, and attention paid to sanitary arrangements, and the streets cleared and ornamented with trees, it will not present the appearance that the chief town of a British settlement should present; and situated, too, in a land highly picturesque, and favoured by an excellent climate, and a soil of rare productiveness.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n89" n="81"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d4" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> IV.</head>
          <argument>
            <p>Troops sent from Auckland to the Taranaki—The Governor proceeds there also—Martial Law proclaimed—Wiremu Kingi refuses to meet his Excellency—Blockhouses constructed —Expedition to the Waitara—The first blood—A peremptory Message—Meeting of Eriendly Natives—Native King movement—Should the Maories be obliged to sell their waste lands?—Te Kohia Pah constructed—Is attacked and evacuated—Described—Civilian criticisms —Southern Natives advance against New Plymouth—Settlers murdered—Dangerous position of families at Omata.</p>
          </argument>
          <p><hi rend="sc">On</hi> the 28th February, 1860, the division of troops destined to reinforce the detachment stationed at New Plymouth, Taranaki, was paraded in light marching order in the Albert Barrack Square, Auckland, from whence at ten <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> they marched, played out by the band of the 65th Regiment, by the Kyber Pass road, (so called from a deep cut in a portion of it) to Onehunga, Manukau harbour, where the <pb xml:id="n90" n="82"/>steamer "Airedale," Captain Johns, lay in readiness to receive them. The embarkation was conducted in a creditable manner, and not a man was absent. The division consisted of Colonel Gold, 65th, commanding the troops in New Zealand;<note xml:id="fn8-82" n="*"><p>Now Major-General.</p></note> Lieutenant-Colonel Sillery, Deputy-Quartermaster-General, well known for his admirable management of the great hospitals at Scutari during the Crimean War, and greatly esteemed generally as an officer; Captain Paul, 65th Regiment, Acting Brigade-Major; Assistant-Commissary-General H. Stanley Jones; Assistant-CommissaryGeneral Connell; Assistant Military StoreKeeper Hamley; Lieutenant Macnaghton, R.A.; Lieutenant Mould, R.E., and six Royal Engineers; Captain Barton, 65th; Lieutenants Baillie and Urquhart, and Adjutant Lewis; Ensigns Talbot and Muttit; Paymaster Major Marshall; Surgeon White; Quartermaster Withers, and two hundred non-commissioned officers and men, 65th. Also, Major Herbert, formerly of the 58th Regiment, who was appointed to command the Taranaki Militia and Volunteers.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n91" n="83"/>
          <p>At three p.m., the tide favouring, the " Airedale" weighed anchor, blew off her steam, and moved towards the bluffs. At this time, His Excellency the Governor, Colonel Gore Browne, C.B., arrived from Auckland, with his private secretary, Captain Steward, and Mr. W. H. St. Hill, A.D.C., and embarking in the "Maid of the Mill" cutter, they followed and were received on board the "Airedale." With a fresh breeze she stood towards the Heads, and with a prospect of crossing the bar under favourable circumstances.</p>
          <p>Auckland being stripped of troops, the fine body of Volunteer Rifles were paraded once a week, and were ready to assemble in the Albert Barracks in the event of fire, and offered to mount guard till the troops still left were reinforced, and to protect the stores, ammunition, &amp;c, in Fort Britomart.</p>
          <p>At New Plymouth, the suspense as to the designs of the Government, after the representations previously forwarded to Auckland, with regard to the proceedings of Wiremu Kingi and the Ngatianas was put an end to, <pb xml:id="n92" n="84"/>when the R.M. steamer was observed nearing the anchorage, and that her decks bore men clothed in scarlet. Great delight was evinced by the people on the occasion, which was increased when later in the day, H.M. ship "Niger," Captain Cracroft, also anchored off the town, which it was believed would have a tendency to show the natives that the Government was in earnest, in making good its demands for the surrender of the Waitara block of land.</p>
          <p>At this time, it is probable that the natives were disposed to hold koreros or conferences, and might have imagined that the Pakehas, or white men, would have delayed some time longer settling this land question; but when martial law was proclaimed, they unfortunately considered it a declaration of war throughout the Taranaki Province, and acted accordingly.</p>
          <p>The movement for a Maori King, was, as I said, among other reasons, for the purpose of entering into a compact to retain their lands against the Pakehas, who arriving in ship loads from time to time, at the rate of four <pb xml:id="n93" n="85"/>hundred souls a month, naturally agitated the native mind, and induced the belief that at no distant day, the fate of the aborigines in other lands might be theirs. Though the British Government and the Governor had never any other design than to obtain by fair purchase those lands which the natives were unable to make use of, and which from their numbers, rapidly diminished of late years by the terrible wars among themselves, they could not possibly turn to good account</p>
          <p>The Land Purchase Commissioners for the Taranaki, Mr. Parris, and Mr. Rogan, were dispatched to Wiremu Kingi, to invite him to a conference with the Governor; but doubtful about his personal safety, after his declaration of resistance to the surrender of his tribal claims over Teira's block of land, he declined to meet His Excellency in town, and named a distant pah, that of Tima, for a meeting. The chief at this time was near the Kairau pah,<note xml:id="fn9-85" n="*"><p>Kairau, a species of crab.</p></note> south of the Waitara river, and this was selected that he might have free <choice><orig>communica-<pb xml:id="n94" n="86"/>tion</orig><reg>communication</reg></choice> with the Taranaki tribe and the Ngatiruanuis, both hostile to the Pakehas.</p>
          <p>For the protection of the settlers, strong stockaded works were constructed four miles north of New Plymouth, at the Bell block of land, so named after Mr. Dillon Bell, a gentleman of great intelligence and influence in the colony; also at Omata,<note xml:id="fn10-87" n="*"><p>Omata, of a swamp.</p></note> about the same distance south; this last work when I afterwards visited it, I found particularly well adapted for defence, and doing credit to Captain Burton, of the Taranaki Militia, and his stout followers who constructed it. Its high and solid timbers had flanking defences well loop-holed and covered from the weather, a draw-bridge over a ditch twelve feet deep, and sloping upwards to the bottom of the stockade; and nightly three fierce dogs were turned into the ditch. Though volleys were sometimes fired at the defenders of this work when they were outside, and balls whistled round them on many occasions from the bush, yet they maintained their position in the midst <pb xml:id="n95" n="87"/>of surrounding foes, Ngatiruanuis, but who never dared to attack the work itself.</p>
          <p>Wiremu Kingi's answer to His Excellency's message not being considered satisfactory, troops were now frequently paraded and inspected, and the skirts of the mens' great coats were cut off to enable them to wear them in skirmishing in the bush and scrub. This plan I did not think well of, and afterwards, when preparing some of the 14th Regiment for fighting, I gave them blue smocks, over which the great coat was worn, neatly rolled horse collar fashion, and ready for the evening's bivouac; a man cannot sleep well if his legs are not covered with the skirts of his coat</p>
          <p>The heavy portions of the camp equipment were put on board H.M. ship "Niger," which played an important part in the war. A small corps of volunteer cavalry was formed, armed with swords and revolvers, and the command conferred on Captain C. Desvœux, The force which turned out at New Plymouth on Monday, the 5th March, numbered, including Engineers and Royal Artillery, about four <pb xml:id="n96" n="88"/>hundred men. As on other occasions, it was considered that a demonstration would be sufficient to produce the effect intended, the suppression of turbulence and disaffection to Her Majesty's Government.</p>
          <p>The mounted escort led the column, then followed a couple of guns, then baggage and provision carts, and lastly, the infantry, Colonel Gold commanding the whole. His Excellency the Governor, steamed to the Waitara, ten miles, in the "Niagara." The troops halted sometime at the junction of the Manganaka and Waiongona rivers, and when all were up, the column, with skirmishers thrown out in front to feel their way and guard against an ambuscade, came in sight of the mouth of the Waitara, where the Union Jack was flying on a fishing pah of Wiremu Kingi; the "Niger" had landed and had taken possession of the pah, from which the natives had precipitately fled.</p>
          <p>In town, an officer of the 65th and a few men only were left, but Major Herbert, with his usual energy, made preparations to guard against surprise, and protect the barracks and <pb xml:id="n97" n="89"/>magazine with his militia, which furnished the first guard for the commissariat, the barracks, and the surf boats. These last it was important to watch well by night and by day. The restless ocean is here heard now loud, now low, beating on the sands of New Plymouth, or in long lines of heavy seas would swamp or upset every boat besides those stout surf boats of heavy build, and stem and stern alike sharp; they were drawn ashore high and dry with a hawser anchored some distance out. A pound a week is the hardly earned pay of the brave hands who man them.</p>
          <p>Provision carts on the following day started for the Waitara with a mounted escort. In the meantime, Teira's people had burnt Wiremu Kingi's pah at the month of the Waitara.</p>
          <p>In Maori quarrels it is considered very important to get the opposite party to draw the first blood; the contending parties will war with words for a long time, and try to put each other in the wrong by the first blood shed; and now an instance occurred of a <pb xml:id="n98" n="90"/>native, single banded, devoting himself to wounds and death to get the white men in the wrong.</p>
          <p>The mounted volunteers, with the provision carts, had got as far as the Waiongona River, by the Devon line of road, when they were met by a native named Wi Tana, who advised them to retrace their steps and take the beach road, as the Ngatiawas had built a pah on the direct road to the Waitara camp, and would not allow the carts to pass. But as it was considered too late to retrace their steps, the escort and carts moved on to near the junction of the upper and lower Waitara roads; here a native named Ohaia, stood in the track, and ordered the convoy to return. The sergeant, Brown, in command, a bold and determined man, afterwards put in command of a corps of friendly natives, declined to do what Ohaia desired; who added that Wiremu Kingi's people would take the carts and what they contained as <hi rend="i">utu</hi> or compensation for the pah and wharré's just burnt by the soldiers. The sergeant said it was Teira's <pb xml:id="n99" n="91"/>people, and not the soldiers, who burnt the pah and its wharré's or houses.</p>
          <p>Ohaia still continuing to obstruct the road, and also seizing the bullocks in the carts, the sergeant, not striking him or drawing blood, hustled him aside with his horse, whereupon Ohaia put down his head and told him to cut it off, (that the first blood might be drawn by the Pakehas). The sergeant now asked him to get up and ride in the carts, or go along the road in front of the carts an to Mahoetahi<note xml:id="fn11-91" n="*"><p>'Mahoe,' a tree, <hi rend="i">Melictus ramiflorus</hi>, 'tahi,' one.</p></note> pah; but he persisted that he would remain where he was, or cross the fern to the stockade. The sergeant suspecting that an ambuscade would be the result of this, had him detained by two of his party, and riding towards the stockade, parleyed with the natives in it, with several of whom he was well acquainted. They consisted of about fifty of Wiremu Kingi's, Haperona's; and Tamihana's men, under the command of Wiremu Kingi's fighting captain, the old warrior Hapurona, assisted by Tamihana; these sent word to Ohaia to let the carts proceed.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n100" n="92"/>
          <p>When the escort arrived at the Waitara, what had just occurred was reported to His Excellency the Governor, and to Colonel Gold, and it was resolved to give the natives twenty minutes to clear out of the pah, and this letter was conveyed by Mr. Parris.</p>
			 <quote>
			 <floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d4-t1">
			 <body xml:id="t1-body-d4-t1-body">
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d4-t1-body-d1" type="letter">
          <opener>
            <salute>
              <hi rend="i">To the Chief who obstructs the Queen's Road.</hi>
            </salute>
          </opener>
          <p>"You have presumed to block up the Queen's road, to build on the Queen's land, and to stop the free passage of persons going and coming. This is waging war against the Queen. Destroy the places you have built; ask my forgiveness and you shall receive it. If you refuse, the blood of your people be on your head. I shall fire on you in twenty minutes from this time if you have not obeyed my orders.</p>
          <closer>
            <signed rend="right">"(Signed) <name type="person" key="name-123726">T. <hi rend="sc">Gore Browne</hi></name>.</signed>
            <address>
              <addrLine>"Camp, Waitara,</addrLine>
            </address>
            <date when="1860-03-06">6th March, 1860."</date>
          </closer>
        </div>
</body>
</floatingText>
</quote>
          <p>In ten minutes the pah was abandoned, a strong party of sailors and marines had previously been brought up close to the pah. At half past three in the afternoon three companies <pb xml:id="n101" n="93"/>marched out of camp with Artillery, Engineers and part of the mounted escort, and joining the Naval Brigade and feeling with skirmishers for an ambuscade the pah was "rushed," found abandoned, and the palisading levelled and carried into camp for fire wood.</p>
          <p>The troops improved their position by means of a good parapet and ditch, and cleared away the fern from the neighbourhood of the camp, which was placed on dry elevated ground, a broad swamp nearly enclosed it and it was a quarter of a mile south of the Waitara.</p>
          <p>A considerable number of friendly natives now met the Governor to welcome him to the Taranaki; he assured them that he was, as his predecessors, Governors Hobson, Eitzroy, Grey and Wynyard had been, careful of the interests of the Maories; under the first Governor the treaty of Waitangi<note xml:id="fn12-93" n="*"><p>'Wai,' water, 'tangi,' crying, sounding.</p></note> was made, by which the chiefs were acknowledged and the rights and property of the Maori race secured to them. The power of England was pointed out in the recent suppression of the great mutiny in India. The Queen promises <pb xml:id="n102" n="94"/>protection to her subjects, and says that each man shall keep his property if he pleases and sell it if he pleases, yet Wiremu Kingi says " No" and will not allow Teira, who has already got a portion of the purchase money of his land, to part with it, and yet Teira's title to the land is a good title. It now rests with Wiremu Kingi to decide between peace and war.</p>
          <p>Public notice was now given that the Governor had instructed Colonel Gold to take possession of the land sold by Te Teira, at the same time the attention of all branches of the service was called to the necessity of treating all friendly and neutral natives with the utmost civility; to prevent mistakes frendly natives coming into town were provided with passes.</p>
          <p>About this time, in the beginning of March, the native King movement was evinced in the following manner. A fleet of canoes from the settlements about the Manukau<note xml:id="fn13-94" n="*"><p>Manuka, or kahikatoa, a tree, <hi rend="i">Leptospermum scoparium.</hi></p></note> harbour arrived at Waiukuf loaded<note xml:id="fn14-94" n="†"><p>'Wai,' water, 'uku,' white clay.</p></note> with dried shark, <pb xml:id="n103" n="95"/>potatoes and other eatables, and manned by a considerable body of natives, next day King Potatau, with a large party of Waikatos arriped at Pura pura<note xml:id="fn15-95" n="*"><p>'Pura pura,' seeds of plants or trees.</p></note> and afterwards came over to the Waikato river in state.</p>
          <p>The procession consisted of first about one hundred natives four deep, then came a bodyguard carrying fowling pieces, next the standard-bearer with a green banner, and on it a red cross with the words "Te Pono" (the truth.) The old chief came next, seated on a pony with a tartan shawl thrown over it. The pony was led, and two women of the royal household walked alongside; then came a general body of natives, women with kai (food) and baggage, bringing up the rear. On reaching the royal hut, the standard was struck into the earth, and the chief seating himself on the ground received a general greeting, preparations were then made for a feast to the five hundred of both sexes assembled. There was not the least appearance of hostility, nor did the demonstration, the first of its kind, excite any anxiety among the settlers.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n104" n="96"/>
          <p>A day was devoted to a great Korero, or talk, in reference to the King movement, and preserving among the Maories, who upheld it, the "manna" or authority of the native king in those parts of the island they wished to reserve to themselves. The tenor of the speeches evinced no hostility to the British Government, but what seemed to be desired by the speakers was the division and demarcation of the races—the Pakehas not interfering with the Maories and their Government, and they likewise not interfering with the Pakehas. With regard to the Taranaki question, they professed not to interfere beyond enquiring into the merits of the case. The meeting was concluded in a very orderly manner, and previous to its breaking up a message was sent to the Europeans who dwelt near to enquire if any damage had been done to their property by the Maori visitors; after which Potatau returned to his place at Ngaruawahia<note xml:id="fn16-97" n="*"><p>Nga-rua-wahie, the store-houses of firewood.</p></note> with three hundred men besides women and children.</p>
          <p>Before missionary influence exercised its <pb xml:id="n105" n="97"/>beneficial sway over the native mind, war was the daily amusement of many of the tribes of New Zealand, and their lands ever and anon changed owners and claims became complicated at the time the British began to colonize the islands. Minor chiefs may have wished to dispose of land but greater chiefs asserted tribal rights to them, fearing also that without land their influence would cease and the door opened to an overpowering influx of white strangers. "They have more land than they can profitably use," cried some of the Pakehas, "why then should they be allowed to act the part of the dog in the manger?" To investigate the native claims and define their limits, and allow most ample scope to the original lords of the soil is the true, fair and honourable policy to be pursued.</p>
          <p>At the Taranaki, Wiremu Kingi and his Ngatiawas shewed no wavering in their determination to oppose the occupation of Teira's block of land by the British, but proceeded to construct a strong pah upon it, determined to abide the consequences.</p>
          <p>When the report reached the town that a <pb xml:id="n106" n="98"/>pah had been built on the disputed land, Mr. Brown and a party of his mounted escort proceeded to reconnoitre it, and reported at the camp that a pah of great strength and size had been constructed and was full of natives.</p>
          <p>Two 241b. howitzers recently landed at New Plymouth from the 'Niger' were dispatched in boats to the Waitara, whilst the mounted escort proceeded to the Waitara camp by land, the guns and the escort arrived about the same time at the Waitara.</p>
          <p>The natives had on the previous day come down from the pah and danced their war dance within view of the camp and then retired, and it was resolved in consequence of this act of defiance (which also has a wonderful effect on the native mind in bringing up their courage to the sticking point) to attack the pah forthwith. At midday on St. Patrick's day, three companies of the 65th Regiment under the command of Colonel Gold with Colonel Sillery and Captains Paul and Burton with the two 241b. howitzers and one 12-pounder howitzer also a rocket tube, left the Waitara camp; the artillery commanded by Lieutenant <choice><orig>Macnaugh-<pb xml:id="n107" n="99"/>ten</orig><reg>Macnaughten</reg></choice> and a portion of the Naval Brigade by Lieutenant Wells. In advance was the mounted escort which afterwards fell to the rear, as the pah, which rose high on the fern-covered plain, was approached.</p>
          <p>When the halt was ordered and the guns were placed in position at 800 yards from the N.W. angle of the pah, the infantry in support, the natives blew a horn in defiance; cow's horns curiously carved are employed by the natives for signals. Mr. Parris, who was with the troops, now rode forward with a letter which he wished to present at the pah, but it was not received and he was warned off. Every effort to avoid a crisis having now failed, a fire of artillery and rockets was opened on the pah and good practice was made by the shells bursting on the stockade, and the rockets, after a few trials, entering it with their loud and angry hiss. On the flag-staff of the pah a red war-flag was run up, after which the guns were moved to within 200 yards of the south side of the pah, and then the distance diminished to 150 yards and the fire continued. This was met by a discharge of fire <pb xml:id="n108" n="100"/>arms from the pah and replied to by the skirmishers in extended order. The firing became general, the Maori flag was struck and fell on the palisading, the guns were next moved to play on the north side of the pah.</p>
          <p>Natives were now seen to leave the work and were fired upon by the escort, and whilst the guns were being moved some of the young men, with more valour than discretion, rode up to the pah and tired their revolvers at it; they were received with a volley of rifles and muskets which took effect on Mr. Sartin, who fell from his horse mortally wounded and was carried off, most gallantly under fire, by some of the Light Infantry and Naval Brigade, the flag being also torn off the palisading and carried away in triumph, a case for the Victoria Cross.</p>
          <p>The troops were now highly excited, and could with difficulty be restrained by their officers from rushing the pah without scaling ladders or an adequate breach, whilst the Maories lay ready inside in their rifle pits along the bottom of the palisading, which was a good deal damaged. The guns having <pb xml:id="n109" n="101"/>expended their ammunition were withdrawn at dusk, and the troops throwing up a breast work in the form of a semicircle with guns and waggons in the rear, bivouacked on the ground, the natives keeping up a fire in the dark. The balls struck the gun-carriages and waggons but missed the men and the bullocks.</p>
          <p>In the morning the guns again opened fire on the pah, a breach was made through which a portion of the 65th and Lieutenant Macnaughten and his gunners rushed, and it was found evacuated; the defenders had escaped by a deep gully leading to the river.</p>
          <p>The pah Tekohia,<note xml:id="fn17-101" n="*"><p>Kohia, a kind of creeper.</p></note> called also the L pah from its form, was of formidable construction; it was 100 feet long and 30 wide, inside were ten long chambers or rifle pits, excavated in the clay, communicating with each other, three at each side and two at each flank, and calculated to contain from twenty to twenty-five men each. The rifle pits, four feet deep and five wide, were overlaid with rafters, and on these a layer of earth and fern from two to three feet deep. The stockade was double, usually <pb xml:id="n110" n="102"/>there is a space of three or four feet between the outer and inner line of palisading, and as the outer stakes are supported off the ground by stronger pickets at intervals, a person stooping in the rifie pit or chamber inside the work, and close to the inner palisading, can have a clear view of the ground in front of the work under the ends of the outer palisades, and be at the same time covered. This is the construction I observed in the Taranaki in all recent pahs.</p>
          <p>The effects of shells and rockets were apparent inside the L pah, and there was a great store of Indian corn, potatoes, peaches, fish &amp;c., sufficient it was supposed for two months' consumption. The pah was torn down and destroyed and the excavations filled, the troops then returned to camp bearing with them the Maori flag and the bodies of some slain comrades.</p>
          <p>Teira and his friendly Maories now constructed a pah, provided with rifle pits inside, close to the river's mouth and near the site of Wiremu Kingi's fishing pah which had been destroyed. The first is the pah so well known to those who camped and fought for months along the Waitara.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n111" n="103"/>
          <p>Civilian critics, writing at a distance, asked what were the troops about that they did not surround the L pah at night and capture or slay all its defenders; with a considerable force this would have been possible, but not so with the means at Colonel Gold's disposal, he had not the men with him to do it. The natives had been so long quiet that one regiment was. considered sufficient for New Zealand, the 65th having succeeded the 58th so well known and esteemed in New Zealand; but it was now evident that two strong regiments would not have been too many with such a warlike race, as the Maories, to look after.</p>
          <p>The whole force in the Taranaki at this time was about 600 of the 65th, a small party of Artillery and Engineers, the Blue jackets, Marines and Marine Artillery of H.M.S. 'Niger,' 300 Taranaki Militia, 180 Volunteer Rifies, and the Mounted Escort. Nelson placed the steamer ' Tasmanian Maid' at the Governor's disposal, and reinforcements of the 12th and 40th Regiments were written for to Sydney and Melbourne; a hundred men, 65th, were withdrawn from Wellington to strengthen the <pb xml:id="n112" n="104"/>force in the Taranaki, and embarked with Lieutenant Toker, Musketry Instructor, Ensigns White and Pagan, Captain Mairis, R.E., and Chief Commissioner Maclean accompanying. Nelson did herself great honour by offering an asylum to the families of settlers who might wish to place them in safety in these troublesome times.</p>
          <p>The L pah was said to have been constructed in one night; it may have been done in this way, frames of eight logs connected and, with longer at the extremities, two cross pieces to connect and bound with green wattles, may have been prepared in the bush, the holes for the long pickets dug, the frames carried down on bullock carts and placed in the ground, then the rifle pits cut out inside to enable the defenders to fire through the lines of picketing.</p>
          <p>After the great guns had played on the pah for some time as was said, the shot made matches of the palisading.</p>
          <p>On the 24th March news came to New Plymouth that the Taranaki and the Ngatiruanui tribes, several hundred strong, were advancing to create a diversion for the Ngatiawas <pb xml:id="n113" n="105"/>on the Waitara; seventy of the advanced guard as they reached Meharu's place, south of New Plymouth, danced the war dance there, to excite and stimulate themselves for the business of war; two hundred and fifty of the troops then marched into town from the Waitara.</p>
          <p>On the following Sunday, at one p.m., two hundred of the 65th paraded, and one hundred and thirty Taranaki Militia and Rifles, all under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Murray, 65th, marched towards Ratapihipihi, the natives having commenced cattle and sheep stealing there. Major Herbert led the way with the Volunteer Rifles in skirmishing order, and with him, Captain Stapp. Having found the enemy, the skirmishers fell back on the main body, and the force halted, as was arranged, and returned to town.</p>
          <p>Two days after, news came to town that some settlers had been murdered by the natives; and it appeared that Mr. S. Ford, Mr. H. Passmore, and Mr. S. Shaw were the victims. They were on their way, and no doubt foolhardy, to different parts of the block of land south of New Plymouth, when after <pb xml:id="n114" n="106"/>passing the Omata Inn, at the small village of that name, they were shot by natives concealed behind the furze hedges there, and afterwards tomahawked. Passmore was driving a bullock waggon at the time for a load of puriri fencing, and he as well as the cattle were shot through the head in a narrow lane, which I afterwards saw, and the yoke thrown into the hedge.</p>
          <p>I may here mention that these furze hedges are much cultivated about the British settlements in New Zealand; the original seed was imported. They formed good cover for the Maories, and rendered incautious movements along the roads dangerous. Besides affording good shelter for beasts, they can sustain them with the expenditure of very little trouble. Cut in June, and full of sap and yellow blossom, they form excellent food for horses or cattle. They are chopped fine with a spade in a wooden cylinder before use, and one farmer told me that he thought that chopped furze was equal to hay and corn for keeping a horse in condition. The reason why hay and corn, and not furze, were used extensively, is <pb xml:id="n115" n="107"/>that more labour is required for the furze than for the other food; great attention should be paid to chop the furze very fine, as the prickles if left whole, might injure the coats of the animals' stomachs.</p>
          <p>It is believed now that one of the men shot deserved his death. He had basely trafficked in powder with the natives; and when the news was conveyed to his wife, she wondered if he had been killed by any of his own powder! He had been duly warned two or three times against venturing where he did, but he said that the natives knew him, and would not hurt him. All these men were shot after martial law was proclaimed, and which, as I said, was understood by the Maories as a declaration of war. Still, they were unarmed and unresisting, and respectable Maories are quite ashamed of what occurred.</p>
          <p>Two boys, Pate and Parker, were afterwards found in the bush, (it was said they were looking after stray cattle) savagely tomahawked on the hands and head; and the sight of their mangled bodies, when brought into the Military Hospital, awakened in the <pb xml:id="n116" n="108"/>breasts of those who saw them, feelings of the keenest desire for vengeance on the vindictive Ngatiruanuis, by whom the deed of blood was supposed to have been perpetrated.</p>
          <p>The Ngatiruanuis, a broken tribe without proper chiefs, have always been considered the most averse to Europeans for many years, and the cause, I heard, was this: A ship, the "Harriet," was wrecked south of New Plymouth, and she was plundered by the Ngatiruanuis, and some of the crew devoured, and a Mrs. Garden was taken possession of by a chief. News was brought of the occurrence to the north, and the "Alligator" frigate was sent to the scene of the wreck. Mrs. Garden was recovered, but as the pah where she had been detained was shelled, and probably loss of life sustained by the natives, they have ever since not allowed either missionaries or traders to live among them. One missionary attempted it, and food was refused him, and he was obliged to come away.</p>
          <p>The insurgents in the end of March appeared close to the Omata Blockhouse, fired shots at it, and danced the war dance. They <pb xml:id="n117" n="109"/>also constructed a pah on the Waireka Hill, in view of the blockhouse; and this occasioned uneasiness to the settlers in the outpost. It was also reported they had taken up a strong position between the blockhouse and the town at the cross roads called the Whaler's Gate. The Reverend Mr. Brown continuing near the village of Omata, and it being considered unsafe his remaining there after the death of the two boys, whose bodies lying in their gore he had discovered, and sent in to town, it was arranged that an armed party should bring him in; also some settlers who it was understood had collected at his house.</p>
        </div>
      <pb xml:id="n118" n="110"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d5" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> V.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>A force ordered to relieve the Rev. Mr. Brown and Settlers at Omata—Plan of operations—Lieut.-Colonel Murray's column—Lieut. Blake, R.N. and Lieut. Urquhart, 65th regiment, detached from it—Skirmish with the enemy—Captain Cracroft, R.N. comes up to co-operate—Storms the Pah—Captain Brown's column engages the enemy on the Waireka stream—Details of the combat—Defeat of the Maories—The return of the columns to New Plymouth—Captain Cracroft shells the Werea Pah—Presentation of Maorie flag to his Excellency Governor Gore Browne, C.B.</p>
        </argument>
        <p>On the 28th March, the force under the command of Lieutenant-Colonel Murray, 65th Regiment, destined to relieve the Omata stockade, and to bring in the Reverend Mr. Brown, and the settlers congregated at his house, beyond the Omata village, five miles from town, was paraded at New Plymouth, and addressed in encouraging terms by His Excellency the Governor, who also explained the nature of their duties to the men, and <pb xml:id="n119" n="111"/>felt assured they would give a good account of themselves.</p>
        <p>The force consisted of three officers, and twenty-five men, Royal Navy; four officers, and eighty-four rank and file 65th Regiment; Militia and Volunteers, one hundred and sixty. This was all that could be spared from the small garrison of New Plymouth.</p>
        <p>The plan of operations was, that Captain C. Brown, in command of the Militia and Volunteers, should proceed by the beach, keeping the sea-coast, and pass in rear of the natives in their pah at the Waireka hill,<note xml:id="fn18-111" n="*"><p>Waireka, sweet water.</p></note> and endeavour to reach Mr. Brown's house; whilst Colonel Murray, with the sailors and the detachment, 65th Regiment, should proceed by the main road, with a view to dislodge the insurgents stated to be in position at the "Whaler's Gate" cross roads, to cut off the communication between Omata and the town. In the meantime, if Captain Brown succeeded in rescuing the families at Mr. Brown's, he was to rejoin Colonel Murray about the Whaler's Gate.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n120" n="112"/>
        <p>On reaching the Whaler's Gate, Colonel Murray found the road clear, and no trace of natives anywhere near. Colonel Murray accordingly moved on leisurely with a view to sooner meeting Captain Brown's party returning with the settlers; but on reaching a hill a quarter of a mile from the Omata stockade, the sound of rapid firing about two miles off, and towards the sea, made it evident that the Militia, &amp;c., were hotly engaged. Colonel Murray accordingly pushed on to the stockade, where he despatched Lieutenant Blake, Royal Navy, with his sailors, supported by a sub-division, (twenty-five men), of the Light Company, 65th Regiment, under Lieutenant Urquhart, with orders to proceed in a direct line across the country, to the assistance of Captain Brown's party; whilst Colonel Murray, with whom were Lieutenant Whitbread and Dr. White, continued along the main road with the remainder of the force, to a lane about a quarter of a mile beyond the stockade, and which leads from the road towards the sea. About half way down this lane, Colonel Murray turned his people into the fields, and <pb xml:id="n121" n="113"/>threw out skirmishers, intending also to proceed to the assistance of the Volunteers, &amp;c. The insurgents, however, showed such a disposition to get round Colonel Murray's left, and to cut him off from the main road, that he was obliged to abandon his intention, and manoeuvre to prevent his flank being turned. A fire was kept up on the natives whenever they showed themselves. Stripped for fighting, they were running and stooping in a wooded ravine, into which rockets were thrown to dislodge them. Ultimately, Colonel Murray fell back on the lane, and took up a position to secure the main road. On seeing this, the enemy came on boldly, but were met with such a fire that they quickly retreated to cover.</p>
        <p>Working with a very small force, threatened with being cut off, and having been directed by Colonel Gold to return before dark to the nearly defenceless town, Colonel Murray recalled Lieutenant Urquhart's party and Lieutenant Blake's, and continued to occupy his position until it became absolutely necessary to return; keeping up a frequent fire of rockets on the pah, and on any group of <pb xml:id="n122" n="114"/>natives who were observed. It became necessary, however, to detach Lieutenant Urquhart's party a second time to drive back the Maories, who were attempting to get up on the right between the Regulars and the Volunteers. Having accomplished what he was directed to do, Lieutenant Urquhart rejoined Colonel Murray. The steadiness and gallantry of officers and men of Colonel Murray's party were deserving of great praise; the able assistance of Lieutenant Blake was early lost, as he was severely wounded. Captain Brown was too far off to be personally communicated with; he seemed to have taken up a position in a gully. Colonel Murray then drew off his men to town and reported proceedings.</p>
        <p>Captain Cracroft, R.N., by desire of His Excellency the Governor, had disembarked sixty officers and men of the "Niger" for the defence of the town; but an express coming in from Colonel Murray that his force was attacked, and ammunition required, Captain Cracroft started with his men, a 24-1b. rocket tube, and a full supply of ammunition, and in an hour was at the scene of action. <pb xml:id="n123" n="115"/>The officers under him were Lieutenant A. S. Villiers, Mr. W. W. Smith, Mr. S. Gassiot, Mr. Karslake, Dr. W. Patrick, and Mr. W. A. Hyde, Assistant Paymaster. The Volunteers from the Omata stockade were, F. Mace, E. and C. Messinger, who acted as guides.</p>
        <p>Captain Cracroft's arrival was very opportune, the fight had continued some time, and loss had been sustained. Lieutenant Blake lay wounded in the chest. Besides the Maories fighting in the ravines, a body of them occupied the pah newly begun on the Waireka Hill, and a flag flew over it. Captain Cracroft after informing Colonel Murray of his presence, addressed his men, and told them he was determined to have the Maori flag before dark, and he offered ten pounds as a reward for the man who hauled it down.</p>
        <p>The gallant sailors now advanced on the pah, and at eight hundred yards tried on it the effect of the rockets, and five or six were fired from the tube with precision; but as the night was now closing in on them, the sailors became impatient of the long range practice, a few men were left with the rocket tube, and the rest advancing under their gallant leader, <pb xml:id="n124" n="116"/>encountered the enemy outside the pah, who shot down two of the sailors. The word to charge was given, sailors and Maories mixed in combat, the latter giving way; the blue jackets rushed at the picketing and over it; the Maories got into the rifle pits, but were quickly dislodged with the bayonet and cutlass. The flag was hauled down by the coxswain Odgers; and Captain Cracroft, collecting his men, carried off his wounded, leaving many of the Maories <hi rend="i">hors de combat</hi>, and returned without a shot being fired after him.</p>
        <p>Captain C. Brown, in command of the Militia and Volunteers, had marched from New Plymouth at half-past one <hi rend="lsc">P.M.</hi> He had with him, Captains Stapp and Atkinson, Lieutenants Mackechney, Mackellar, Hurst, and Hamerton; Second Lieutenants "Webster and Jonas, and Ensign Messinger, and one hundred and fifty rank and file. After a quick march of two hours by the beach, and past the Sugar-Loaf Islands, the stream Waireka was reached near its mouth. The insurgents by this time had discovered the column, and were seen running rapidly from the pah on the hill to <pb xml:id="n125" n="117"/>engage the Militia. A company of Volunteers, under Captain Atkinson, then pushed forward, and got on the high ground on the south of the Waireka, the enemy retiring before it; but as they appeared on both flanks, it was considered best to take up a position at Jury's farm where there was a house, stacks furze and rail fences. Captain Stapp took command here, and Captain Atkinson took up a position on he right rear to support Captain Stapp. Lieutenant Hurst then occupied the junction of two streams with his company, and was then directed by Captain Brown, who accompanied him, to engage the enemy in the bush of the Waireka gully, where they were swarming.</p>
        <p>Lieutenant Blake's party of sailors coming up on the left, Lieutenant Hurst was next directed to turn his attention to the enemy on Captain Atkinson's left Having done some execution there, he passed over the gully to join Captain Stapp. The enemy had pieces of long range; the cover was made use of by direction of Captain Brown, who was joined there by Lieutenant Urquhart, and <pb xml:id="n126" n="118"/>his subdivision of the Light Company 65th Regiment; some stragglers of the Naval Brigade and Volunteers from the Omata stockade, under Lieutenant Anderson of the Militia, and Lieutenant MacNaughten, R.A.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile the chattering of the musketry went on incessantly, diversified with the angry "whish" and burst of rockets, and the cries and yells of the combatants—it was a blood stirring affair. All co-operating, the natives were driven back into the cover of the gullies; but as it seemed to be their intention to cut off the Militia from the Omata stockade, by occupying the flax, Captain Brown requested Lieutenant Urquhart to give him a few men to assist him, which was done. A corporal and eight men of the 65th Regiment were given for this duty, when a signal of recall being twice made to Lieutenant Urquhart by Colonel Murray, he left and joined the colonel at the lane above mentioned.</p>
        <p>When the natives saw Lieutenant Urquhart and the greater number of his men leave, they came out of their covers, ran along the open to the cover on the north side of the Waireka, <pb xml:id="n127" n="119"/>calling out, "kore! kore!" (they are defeated), but exposing themselves to the fire of Captain Atkinson, who dropped them in twos and threes about the ground, though casualties occurred also among the British.</p>
        <p>Captain Brown now caused his killed and wounded to be carried to Captain Stapp's position, the best for cover, which was improved there by using sheaves of oats and fencing for breastworks. Captain Brown now became aware of the success of Captain Cracroft at the hill above, and which enabled him, now that the ammunition was nearly expended, to retire on the Omata stockade after dark. The men were accordingly told off in fours, and retired in order, first from one position and then from the next, falling back on the third; the small party, 65th, the sailors, and the party from the Omata stockade, who all did excellent service, retiring also. After a short rest at the stockade, where a reinforcement of twenty men was left, Captain Brown brought his column to town (where great anxiety was felt for them) after midnight, after a hard day's work, and their first fight, a successful one, as the enemy fied and abandoned their <pb xml:id="n128" n="120"/>position. A curious circumstance took place as they went south. Mr. Wellington Carrington was in his house on their line of retreat; he had married a Maori woman of high rank, and the Maories spared himself and his house because his son, whom they knew, was sent out to be seen by them.</p>
        <p>Captain Brown praised the conduct of Captains Stapp and Atkinson, and acknowledged the good service rendered him by Lieutenant Urquhart, 65th Regiment, and his men. Private Inch, of the Volunteers, shot two of the enemy after he had received a wound in the chest, and all behaved in a very creditable manner under very dangerous and trying circumstances. The casualties on the side of the British at the Waireka action, were a sergeant of the Militia and a marine killed, Lieutenant Blake, R.N., Lieutenant Hamerton of the Volunteer Rifles, and fourteen men wounded of the soldiers, sailors, militia, and volunteers. The native loss was considerable, and the bodies were seen to be collected and placed on small low carts used in the Taranaki by white and brown men.</p>
        <p>Dividing a small force to act, as in this case, <pb xml:id="n129" n="121"/>against an active enemy in a good position, is attended with great risk and danger. If in this instance the whole force 65th, sailors, militia and volunteers had gone direct to the Omata village, they probably would have had a skirmish with the enemy, but they might have brought in the settlers from Mr. Brown's house. These came in next day. On examining the ground afterwards, I was particularly struck with the strength of the position of the pah, and the easy manner of retreat in the rear. The view from the pah towards the Sugar Loaf Islands makes a picturesque sketch.</p>
        <p>In compliance with the Governor's wish, on the 30th March Captain Cracroft proceeded to sea, and steered south for the Warea pah.<note xml:id="fn19-121" n="*"><p>Warea, delayed.</p></note> This double pah stood close to the beach at the mouth of a small stream, only navigable by canoes; the coast in the vicinity is fringed with rocks and reefs projecting a considerable distance to seaward, upon which the sea beats violently; the bottom is very foul. The ship was anchored by Mr. Veich, the master, as near as she could be brought to the pah, <pb xml:id="n130" n="122"/>namely, about two thousand five hundred yards. The natives showed themselves in great numbers at the pah, and fired off muskets in defiance. Eire from the guns and 24-1b. rockets was opened on the pah, and considering the distance, good practice was made; shells and rockets falling inside the stockade and doing considerable damage. The natives disappeared, but as it was impossible to land on account of the surf, the "Niger" returned to her anchorage at New Plymouth, having done all that circumstances admitted.</p>
        <p>On the 3rd April, the Maori flag captured at the Waireka hill by Captain Cracroft and his gallant "Nigers," was presented with due ceremony at Government House, Auckland, to His Excellency the Governor. Three companies of the Auckland Rifles were drawn up in line; the band of the 65th Regiment had played them into the domain, then played in the blue jackets, preceded by the flag. The devices on the flag were a representation of Mount Egmont of Taranaki, and the Sugar Loaf Islands, a bloody heart on the upper section, and the letters M. N., ("mate noa," <pb xml:id="n131" n="123"/>"till death,") on the lower. Captain Cracroft presented the flag on behalf of Ms ship's company, and the Governor received it graciously, with an appropriate speech in answer to Captain Cracroft; he complimented the sailors and the volunteers, brothers in arms in the Taranaki. We may add, they have the distinction to have been the first of the volunteers of these days to have been engaged with an enemy.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n132" n="124"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d6" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> VI.</head>
          <argument>
            <p>Militia enrolled—Cavalry and Rifle Volunteers—Absurd pride of race—Uneasy feelings among the Settlers—Assistance asked from Sydney and Melbourne—Southern expedition from New Plymouth—Skirmishing with the Natives—Meetings of Natives at Hawkes' Bay and Wellington—Blockhouses at Auckland—The Colonial war-steamer 'Victoria'—Emigration declines and ceases—Great conference at Ngaruawahia—Missionary influence—The Lord Bishop Selwyn—Mr. Parris' escape—Waikatos joins Wiremu Kingi—Captain Richard Brown shot—Generous conduct of Wiremu Kingi—Native sympathy with Shipwrecked Marines—A detachment, 40th regiment, sent to Waitara Camp—Heroic Conduct of Captain Miller of the 12th regiment—The Fiji Islands—Fever at New Plymouth.</p>
          </argument>
          <p><hi rend="sc">The</hi> Militia in the northern island of New Zealand were now enrolled according to their localities; a fine body of men, the Auckland Cavalry Guards, were organised, Captain Beckham, resident magistrate, their commander, Lieutenant Mayne and Cornet Holt were the other officers of the troop. The first or Royal Company of Auckland Rifles were <choice><orig>com-<pb xml:id="n133" n="125"/>manded</orig><reg>commanded</reg></choice> by Capt. F. Steward private secretary to the Governor, at Otahuhu,<note xml:id="fn20-125" n="*"><p>'Ota,' saw dust, 'huhu,' a grub.</p></note>the neighbouring settlers were enrolled as a cavalry corps under Colonel Nixon, and the Auckland Coast Guards, mustered as artillery, were under Captain Campion.</p>
          <p>In every community there are men of low minds, usually also cowardly, who seem to take a pleasure in insulting those whom they may think inferior to themselves, particularly if the skin is of a darker hue than their own, forgetting or ignorant of the fact that if our first parents lived in a climate similar to that of Mesopotamia of the present day, they too must have been bronzed and wore the "livery of the burnished sun." The term "niggers" for every brown skin is in these mens' mouths constantly, and which even to negroes themselves is a term of reproach, of inferiority, and much more when applied to Musselmen or Hindoos of caste in India, or to the Maories proud of their pedigrees.</p>
          <p>We were not at war at this time with the whole Maori nation, but with some tribes of the Taranaki. The natives about Auckland <pb xml:id="n134" n="126"/>were friendly, as they had been for many years, yet rude and ungenerous treatment was experienced at the time by those visiting Auckland, and which called forth this proper notification.</p>
        <quote>
		  	<floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d6-t1">
			<body xml:id="t1-body-d6-t1-body">
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d6-t1-body-d1" type="section">
          <head><hi rend="c">Notice</hi>.</head>
          <p>Friendly natives visiting the town complain that during the last five days they have been treated with marked rudeness by the Europeans, and are frequently told that they will be turned out and no longer permitted to carry on their trade as. heretofore. His Excellency is satisfied that it is only necessary to call public attention to the subject to ensure friendly treatment to individuals of the native race.</p>
          <closer>
            <salute>By his Excellency's command,</salute>
            <signed rend="right">Signed, <name type="person" key="name-150295">H. J. Tancred.</name></signed>
          </closer>
        </div>
		  </body>
		  </floatingText>
		  </quote>
          <p>All this while the great Waikato tribe continued quiet but watchful, appeared friendly towards Europeans, and at the King's place, Ngaruawahia, Potatau and his people still proclaimed as their motto: "Religion, love and law," but a Ngatiruanui mission was in the neighbourhood and a great conference expected. <pb xml:id="n135" n="127"/>Burning and pillaging had been carried on in the Taranaki by the natives, and there all was alarm among the settlers. In the province of Auckland, the out-settlers on good terms with the natives, were in doubt about arming; as long as they were unarmed they were of course at the mercy of the natives; yet the Maories sat still. And if the settlers armed they would probably excite the jealousy of the natives by becoming soldiers. In and about the town of Auckland the rifle volunteer movement was flourishing. Those only who have lived on the outskirts of civilization, pioneers of the west, or South African border farmers, can rightly judge of the anxiety of families near warlike tribes of natives and quite at their mercy, whilst to leave their clearings and come into town would be utter ruin, abandoning houses, crops and cattle. We cannot in fairness say it is the settlers own look out they must protect themselves, if the Government do not prevent their settling, they are bound, by means of outposts and a military force, to afford them places of refuge and protection. The French in Algeria have 100,000 men to control three millions of Arabs, and cannot do <pb xml:id="n136" n="128"/>with less seemingly, the annual expense is three millions. Our wide spread possessions east, west, north and south, Indian mutinies and China wars absorbed our peripatetic soldiers, and New Zealand for sometime had only one regiment to watch and ward the whole of the territory.</p>
          <p>His Excellency the Governor having applied for assistance to Sydney and Melbourne, in the middle of April there arrived at the seat of war, Taranaki, H.M. steam sloop ' Cordelia' eleven guns, Captain Vernon, and the 'City of Sidney' steamer with five officers and hundred fifty-seven of the 12th Regiment, one captain and forty men Royal Artillery; afterwards came H.M.S. 'Pelorus' Captain B. Seymour, accompanying the ' Wonga Wonga' with two hundred and fifty men of the 40th Regiment; more followed afterwards and inspired hope and confidence.</p>
          <p>It being deemed advisable to send an expedition to the south of New Plymouth to act on the Taranaki and Ngatiruanuis, a force was organized consisting of two hundred and eighty men of the 65th regiment, one hundred and fifty blue jackets and marines, eighty Militia and <pb xml:id="n137" n="129"/>Volunteers, forty Royal Artillery with two 24-pounder howitzers and four six-pounder field-pieces, also twenty Royal Engineers, the whole under the command of Colonel Gold, and Captain Seymour, R.N. Accompanying this expedition were thirty carts laden with camp equipage, ammunition, stores of various kinds and provisions.</p>
          <p>It was considered that invading the territory of the insurgents might stop marauding and murdering in the Taranaki. Starting at an early hour on the 20th April, the force crossed the Waireka valley at 11 <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> the force encamped at Tataraimaka<note xml:id="fn21-129" n="*"><p>' Tatara,' a mat, ' i maka,' was thrown away—a garment thrown away.</p></note> and a reconnoitring party with two guns was sent out towards Hongatahwa river, when this was reached, a strong pah was observed, and apparently difficult to be got at.</p>
          <p>The expedition took up a number of potatoes at Wairau<note xml:id="fn22-129" n="†"><p>'Wai,' river, 'rau,' leaf.</p></note> the property of the insurgents, and thrashed out the Tataraimaka wheat belonging to Mr. Girdwood. After some rainy weather, the force struck tents and moved towards the <pb xml:id="n138" n="130"/>Waireatea,<note xml:id="fn23-130" n="*"><p>'Wai,' water, 'atea,' clear.</p></note> the Light Company, 65th, under Lieutenant Urquhart, and part of the Naval Brigade under Captain Seymour forming the advanced guard—Captain Vernon and his blue jackets bringing up the rear. Waireatea was reached, and Captain Seymour with a mounted party entered Komena's pah and found in it a saddle of Mr. Ford, slain at the Omata lately. A reconnoitring party under Captain Seymour next proceeded to a Maori mill where thirty armed natives had been seen, but these fled, the party rendered the mill useless by removing a portion of the cog wheels and iron works.</p>
          <p>The pah was then pulled down, and some of the houses and provisions of the natives were burnt.</p>
          <p>From Komena's pah Mokotura was reached, some horses and seven working bullocks of the insurgents were secured. The skirmishers forced their way through flax higher than their heads until the flag-staff of the Waieapa was sighted, when the halt was sounded and the commanding officer and staff went to the front to reconnoitre. Natives were seen in the pah <pb xml:id="n139" n="131"/>by the guides, who venturing too near were saluted with a volley from the pah. The guns were ordered to the front, they opened at three hundred yards; the pah was soon evacuated, and then entered by the troops and sailors. The pah was afterwards burned with the wharrés in it.</p>
          <p>A number of mares and foals were captured, and the mill searched for, but it could not be found. The homeward march was commenced, the houses at Mokotura were levelled and the march resumed without obstruction. To carry out the usual practise of war (though capture but not destroy, should I think be adopted in future) five stacks of wheat were burned inland. Mr. Parris, the native commissioner, lost some wheat in this expedition, which a native had set apart as payment of a debt.</p>
          <p>At the sand hills near Komena's pah the skirmishers descried some natives, fired at eight hundred yards and one man was seen to fall. The guides in trying to cross a swamp, whilst searching for horses and cattle, were fired upon from the scrub. After this the force rested to refresh among the rich pastures of the Tataraimaka, three companies of the 65th <pb xml:id="n140" n="132"/>were left there with two guns, and the rest of the force returned to New Plymouth, after being treated to a grand war dance by the allies with the usual shouts, contortions and thrusting out the tongue.</p>
          <p>The example having been set of firing pahs and houses, and destroying property, the Taranakis and Ngatiruanuis exacted a fearful <hi rend="i">utu</hi> or payment, on the settlers afterwards, as will appear in the course of the narrative.</p>
          <p>Though more was expected of the above expedition in punishing the insurgents of the south, yet considering the extremely difficult nature of the country, the tracks for roads, the steep gullies, the entangled bush, thick scrub and deep swamps, perhaps as much was done as could reasonably be accomplished by a force with wheeled carriages; mounted rifies with pack horses might have done a good deal more, but at the time they could not be got together.</p>
          <p>Interesting meetings took place at Hawkes' Bay and Wellington under the superintendants and at which the native chiefs, invited to attend, professed no desire to quarrel with their <pb xml:id="n141" n="133"/>white brethren, but on the contrary to have very friendly feelings towards them.</p>
          <p>The great chief (or king) Potatau still professed friendship to the Europeans, yet he was believed to be more pf an instrument in the hands of ambitious chiefs, than possessing any real power. Thus, though it was said he did not sanction the stoppage of the overland mail to Napier (Hawkes' Bay), yet on the 23rd April it was stopped by natives of Taupo Lake and Wakotere paruas. This occasioned uneasiness in the scattered settlements, south of Auckland, about Drury, Papakura,<note xml:id="fn24-133" n="*"><p>Papakura, an insect.</p></note> Wairoa,<note xml:id="fn25-133" n="†"><p>Wairoa, long water.</p></note> and Waiuku. <note xml:id="fn26-133" n="‡"><p>'Wai' water, 'uku,' white clay.</p></note> It was suggested that alarm posts should be fixed on, and that signals by bells should be made in case of an irruption from the Waikatriver, also that the settlers should enroll themselves as Southern Rifles; tar barrels, kept ready for burning, it was proposed to put on various hills, so as to communicate with Auckland, if large bodies of the natives advanced towards it; scattered parties of eight and nine men, burning farm homes were more likely to come.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n142" n="134"/>
          <p>Block-houses for the defence of the capital were now constructed under the direction of a valuable officer, ever attentive to his public duties, Colonel Mould, C.B., commanding Royal Engineer; these were placed on the heights of the Government domain overlooking the town, and at Freeman's Bay where there is a favourite landing place for Maori canoes. On the green hill at Onehunga<note xml:id="fn27-134" n="*"><p>'One,' sand,' hunga,' people.</p></note> there was also a stockaded block-house, at the Whau,<note xml:id="fn28-134" n="†"><p>Whau, a plant, E<hi rend="i">nhelia arborescens.</hi></p></note> nine miles from Auckland, and a place where the Maories from the Manukau harbour used to carry their canoes across to launch them again in the Waitemata or Auckland harbour. Lieutenant Cope, 14th, was for some time in charge at the Whau with a party.</p>
          <p>The Militia were also organised and officered; Lieutenant-Colonels Haultain, Kenny, and Nixon, appointed to command the three Regiments of Auckland Militia, Lieutenant-Colonel Balneavis, Deputy-Adjutant-General of Militia, and Colonel Mould, Commandant of the whole of the Auckland Militia.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n143" n="135"/>
          <p>The flourishing colony of Victoria now came forward in the handsomest manner to aid her sister colony of New Zealand in her season of difficulty. The colonial war steamer, "Victoria," ably commanded by Captain Norman and well officered, was placed under the orders of Commodore Loring, commanding in Australian waters. Her first duty was to embark at Hobart Town, Tasmania, in conjunction with the steam transport "City of Hobart," portions of the 40th Regiment, Colonel Leslie commanding. The colony of Victoria placed their ship at the disposal of the crown, the Imperial Government paying all expenses, and furnishing the crew with rifled breech-loading carbines, of which, as I afterwards saw, when I sailed in her, the crew were not a little proud and of which they proved the use on shore.</p>
          <p>Emigrants continued to arrive in May and were no doubt surprised to find that the ploughshare was converted into the sword, and instead of at once settling on farms or assisting on sheep runs, they were expected to turn out for morning drill and to be prepared to do battle, if required, against the stout natives of <pb xml:id="n144" n="136"/>the south. Some took to the firelock readily; but others seemed to feel the force of these lines.</p>
          <q><lg type="verse">
            <l>"Oh! who would fight and march and countermarch,</l>
            <l>Be shot for sixpence on a battle-field,</l>
            <l>And shovelled up into a bloody trench</l>
            <l>Where no one knows!"</l>
          </lg></q>
          <p>Emigration continued to decline from month to month, and after a year there seemed to be no arrival at all, as during Caffre wars, from want of confidence as to peace prospects and protection of life and property in the colony.</p>
          <p>It was not generally known at this time, in the highest quarters in England, the strength of the French force in the Southern ocean, and we may here state that in May, 1860, it consisted of the 'Monge,' screw; 'Aviso,' 1800 tons; the 'Thisbe,' sailing corvette of twenty-two guns; the 'Bellone,' screw of fifty guns; 'Sybille,' sailing frigate of fifty-two guns; 'Isis,' sailing frigate of forty-two guns; a fifty-six gun screw frigate for the Admiral's flag, and the 'Caledonienne,' steamer all bound for the new possession New Caledonia. For Australian waters generally, we had the 'Iris,' twenty-six guns, sailing frigate; the 'Pelorus,' screw corvette of twenty-one guns; the 'Niger,' screw <pb xml:id="n145" n="137"/>sloop of thirteen guns; 'Cordelia,' screw sloop of eleven guns; 'Pawn,' screw, of seventeen guns.</p>
          <p>A great meeting was held in May at Ngaruawahia, the Maori King's place at the junction of the Waikato and Waipa<note xml:id="fn29-137" n="*"><p>'Wai,' water, 'pah,' habitation—well-peopled river.</p></note> rivers, to discuss the question of peace and war; tons of of flour, droves of pigs, canoe loads of dried eels, potatoes, and kumera (sweet potatoes) were provided by the hospitable entertainers on the occasion. The great chief (or King) Potatau still remained friendly to the British; but a considerable number of Waikatos, with their natural taste for war, and believing that they had a claim from conquest to Taranaki land, hastened to join Wiremu Kingi at the Waitara.</p>
          <p>The rumours of hostile intentions of the Europeans towards the Waikatos, &amp;c., were to be traced to the mischievous boastings of "Pakeha Maories" or Europeans of low caste who have lived among the natives and bragged and swaggered in a vaunting and offensive manner whenever they had an opportunity. It is next to impossible to prevent this custom <pb xml:id="n146" n="138"/>prevailing among out-settlers and which does the greatest harm. Calculating on a storm and desiring to realize before it broke, many of the Waikatos sent down produce in their canoes to sell in the Auckland market; some of the canoes could carry ten tons of produce.</p>
          <p>At "the great talk" at Ngaruawahia, European traders were not absent, one of whom sold his goods at these rates: Cavendish tobacco at 2s. a cake; negro-head at Is. a fig, two hundred per cent over Auckland prices, common print shirts 5s. each, composition candles Is. each. It was said that certain white men (there are many runaways up the Waikato) first suggested the Maori King idea, and we know that two bad characters who asked for and obtained leave to trade in the upper markets, immediately opened a grog shop, to corrupt, if they could, for their own vile gains, the Maories, who are, as a people, disposed to temperance; individuals of them, however, would sacrifice the honour of their families for drink. Would that the laws of the Hudson Bay Company, against drink supplied to natives, could be put in force here, and a <choice><orig>fine-<pb xml:id="n147" n="139"/>looking</orig><reg>finelooking</reg></choice> and intelligent race saved from disease and the death of drunkards!</p>
          <p>A certain portion of the plain was staked off for the tarngata whenua, men of the soil (of the district), another portion for natives from a distance, and a third for European visitors, among these was the Lord Bishop Selwyn.</p>
          <p>An intelligent looking chief. Rahi, having planted three sticks in the ground, one much longer than the other two, placed on one of the short sticks a hat; at the foot of the other he laid a native mat, then united the three by a. cord of flax plant, and described what was intended to be represented—the longest stick God or Religion, the next one with the hat represented the Governor at the head of the white people in New Zealand, and the stick with the mat was for the Maori nation. " Who," he said, " could think of disjoining the bond of amity he had thus typified!" The chief Wytene then came forward with a fourth stick in his hand, and drew a circle round the others, and said, "The Maori nationality is now set. We don't want to fight the Governor, but we will hold the hand of those who want to sell more land to the <pb xml:id="n148" n="140"/>Pakeha." Alluding to the Taranaki, he said, " that the Governor by making war with Wiremu Kingi, had loosened the cord of love," (here Wytene untied the flax cord) " which had hitherto united the two races; and that there was now only God and Potatau remaining to the Maorie. The Governor should now desist from purchasing, more Maori land, as that was the cause of the strife."</p>
          <p>Rahi asked if he had made that clear; Wytene made no answer. Then Tamati Ngapura (a man of great influence and of good character, and brother of Potatau, in whose company and that of others of note I afterwards proceeded to the Taranaki), spoke at great length urging peace, and that sooner than war should be made, that they should toss their arms and ammunition into the ocean. It is believed that Tamati Ngapura is deeply imbued with religious principles, and is greatly esteemed by all who know him. Another chief seconded Tamati Ngapua's propositions, and added, " Love to our friends, the Pakeha, love to our friends, the Maories, love to the whole world. My principal word is, let us erect a temple to the worship of <pb xml:id="n149" n="141"/>Jehovah;" probably meaning a church where Pakehas and Maories should conjointly worship theDeity.</p>
          <p>Tarapipipi (W. Thompson) then delivered a very florid oration, interspersed with scriptural quotations, (he is a man of great talent, and well versed in sacred lore), and displacing the hat from the stick said, " Let the Governor work on his own land, and allow the Maori to work on his. Don't let the Maori jump on the land of the Pakeha, or the European tread on that of the Maori. I have still no desire for the Waikato to act against the Governor. Tamati Ngapura has said well about putting away weapons; but let the Pakeha set the Maories the example. The question now is, shall we go with the Governor, or support Raogitaki (W. Kingi.)" Several spoke for and against supporting the Governor. The peace party seemed to be prevailing, when the word came that the Chief Katipa and his contingent were not far off. They came with flashing paddles in two large war canoes, the large one ninety feet long, and seating one hundred and twenty men and women, had cost from the Ngapuhis £300. The smaller seated sixty <pb xml:id="n150" n="142"/>persons; both were handsomely carved and ornamented, and the lusty and tattoed voyageurs were gay with feathers in their hair.</p>
          <p>Katipa, though esteemed a friend of the Pakeha, was received as usual with the waving of shawls and the firing of guns, which his party duly returned from some excellent arms. Katipa's people then made themselves comfortable for the rest of the day by pitching tents by means of paddles, poles and sails, and preparing their afternoon meal.</p>
          <p>On Sunday, religious services were held in different parts of the encampment, and the Bishop Selwyn and the Reverend Messieurs T. Buddie, J. Morgan, J. Watts, A. Read, Garaval, and some native ministers officiated. The audiences were numerous and attentive.</p>
          <p>Where Missionary influence is wisely exercised, the effects of it, under Provience, are sometimes truly wonderful. When a people are taught to work as well as pray, to improve their circumstances, and place them above the fear of want and starvation. Also, when peace is promoted where evil passions and oppression <pb xml:id="n151" n="143"/>prevailed, when the evil desires and inclinations of man are subdued, and a love of morality is substituted for vice in every hateful form, the native mind must feel and acknowledge its deep obligation to its spiritual guides.</p>
          <p>To preserve and elevate the native races by the influence of true Christianity, has been one of the primary aims of Missionary societies. His Excellency Sir George Grey, both in New Zealand and at the Cape of Good Hope, recognised this design, and earnestly endeavoured to bring the influence of the Government to sanction and assist it. When aide-de-camp and private secretary to Sir B. d'Urban, at the Cape, I made the acquaintance of Sir George Grey, when as a Captain of the 83rd Regiment, he was on his way to explore at Shark's Bay, Australia. When assisting in his outfit, I remarked then his earnest character and his attention to the work in hand; and the expectations formed of him in his youth, have been most amply fulfilled in his mature years.</p>
          <p>For centuries, bloodshed and violence prevailed in New Zealand, and before the war began, the Maories were reckoned a <choice><orig>chris-<pb xml:id="n152" n="144"/>tianised</orig><reg>christianised</reg></choice> people—that is to say, war among the tribes seemed to have ceased, though chiefs and tribes might still have been jealous of each other; yet the improvement was marvelous, and when peace again exercises her benign influence over the land, the Maories will make themselves respected as a civilized people.</p>
          <p>Next day, the Bishop assembled the natives connected with his church, and after morning prayers, he asked them if they intended to assist at the erection of a new flag staff? A number of them answered they did; he rebuked them for their folly, said he would not stay to witness it, as it would lead to strife; he then struck his tent, and took his departure.</p>
          <p>The Bishop and the party who think as he does, have been strongly in favour of leaving abundance of land with the Maories; as much as they can possibly want, as forest land, corn fields, sheep-runs, &amp;c. Yet he always advised them to haul down the King's flag, and not " for a piece of bunting" to risk a contest with the powerful Pakehas.</p>
          <p>Katipa at the korero, or talk, which was resumed, professed his adhesion to the <choice><orig>Euro-<pb xml:id="n153" n="145"/>peans</orig><reg>Europeans</reg></choice>, and Mr. Donald MacLean, the native secretary, at the request of the Maories, explained the circumstances connected with the purchase of the Waitera land. With regard to any Waikato claims there, by right of conquest, Mr. MacLean stated, and which was confirmed by Te Whero Whero (Potatau) himself, that the Waikatos had years ago surrendered their claim to the land to the British Government, for a consideration.</p>
          <p>Tare, of the northern Ngapuhis, a relative of Tamati Wakanene, said <hi rend="i">they had eaten food<note xml:id="fn30-145" n="*"><p>An old Maori expression for a victory and its results.</p></note></hi> in the Waikato country before, and might do so again; he reminded some of the King's party that they promised allegiance to the British Queen, and that they had obtained many advantages from the intercourse with Europeans; he recommended the removal of the new flag-staff, and to avoid engaging in the Taranaki quarrel.</p>
          <p>The King party, though desiring to assert the native mana, or authority over the land, or great portion of it, yet declared that Auckland, the town and province, would be tapued, <pb xml:id="n154" n="146"/>(sacred), and not molested. After this the korero ended.</p>
          <p>At this time, Mr. Parris, the native commissioner, was saved, by means of the Waikatos, from a determined plot to take his life by the Taranaki and Ngatiruanui deputation on their return from the conference with King Potatau. Mr. Parris had been asked to procure for them a safe escort to their homes, as they had not been concerned in the murders at the Omata, and he resolved to do so, it being rumoured that possibly our ally, Ihaia, of the Waitara, might endeavour to cut them off.</p>
          <p>There was an escort of one hundred and fifty Waikatos, the deputation numbered about fifty. On the way to Taranaki, the Waikato chief, Epiha, discovered and communicated to Mr. Parris, that it was the intention of the deputation to form an ambush and destroy him, out of hatred to the white man. Mr. Parris threw himself on the protection of the Waikatos; accordingly, Epiha, and Honé, another Waikato chief, forming double files on each side of him, and an advance and rearguard at the place where the deputation were in waiting to cut him off at night, brought him safe through. When Mr, Parris took <pb xml:id="n155" n="147"/>leave of his preservers, Epiha said, " Do not thank us, but God; I may yet meet you by day as an enemy, but I could not consent <hi rend="i">to</hi> your murder."</p>
          <p>On the 19th May at the Waitara, it was understood that the Waikatos in considerable numbers, had joined Wirermu Kingi, and had hutted themselves between Huirangi and the Waitara river, and it was supposed that Kingi with his reinforcements of the Waikatos, Ngatiruanuies, and Taranakis, would put up a pah on the disputed land, and then make an attempt on New Plymouth.</p>
          <p>One had often to lament the extreme imprudence of old settlers in the country, thus exposing themselves needlessly, being either shot at or shot by the natives during the contest; and then the latter stigmatised, as blood thirsty savages, and when the white man would have done the same thing by the native if lie had caught him unawares. High minded men spare the enemy when at their mercy. " I can't shoot that old fellow,' cried the noble soldier and good sportsman, Major Gregory, 98th, in the first Caffre War, as he tossed up his gun after covering a stout old <pb xml:id="n156" n="148"/>Caffre who dashed across an open glade; but we cannot expect uneducated men to be Gregories.</p>
          <p>Captain Richard Brown, the commandant of the native auxiliary force, went out of the block-house at the mouth of the Waitara, it was said to look for firewood along the shore. Three of the Ngatiawas, who were lurking among the flax bushes and fern, watched their opportunity, crept on him, and fired at him as he heedlessly and singly rode along the shore. The first shot struck his cartouche box and glanced off; the second took effect on his thigh, and the third passed through his left side and lodged in his body.</p>
          <p>Captain Brown's horse swerved, and putting spurs to it, he galloped back towards the camp, and being observed to droop in the saddle, he was carried in a fainting state and lodged in a wharre in the fishing pah. Captain Brown was an energetic settler, and a brave man; too daring, in fact, like a strong swimmer who ventures too much and too long.</p>
          <p>Previous to this affair, Wiremu Kingi had returned a horse, complete with saddle and <pb xml:id="n157" n="149"/>bridle, the property of an officer, which had strayed from the camp. Wiremu Kingi, until the Waitara land dispute, had been a friend of the British, and fought on their side in a former war.</p>
          <p>At this time also a schooner, the " Louisa,' was wrecked on the east coast, and the crew and passengers were in a helpless condition; when on making known their distress at a native settlement, the chief, Paratene, received them most hospitably; turned out his people; brought, with his horses, the white men and their goods to his wharres; and not working on Sunday, on Monday saved spars, sails, and running gear from the wreck, and thirty sacks of wheat; and sent in canoes the crew and passengers to Auckland, charging only forty shillings for his peoples' services.</p>
          <p>Whilst unpleasant feelings were existing between the two races at the time, it is pleasant and proper to record this instance of native svmpathv for shipwrecked mariners.</p>
          <p>Tall flag-staffs and yards for signals were now erected at the Bell Block, Omata Stockade, and Marsland Hill, and a code of signals was arranged under the direction of <pb xml:id="n158" n="150"/>Serjeant Marjoram, Royal Artillery, by means of wicker balls by day, and lanthorns by night, forming words.</p>
          <p>On the Queen's birthday there was a respectable turn out of Regulars, Militia, and Volunteers, and the usual salute with great guns and small arms fired. Major Nelson being sent to the Waitara camp with a part of his fine regiment, the 40th, but new to the country and the native mode of warfare, was a mistake.</p>
          <p>On the 4th of June, Captain Miller, of the 12th Regiment, distinguished himself by his heroic endeavours to rescue from drowning a son of Mr. Wakefield, of Taranaki. The youth who was on horseback, was trying to ford the Huatoki stream near its mouth, he lost his seat, and was washed out to sea. Captain Miller happening to be present, immediately plunged into the sea to try and save him; he swam strongly towards the boy, but got among the breakers, and was carried back into the mouth of the swollen river, where the heavy surf broke over him repeatedly, and he was at last washed up apparently in a dying state on the beach, from <pb xml:id="n159" n="151"/>whence he was carried into the Kowau pah, where after vigorous efforts he was restored to consciousness.</p>
          <p>Mr. Hoby junior, boldly, on horseback, swam into the sea, but also failed to save young Wakefield from death.</p>
          <p>When I arrived in New Zealand, and heard the Fiji Islands, Norfolk Island, New Caledonia, and other islands of the great Southern Pacific ocean, familiarly talked of as near neighbours, and of easy access, I truly felt I was " far, far from home," and indeed removed to an <hi rend="i">ultima thule</hi> the ancients had never dreamt of. Now in June, 1860, Colonel Smythe arrived in Auckland on his way to the Fijis on a political and commercial mission; it having been understood that the Fijeans, that wild and warlike people of books of voyages, were desirous to place themselves-under the sovereignty of Queen Victoria, and it was expected that thus another field for cotton growing would be open to British enterprise, along with other advantages.</p>
          <p>In the Taranaki at this time, the middle of June, the hostile natives were collected in <pb xml:id="n160" n="152"/>some strength, and near the Bell Block carried off the stock of the settlers there, and broke up and destroyed the insides of their houses in the wanton, spirit of savage nations. These devastations were performed in the night. Portions of the 12th Regiment and 40th were sent out to endeavour to surprise the marauders; but they seemed to have early intimation of the movement of the troops, it was alleged from friendly pahs, and thus could not be caught.</p>
          <p>In New Plymouth, from over crowding, neglect of sanitary measures, inattention to removing nuisances, and in some houses, (built a yard off the ground on piles; blocking up the foundations with turf, &amp;c, and preventing the air blowing freely under the floors, occasioned fever. The people became alarmed, thinking that an epidemic had arisen among them to add to the misery of being driven from their country homes, but malaria from local causes, and these removable, was the origin of the fever.</p>
        </div>
      <pb xml:id="n161" n="153"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d7" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> VII.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Winter—Pahs at Puketakauere—Major Ne]son in command at Waitara camp—Determines to attack, with Captain Seymour, R.N., the pahs—Skirmish—Reinforcements—'Blood is thicker than water'—The order of attack—Onukakeitara—The main body of the troops encounters large bodies of the enemy—Are outflanked and retire—Captain Bowdler—Captain Messenger—The difficulties his division encountered—Death of Lieut. Brooks and other casualties —Colonel Gold marches to the Waiongona river to cooperate and returns to New Plymouth—Death of the Maori King.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">It</hi> was now the middle of the Antarctic winter, when cold and wet prevail, and expeditions at any distance from camp were disagreeable from the state of the country, the swamps full of water, roads and tracks deep with mud.</p>
        <p>The height where stood a double pah at Puketakauere,<note xml:id="fn31-153" n="*"><p>'Puke' a hill, 'ta,' to strike, 'kauere or puriri,' a tree, the hill where the puriri was struck.</p></note> was perfectly visible from the Waitara camp over the ferny plain. The <pb xml:id="n162" n="154"/>pahs seemed imperfect, and the natives were observed moving about as if completing the defences, and preparing to resist valiantly.</p>
        <p>Our forces at this time were inadequate for the work which was assigned them, that is numerically; we were carrying on a little war. Major Nelson, of the 40th Regiment, commanding at the Waitara, nothing daunted, though he had few men under him in his advanced post, looked out anxiously for an opportunity to give a lesson to what was termed " the wily foe." The Major had served in the field in the East with great credit, and on the Staff in England, but he found in the Maories a very different enemy from the less active and enterprising Hindoos.</p>
        <p>A party of natives was seen from the camp, on the 25th June, coming down to the trees on the Government land, about five hundred yards in rear of the camp, and collecting timber for Puketakauere. Lieutenant Mould, R.E., was directed to reconnoitre them, and had for his escort fifty men of the 40th, and eight natives. The party was fired at from an ambush; the troops fired and retired, hoping to entice the enemy to show themselves <pb xml:id="n163" n="155"/>nearer the camp. The Maories followed, got within two hundred and fifty yards of the soldiers, when a shell from the camp fell among them, and dispersed them in all directions.</p>
        <p>All this determined Major Nelson and Captain Seymour, commanding the Naval Brigade, to attempt to carry Puketakauere; though from the state of the country, so wet, and with so few men at their disposal, they had not the advantage of reconnoitring all round, and of observing what obstruction there was towards the river, viz., an extensive swamp. But they bravely used their best efforts not only to deal with the enemy in front, but to cut off his retreat in the rear. It was understood that the Maories at Puketakauere, were chiefly Waikato volunteers come to assist Wiremu Kingi at the Waitara.</p>
        <p>Previous to this, Major Nelson had despatched Captain Richards, 40th, an active and resolute officer, to New Plymouth, to communicate with Colonel Gold, commanding Her Majesty's forces, regarding the state of affairs at Puketakauere, and to ask for more <pb xml:id="n164" n="156"/>men. Colonel Gold accordingly spared him twenty more artillerymen, and sixty of the 50th Regiment, though he was obliged to keep as many as possible to guard the open town against the constantly threatening Taranakis and Ngatiruanuis in the neighbouring forests.</p>
        <p>Colonel Gold knew that Major Nelson was desirous of making an attempt on Puketakauere, but he left in bis own hands the time for attack, intimating that if he knew it he would co-operate as much as in his power; but the best laid plans are sometimes upset and deranged from unexpected causes. Major Nelson, in his tent, was describing on the ground to another officer his plan of attack, when on looking up, he saw a <hi rend="i">friendly</hi> Maori who had glided in, and was silently watching what was going on. On seeing he was observed he retired, and doubtless to convey intelligence of what was intended. " Blood is thicker than water," said that fine fellow, the American Commodore Tatnell, when he helped our blue jackets in their difficulty at the Peiho.</p>
        <p>Again, an artillery sergeant, to whom was <pb xml:id="n165" n="157"/>entrusted a couple of rockets to convey a signal to the Bell Block, and from thence to New Plymouth, failed to do so; and on being asked what he had done with the rockets, he said in the hurry of preparation for the attack, he had forgotten to use them, and shoved them afterwards into the fern.</p>
        <p>When Major Nelson made his attack on Puketakauere on the 27th June, there were two pahs there; one, the true Puketakauere, to the north-east of the other, consisted of a mound with a difficult double ditch round it; the other was the large pah. It consisted of a mound also, on which was the flag-staff, with a white ensign and black cross. A stockade was round the mound, and rifle pits were supposed to be inside and out. The defenders were in bullrush wharres or huts. This last pah was named Onukukaitara; the two pahs are usually known as the Puketakauere pahs.</p>
        <p>Both pahs stood on a ridge, on each side of which were gullies meeting below the northernmost stockade, and ending in a swamp towards the Waitara river; the gullies formed as it were the letter Y, the stem of it to the river, and the stockades in the fork.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n166" n="158"/>
        <p>A body of three hundred and forty-seven men, with two 241b. howitzers, were destined for the enterprise, composed of Royal Engineers, Royal Artillery, Naval Brigade, Royal Marine Artillery, and of the 40th Regiment. The main body, or No. 3 Division, two hundred and sixty-three in number, was led by Major Nelson and Captain Seymour, and moving from the camp at five a.m., crossed the Devon road, taking the most direct way to the pahs, and opened fire with the guns on the large pah at seven a.m., at the distance of four nundred yards; but a breach was not made in the large pah of a sufficient size to justify Major Nelson in ordering the men to assault it.</p>
        <p>No 1. Division, Captain Bowdler, with sixty men, 40th Regiment, was ordered to proceed from the camp by the right, pass along the river and occupy a small mound south-east of the camp, and on the sound of the advance to rush up the Devon road and join the main body. The object of this movement being to prevent the enemy escaping along the left flank of the main body and attacking the camp, and if the enemy did not attempt this, then <pb xml:id="n167" n="159"/>Captain Bowdler was to enter the pah with the main body.</p>
        <p>No 2. Division, Captain Messenger, with one hundred and twenty-five men, chiefly the fine grenadiers of the 40th Regiment, was directed to advance beyond the second division and get possession of Puketakauere mound, to cut off the retreat of the enemy from the Onukakaitara pah and prevent reinforcements, which might be forwarded from other pahs, coming up in his rear.</p>
        <p>On the approach of the force, the natives were immediately on the alert, some left the stockades, occupied the rifle pits outside and commenced firing on Captain Messenger's party, whilst he opened fire on some natives who seemed to be making their way to the river.</p>
        <p>A scout was seen to leave the pah, and he disappeared in the high fern in rear. The party of the 40th, with the third division under Captain Richards, and the blue jackets under Lieutenant Battiscombe, R.N., were extended to the right of the main body and in front of it, and moved towards the south-west face of the pah, Large numbers of the enemy came to <pb xml:id="n168" n="160"/>the edge of the gully and fired briskly at the skirmishers as they advanced towards the edge of the gully, the enemy were concealed by an embankment and by the high fern. The firing was heavy, and our people being exposed sustained considerable loss. A large reinforcement now came down the eastern gully from the direction of Wiremu Kingi's place and which out-flanked the troops.</p>
        <p>Major Nelson having held his ground for some time, and seeing that there was no successful diversion from the rear, and it being evident that his numbers were not sufficient to cope with those opposed to him reluctantly gave orders to sound the retire, intending to repeat his attack when in command of greater numbers.</p>
        <p>Some attempt was made to follow the main body, but this was speedily checked by the artillery; the retreat was conducted in an orderly manner and the troops returned to camp at 1 p.m., Captain Seymour being carried back with a ball through his leg, and many brave men killed and wounded besides. Captain Bowdler also withdrew his men to camp.</p>
        <p>Captain Messenger who bore the brunt of <pb xml:id="n169" n="161"/>the action and who suffered the most, in compliance with his orders, led his division by the river and tried to circle round the pahs, but encountered a large swamp which he was unable to cross till he had advanced considerably to the east in the direction of Matarikoriko.<note xml:id="fn32-162" n="*"><p>Matarikoriko, blinking eyes.</p></note> Tearing their way through the high fern and scrub, and impeded with their great coats, which with their trousers were soon in rags, and plunging in the swampy ground to the knees, scattered and divided by the fern which was up to their chins, whilst they held up their heavy pouches, they approached the Puketakauere mound, and saw it full of the enemy who were observing their movements.</p>
        <p>Another body of the enemy approached so near at one time, as to cause bayonets to be fixed, when the Maories retired.</p>
        <p>Captain Messenger now got about thirty men together, but it was impossible with this handful to get possession of the north-east mound with its double ditches. Mr. Jackson with some of the men endeavoured to make their way out by the right, whilst Lieut. Brooks and others got into the swamp where, defending <pb xml:id="n170" n="162"/>themselves as best they could, they were fired on, wounded and then rushed upon by overpowering numbers of the Maories and knocked on the head.</p>
        <p>Captain Messenger continued his advance till he got to the ground where the third division had been engaged, and he passed over some of the dead bodies there, and was in time to march into camp with the main body, but immediately afterwards was sent out again to bring in Lieutenant Jackson and as many as could be found with him, which he did. The casualties were numerous, for it was supposed that with the Waikatos in the pahs, the Maori combatants, with Wiremu Kingi's reinforcement, amounted to eight hundred warriors.</p>
        <p>Besides Lieutenant Brooks (an officer of much promise) who fell, there were twenty non-commissioned officers and privates killed. Besides Captain Seymour, R.N., there were thirty-three non-commissioned officers and <gap reason="illegible"/> wounded, total sixty-four killed and wounded. The enemy also suffered greatly, and subsequently offered to bury the British dead if not fired upon, which was agreed to. <pb xml:id="n171" n="163"/>Some of tbe casualties doubtless arose from the mistaken sense of honour of the men who, engaged for the first time, thought it unmanly to come to the knee in firing, but " stood up like men" as they thought, and took their chance.</p>
        <p>The officers who particularly distinguished themselves, besides the energetic commander, were, Captains Messenger, Richards and Bowdler, 40th, Capt. Seymour, R.N., Lieutenant Mould, R.E., Lieutenant Macnaughten, R.A., Lieutenant Battiscombe, R.N., Lieutenant Morris, R.M. The medical officers, Dr. Murray and Assistant-surgeons Stiles and Edwards were most attentive to the wounded, and Ensign Whelan, 40th Regirnent, did good service as the staff officer. When I saw Puketakauere, the pahs had disappeared and in their place a strong and solidly constructed.timber.blockhouse occupied the height, with a good ditch, flanking defences and signal staff and yard.</p>
        <p>In New Plymouth, on the morning of the 27th June, it was reported to Colonel Gold that heavy firing was heard in the direction of the Waitara, he was at this time in bed with severe influenza. Contrary to the advice of his <pb xml:id="n172" n="164"/>physician, he immediately rose, mustered a detachment and marched to Mahoetahi and beyond it to the Waiongona river, at this time swelled and difficult to ford from the winter rains; when he reached so far, all was quiet and the Maori flag flew on Puketakauere. Having received no signal or message from Major Nelson, and thinking that the firing had been from an insignificant skirmishing, Colonel Gold returned to New Plymouth.</p>
        <p>About this time died the Maori King Te Whero Whero, or Potatau, from old age and influenza, and his son became his successor; his name is Matutaera.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n173" n="165"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d8" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> VIII.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Commodore Loring, C.B.—Naval arrangements—The Militia assisted—A war dance—New Plymouth entrenched—Conference of Chiefs at Kohimarima—Ihaia of Taranaki—His Letter of advice—His Excellency the Governor proceeds to the conference—His address—Its effect on some of the Chiefs—The korero, or talk—Skirmishing in the Taranaki —Major Hutchins, 12th regiment, arrives, also Lieut.- Colonel Leslie, 40th regiment—Redoubt at Waireka Hill —Archdeacon Hadfield—General Pratt proceeds to the seat of War—Sir Henry Barkley, Governor of Victoria, efficiently helps New Zealand—An alarm—Liberal offer from Canterbury settlement—Hugh Harris, a young settler, shot—A farmer and an artillery man slain at Omata.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Commodore</hi> Loring, C.B., was now actively engaged in arranging naval matters, and dispatching Captain Vernon from Manukau harbour to the Waitara in H.M.S. Cordelia he brought a, reinforcement to the Naval Brigade of one hundred and fifty blue jackets and marines from the 'Iris, ' Elk' and 'Victoria,' to the seat of war. The repulse at Puketakauere served to stimulate the operations of both services. The colony of Victoria with her <choice><orig>com-<pb xml:id="n174" n="166"/>pletely</orig><reg>completely</reg></choice> equipped war steamer ' Victoria' being as heretofore of essential service, thirty of her men under Lieutenant Wood and midshipman Harris having taken up their quarters at Fort Niger as part of the Naval Brigade.</p>
        <p>At the settlement of Tatarairnaka, south of New Plymouth, the insurgents sacked and burned the settlers' houses, all were committed to the flames except the chapel. Twenty-five of the wounded men were brought up from the Waitara and sent to the hospital. The Militia and Volunteers were served with a blanket, blue smock or jumper, a Guernsey and pair of boots each, other articles were to follow; hitherto these men had provided their own clothing, but now, half naked and ruined by the war, the Government assisted them.</p>
        <p>At Puketakauere the natives came out of the pah and danced the war dance in view of the Waitara camp, one native was conspicuous in a soldier's tunic, on seeing which Major Nelson sent three shots into the pah from the camp, still further to excite their martial ardour.</p>
        <p>It was now determined to entrench the centre part of New Plymouth, which Colonel Gold directed Captain Mairis, R.E., to <pb xml:id="n175" n="167"/>commence; this was completed by degrees, and besides a good ditch and parapet, stockades were erected where deemed necessary. Yet it appeared to me afterwards that active men, like the New Zealanders, might have crept in and got through and over the works on a dark night, and might have occasioned incalculable mischief among the families; but a merciful Providence spared the suffering people this addition to their cup of misery.</p>
        <p>Great expectations were formed of the advantages to be gained by the native conference at Kohimarima near Auckland, and Mr. Donald MacLean, the native secretary, had been indefatigable in getting chiefs together to discuss the present state of affairs and relations between the Europeans and Maories. The steamers 'Victoria' and ' White Swan' brought chiefs from the Bay of Islands, from Wellington, the east coast, the Bay of Plenty, from Canterbury, Nelson, &amp;c. Two large buildings, one hundred feet by sixteen were erected for the conference, a kitchen of corrugated iron was prepared, mattresses provided, &amp;c.</p>
        <p>In the middle of July, at Taranaki, the native corps of which the wounded Captain <pb xml:id="n176" n="168"/>Brown was the chief, was disbanded. Some distrust had arisen regarding this corps in connection with the Puketakauere affair; Ihaia, the friendly chief, then wrote a letter to the people of New Plymouth, in which he described the former state of Maori land, exposed to constant wars between the tribes, their endeavours to exterminate each other to the extent of eating their fallen foes; he also described the abandonment of the Taranaki country, its lying waste for a time, its occupation by the Europeans—then the remnant of the old inhabitants seeing this, determined to come back and occupy portions of it also and work with the white man, he approved of the sale of land to the white man, and gave advice about the future conduct of the war in these terms. "My friends you must not assault pahs, but you must entrench yourselves near to each pah, thence you must fire with the big guns, so as to break down the palisading, and you must fire again at the earth that the banks may be breached behind which the men sit, when the breach is made then you can rush into the pah, when it will be well. He is a feeble man this Wiremu Kingi and he is <pb xml:id="n177" n="169"/>an old enemy of mine, I have enemies also among the Taranakis and Ngatiruanuis, I do not wish the preservation of Wiremu Kingi, his destruction would be a satisfaction to me."</p>
        <p>The secluded Bay of Kohirnarima, a few miles from Auckland, is a beautiful site for the Melinesian mission here; and there is a college for the education of youth from the South Sea islands, Mr. Patteson has become the new bishop for this interesting diocese, and through his indefatigable exertions and acquirements, the spread of civilization and of Christianity will be extended by means of native missionaries among many islands and people of the Polynesian group. I had much pleasure in visiting the establishment at Kohimarima, the sail to it past steep and wooded cliffs, (where are the peaceful retreats and gardens of Sir William Martin and the Honorable Mr. Swainson, late attorney-general) or the ride to it through woods and scrub, and the waving yellow flags of the toi toi were very interesting; the beautifully China pheasant is beginning to abound in the cover near Kohimarima.</p>
        <p>On July the 10th took place the meeting of friendly chiefs to confer with the Governor on <pb xml:id="n178" n="170"/>the present position and prospects of native affairs. Auckland would have been very undesirable as the place of meeting, as crowds might have interrupted the proceedings. His Excellency came to Kohimarima in the pinnace of HM. ship 'Iris,' and with him were the Honourable Mr. Stafford, Colonial Secretary; Mr, Richmond, the Native Minister; Mr. Tancred, Postmaster General; Mr. Williamson, the Superintendant of the Province of Auckland; the Chief-Justice Arney; the Attorney-General Whitaker; Mr. MacLean, Native Secretary; Colonel Mould, C.R.E.;• Captain Steward, Private Secretary; Colonel Sillery, Deputy-Quarter -Master-General: Brigade Major Stack; and Mrs. Gore Brown, Mrs. Tancred and other ladies also attended the opening of the conference.</p>
        <p>The Governor having taken his seat, Mr. MacLean interpreted the address to the assembled chiefs, which began with assurances of good will on the part of Her Majesty the Queen to the whole Maori people. On assuming the sovereignty of New Zealand, she pledged herself to extend to them her royal protection, to defend them from foreign foes, impart to <pb xml:id="n179" n="171"/>them all the rights, and privileges of British subjects, and confirm to the chiefs and tribes of New Zealand the exclusive and undisturbed possession of their lands, forests and fisheries.</p>
        <p>In return for this, the chiefs who signed the treaty of Waitangi, ceded the right of sovereignty to Her Majesty. The chiefs were now invited to make known any grievances they might have, or to suggest how property could be better protected, offenders punished, and disputes settled.</p>
        <p>His Excellency next alluded to the dangerous combination in the Waikato country to set up a Maori king in opposition to Queen Victoria. Some parties from Waikato and Kawhia<note xml:id="fn33-171" n="*"><p>Kawhia, the name of a fish.</p></note> had gone to assist Wiremu Kingi in his armed resistance to Her Majesty's troops. The Governor wished to know the opinion of the chiefs on this head. The Maori nation had enjoyed great advantages under British protection; law and order had prevailed, and it was impossible that for any good reason another sovereign should be now set up.</p>
        <p>Tile Maori nation had been treated with every consideration by the British <choice><orig>Govern-<pb xml:id="n180" n="172"/>ment</orig><reg>Government</reg></choice>. Wise and good men had resolved to treat the natives with strict justice, and to act towards them on Christian principles, that they could not be unjustly deprived of their land or property. He regretted that misunderstandings might arise from the difference of language, but this obstacle to improvement would be removed in time, and in the next generation, and by the assistance of the missionaries.</p>
        <p>His Excellency reminded the chiefs of the kindness exercised towards the Maories by the establishment of an hospital for their sick, schools for the children; assistance given to possess vessels, to build mills, to cultivate wheat. The Governor hoped that wise councils would prevail among them, and that their deliberations would result in great benefit to the Maori race generally. Lastly, he congratulated them on the great progress the Maories had made of late years under the Queen's protection. Cannibalism exchanged for Christianity, slavery abolished, war become rare, prisoners taken in war not always slain. He prayed for the blessing of God on their deliberations, and left them to the free discussion of the subjects indicated in his address.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n181" n="173"/>
        <p>At the conclusion of the address, Mele Kingi and Kaiwawa Paipai came forward, and in the name of the Wanganui natives, presented the Governor with two beautifully embroidered kaitakas, or fine flax mantles, and a taiaha, or staff, as a pledge of loyalty and peace.</p>
        <p>About one hundred and twenty chiefs were present, and at the subsequent levee in the dining-room, an east coast chief presented to the Governor what is highly prized, an old mere, or sharp-edged club, made of the bone of a whale. The stalwart figures, well developed heads, and intelligent countenances of the Maories, struck those who were not in the habit of seeing many Maories of distinction, and caused a feeling of regret that there should be enmity between any portion of this fine race of aborigines and the AngloSaxon colonists.</p>
        <p>The Governor having returned to Auckland, the chiefs re-assembled in the hall of conference for their korero, or talk, Mr. MacLean presiding. The first day there were expressions of loyalty towards the Queen, acknowledgments of the benefits conferred on the Maories, and <pb xml:id="n182" n="174"/>of a desire for peace and to be one people, and under laws such as, if a Pakeha killed a Maori, the murderer alone should suffer, and not as in the old time, many might fall in exacting <hi rend="i">utu</hi> or compensation for one death. One chief said, "Our former canoe was bare and unfinished; when the Pakeha came, it was supplied with seats and a platform. Our former god was Onehuku: now it is the true God. I say let wars cease between the Pakeha and Maori." Another said, "The missionaries taught us Christianity; they taught us to forsake old customs; they pulled up by the roots Maori customs, and they became quite dry. The war in the north was ended; the war in the south was brought to a satisfactory termination; let this one be so also. Let us have but two canoes. Send another ship and a boat (a Queen and a Governor), but not a Waka Maori, (Maori canoe) only, and let us have one thought, not two, for both Queen and Maori."</p>
        <p>It happened, unfortunately, about the time of the conference at Kohimarima, the news that our arms had met with a reverse at the Taranaki arrived, viz., the Puketakauere <pb xml:id="n183" n="175"/>affair; and the assembled chiefs, or Rangatira, evidently could not help feeling gratified that the brown skin had triumphed over the white. Still, the conference was of service and was an earnest, that in future, native intelligence would be fairly brought to the test, and the Maories encouraged in self-government.</p>
        <p>In the Taranaki in July, a skirmish took place between some of the insurgents and a party of the 12th Regiment, under Lieutenants Richardson and Lowry, near the Bell Block. The natives had been plundering houses, and surrounded a Mr. Everett, who was imprudently trimming furze hedges on his farm. They demanded his bill-hook and part of his clothing; he surrendered what was required, and offered to shake hands with them; this all declined except one man, and this saved his life.</p>
        <p>H.M. ship "Fawn," Captain Cator, now arrived at New Plymouth from Sydney with another detachment of the 12th Regiment on board, commanded by Major Hutchins, an excellent officer and much esteemed.</p>
        <p>The "City of Hobart" also arrived, with Lieutenant-Colonel Leslie, and the <choice><orig>head-<pb xml:id="n184" n="176"/>quarters</orig><reg>headquarters</reg></choice> of the 4th Regiment on board, from Melbourne. Major Nelson did not remit in his exertions to harrass the natives in the pahs at Puketakauere, by shelling them at night particularly.</p>
        <p>South of New Plymouth, the Ngatiruanuis were busy erecting pahs at Tataraimaka, and threatening the town from that direction.</p>
        <p>Major Hutchins with a strong detachment of the 12th and 40th Regiments, and some artillery, was now directed to march to the Waireka hill, construct a redoubt there, (near the site of the pah so gallantly carried by Captain Cracroft) and watch and check the onward movements of the insurgents, a large party of whom, men, women, and children, were seen on the beach. A considerable number of women go into the field with the men in Maorie warfare, to assist in various ways; building wharres or huts, collection and preparation of food, care of the wounded, besides encouraging the sterner sex to rival the deeds of their ancestors. Female voices would be heard at night, sometimes with songs and cries, stimulating the warriors.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n185" n="177"/>
        <p>Archdeacon Hadfield made himself conspicuous at this time by addressing a pamphlet to the Duke of Newcastle, the Colonial Minister, regarding the injustice of the war. He made a mistake in stating that Teira's father was opposed to the sale of the Waitara block; he had agreed to this when Teira offered the land to the Governor.</p>
        <p>It was now deemed advisable that General Pratt, C.B, commanding the forces in the Australian colonies, should himself proceed from Melbourne with a portion of his staff, to the seat of war, as a temporary measure, to make all military arrangements for the general defence of New Zealand, in conjunction with the Governor and the local authorities.</p>
        <p>Every praise is due to the Governor of Victoria, Sir Henry Barkley, and to the community generally of that flourishing colony, for the zeal and liberality displayed on this occasion. Men and money were freely offered; the 40th Regiment fully equipped for the campaign; the women of the regiment comfortably lodged and cared for, and one thousand young men offered their services to do battle as volunteers in the New Zealand <pb xml:id="n186" n="178"/>"bush." Under proper discipline, there is little doubt, from their experience of a rough life at the "diggings," and in the wilds of Australia, they would have done good service if they had been called on to embark for the Taranaki; but their presence was in the meantime required in Victoria, denuded as it was of the regular troops.</p>
        <p>Colonel Pitt, D I.M., had done his utmost to practise the Colonial Volunteers in the use of the rifle, and they had done justice to their training.</p>
        <p>Her Majesty's Colonial steam sloop "Victoria" landed at New Plymouth Major- General Pratt and Staff; he was received by Colonel Gold, commanding the troops in New Zealand. The officers who accompanied the general, were Lieutenant-Colonel Carey, Deputy-Adjutant General; Lieutenant Forster, R.A., Aide-de-Camp; Dr. Mouat, C.B., V.C., Deputy-Inspector-General; Captain Pasley, R.E., and fifty men of the 40th Regiment. Immediately after this, an alarm was raised that the natives were moving on the town to attack it; the women and children were hastily sent to Marsland Hill, the citadel, and <pb xml:id="n187" n="179"/>the alarm posts were occupied by the men; but the natives retired, contenting themselves with some plunder outside.</p>
        <p>The settlement of Canterbury liberally offered assistance in money in aid of the distressed Taranaki settlers; and as there was no accommodation for them there, it was determined that Nelson was the best place to send them to. These poor people suffered great misery and hardships besides loss of property and of their houses in the Taranaki.</p>
        <p>In the end of July a melancholy occurrence took place at the Waitara. Hugh Harris, attached to the camp, a young man, the only son of his parents, whilst attempting to cart drift wood from the beach, and without an escort, was shot dead, with a ball in the head, by a party of natives who came down upon him; an unarmed soldier of the 40th was near. The waggon and bullocks were not touched, and the body was recovered and sent to New Plymouth for burial.</p>
        <p>The royal mail steamer, "Airedale," arrived from the Manukau at New Plymouth with the following officers, Colonel Sillery, Deputy- Quartermaster-General; Assistant-Military <pb xml:id="n188" n="180"/>Storekeeper Hamley; Surgeon-Major Smith; and Purveyor to the Forces, Henry Deburgh Adams.</p>
        <p>More skirmishing took place about the Bell Block, and the report was raised that the dead bodies of the men killed at Puketakauere were left to be eaten by the wild pigs and the karoro, (sea gulls). Some sharp skirmishing about the mouth of the Waitara between the marines escorting firewood and the Maories.</p>
        <p>Two more lives were lost at the Omata. John Hurford, a farmer, left the stockade for Jury's hill, to get three artillerymen to accompany him to his farm in the bush. The natives came upon them in force, and the party separated, and two of the artillerymen made their way back to Major Hutchins' camp. Captain Barton, 65th, searched for the others with a party, and the artilleryman was found dead and mutilated in a gully. The farmer's body was not recovered, but there was no doubt about his death. He left a wife and nine helpless children at Nelson. A very distressing case.</p>
        <p>Such are some of the incidents of this calamitous war, and its effects on rural settlers in a new and partially acquired country.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n189" n="181"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d9" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> IX.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Alarms at New Plymouth—Continuance of the Conference at Kohemarima—Pig hunting—Skirmishes at Waireka hill—Wreck of the 'George Henderson'—Settlers attacked —Defection of an old Ally—Death of Captain Richard Brown—H. Craine shot—Maorie ammunition—Puketakauere evacuated and destroyed by Major Nelson—The enemy's works at Waireka hill abandoned—Description of Rifle Pits—Expedition to Ratapihipihi—Two pahs destroyed by Major Nelson—General Pratt's expedition to Huirangi—Skirmish at the Peach Grove—The ladies of Littleton—Major Hutchins' expedition—Colonel Leslie's —One regiment inadequate for New Zealand—Dangerous affair at Patamahoe.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">In</hi> the beginning of August the insurgents were particularly active about the Bell Block in plundering houses, driving off horses, cattle, and sheep; they were pursued and skirmished with by the farmers, assisted by the military. There were also continual alarms of assaults on the town of New Plymouth, beating to arms, and placing the women in places of safety.</p>
        <p>The Kohemarima conference went on, and the speeches of the chiefs were generally of a <pb xml:id="n190" n="182"/>friendly nature towards the Pakeha. Some complaints they made, as for instance, asking five shillings an acre for their land, and getting sixpence from the Government. It is true the expenses of surveying had to be paid; <hi rend="i">yet</hi>, as the natives knew sixpence was paid them for the land which was afterwards sold to settlers for ten shillings an acre, must have before long caused much discontent.</p>
        <p>The chiefs acknowledged the great advantages their nation had derived from the Gospel of Christ, turning them from many of their old evil ways; disposing them to peace, to agriculture, and to obedience to the laws.</p>
        <p>In New Plymouth, parties of the 40th and 65th were encamped in different parts of the town in anticipation of an attack. The ditch and palisading were improved, and more families warned to be in readiness to proceed to Nelson.</p>
        <p>The insurgents had evidently no want of food in the Taranaki, for besides the sheep and cattle of the settlers, they could amuse themselves with pig hunting. Wild pigs abound there, and some of our officers, among these Ensign Curtis, 14th, were very successful <pb xml:id="n191" n="183"/>in the pursuit of fern-fed pigs, following them on foot with dogs, and immolating when caught, with their knives. The flesh of animals on the run is much more wholesome than what is stall fed or penned up; and as we remember of old in our Eastern experience' nothing can excel the flesh of the sugar canefed wild boar.</p>
        <p>Skirmishing continued with the marauding insurgents in the neighbourhood of New Plymouth, in which the militia and volunteers took an active part. The 65th and 40th had to escort prisoners to Omata and the Waireka hill, where at four hundred yards from Major Hutchins' redoubt the Maories had sunk rifle pits, and invested the post on Grayling's and Harrison's farms. With the natives, continual skirmishing went on, Major Hutchins pitched into them shot and shell, and using small arms when he had the opportunity. Captain Miller, also Lieutenant Mair and Ensign Hurst were usefully engaged here; and at the Omata, Captain Burton rendered valuable service.</p>
        <p>On the 16th of August there was considerable excitement in <hi rend="i">New</hi> Plymouth, watching <pb xml:id="n192" n="184"/>the fate of the brig "George Henderson," the wind blowing fiercely from the W.N.W. She began to drag her anchors, pitched fearfully, and drifted towards the Henui beach. Ensign with union down. Crowds turned out to assist. She got within the breakers, straining at her anchors, and the great rollers washing over her. At last she slipped her cables, and hoisted her jib, and came ashore at the mouth of the Henui river, where I afterwards saw her "high and dry." Commodore Loring and his men, also the military, went to the beach to assist the crew, and Captain James having sent a rope on shore, they were safely landed.</p>
        <p>We here take the opportunity to record our obligations to the owner of this vessel and to his family for much civility and attention. The Honourable Mr. Henderson is an example of what an honest, upright, and persevering Scotchman can effect in realizing an independence as a wood merchant, &amp;c.; also taking a part in public life, first as a member of the general assembly, and afterwards in council.</p>
        <p>Mr. Walter Perry riding after stock at the Waitara was wounded in the leg; his horse <pb xml:id="n193" n="185"/>also received two balls, but managed to carry its rider into camp, and then expired. Mr. Coad at New Plymouth was not so fortunate; he had gone out to the wreck, was fired upon and disappeared. His body was afterwards found on the beach pierced with four bullets.</p>
        <p>To the settler volunteers at the Omata Stockade, it was a trying thing to see their houses burnt near them, and their stock driven off by the insurgents, and thus reducing them to poverty after years of honourable industry. Major Herbert and his militia, always active and ready for a fight, were employed between the town and the Omata and Waireka hill.</p>
        <p>At the Kohemarima conference, a chief, Paora Tuhaepa, spoke very sensibly of the advantage of the Maories sharing in the councils of the Pakeha; and if a Maori killed a Maori, he thought his crime should be tried and adjudicated on by the understanding of both Pakeha and Maori. Murders generally; quarrels about women, makutu (witchcraft), all should come before the same tribunal, and there should be but one law for Pakehas and Maories.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n194" n="186"/>
        <p>At the Taranaki, the defection of Te Waka, an old ally of the Pakeha, occasioned for a time much speculation. He had lived eighteen years at New Plymouth, and was much esteemed; had rendered valuable assistance in settling disputes between the two races, and arranging the delicate matter of the sale of native land. Most unfortunately, when salaried native assessors were appointed, and he among them, his pride was hurt by others, with very inferior claims to him, having a higher rate of salary allotted them. He accordingly first became a spy for Wiremu Kingi, and then went over to him bodily, at a time when we had not many friends to spare among the Maories.</p>
        <p>Captain Richard Brown, who had lingered for thirteen weeks from the effects of his wound at the Waitara, at length died, greatly regretted, and was buried with military and masonic honours. We saw at the pah at the mouth of the Waitara, the long low wharré where Dr. Styles of the 40th most carefully attended him, and did his utmost to save him, but in vain.</p>
        <p>A young man, H. Craine, most imprudently <pb xml:id="n195" n="187"/>venturing into the skirts of the forest, near New Plymouth, and without escort, searching for his working bullocks, was shot and tomahawked; the obstinate would take no warning.</p>
        <p>The natives continued to burn houses near the town, and were pursued by Lieutenant Bent, R.M., and a party of marines. One day an exciting skirmish took place in full view of Marsland hill, a force turning out under Lieutenant- Colonel Murray, 65th, and with him Captain Barton, Lieutenants Bailie, Urquhart and Whitehead, and Ensign Talbot. The natives, about two hundred in number, retired and fired from the gullies; the fire was returned with effect, several (about twenty) were seen to drop, among others Hoam, a young chief, whose pouch contained cartridges made up with pistol bullets for close quarters. Five nails were sometimes tied together, heads and points, also plugs of hard puriri wood coated with tea-chest lead. I also heard of bullets cast in the bowls of tobacco pipes, a row of these being laid in the ground and the lead run into them.</p>
        <p>The means for making rough powder are <pb xml:id="n196" n="188"/>not wanting in the Northern Island but caps were the great difficulty. When I was in command at Auckland, a Maori came in and offered privately to a shopkeeper three hundred pounds in gold for six hundred boxes of caps, the usual selling price of which was eighteen pence; this was a sore temptation but it was resisted.</p>
        <p>Major Nelson, from the Waitara camp, having constantly harrassed the enemy in the Puketakauere pahs, with his sixty-eight pounder, and another expedition being prepared to assail them in sufficient numbers to ensure their fall, they were suddenly found to be evacuated. On being occupied by a party of the 40th, Onukakaitara was found to consist of palisading enclosing a mound on which was a flag-staff, part of the palisading toward the camp was double, inside were well contrived rifle trenches; there were also flanking defences to complete the work. The Puketakauere mound to the north-east was now partly stockaded, besides having a double ditch. The troops carted away great portions of the palisading to the camp for firewood, and filled in the entrenchments and rifle pits. When the Maories make rifle pits <pb xml:id="n197" n="189"/>they do not spare themselves, but work till they drop sometimes.</p>
        <p>The planting season being at hand was another inducement to abandon the Puketakauere pahs; the trenches at the Waireka hill were also suddenly left and the blockade on Major Hutchins raised, but not before the chief Aperahama was struck fatally on the head by a bullet at long range from the deadly Enfield rifle.</p>
        <p>August being a cold wet month, the natives were suffering from influenza in various parts of the country.</p>
        <p>The works abandoned by the enemy at the Waireka hill, six in number, were of the most ingenious construction, both as regards shelter from the weather and safety in retreat; near some of the pits were wharrés or huts, where those not required in the pits could take their ease. It was the custom elsewhere for a few to occupy the works at night and make a noise by calling out, or with cow horns endeavour to deceive our people, but doubtless all were ready for a rush to the pits on an alarm.</p>
        <p>Some of the larger pits were proof against shells, by a roof of trees, turf and earth, were <pb xml:id="n198" n="190"/>hollowed out and provided with fire place and a chimney. Some I examined afterwards had fern beds on a raised floor, and were neatly lined with fern to cover the damp earthen sides and prevent their falling in probably, whilst all had a ready escape down a wooded ravine in the rear. There was also the usual Maori oven (hangi) circular and sunk in the ground to cook their potatoes, by means of stones heated with fire, then covered with leaves or a mat and a little water poured in to create a steam, with earth over all to retain the heat.</p>
        <p>In the beginning of September, a powerful force, military, naval and militia, started from New Plymouth under the direction of Major-General Pratt, and in three divisions entered the bush to the south of the town, and endeavoured to surprise the enemy at Rata-pihipihi, the stockade of the chief Manahi; the enemy retired and the expedition returned to town. There was heavy marching from bad tracks and much fatigue endured, but it proved that the troops could and would follow the foe into his fastnesses.</p>
        <p>Major Nelson, always on the alert and so <pb xml:id="n199" n="191"/>troublesome to the Maories, that they called him Teipo, or Devil, forded the Waitara with a detachment of the 40th and part of the Naval Brigade under Lieutenant Battiscombe, and advancing into the dense forest and bush on the north side took and destroyed two pahs, Kouhi and Tikorangi, the latter a great strong-hold of the insurgents and several miles from the camp. The enemy made a precipitate retreat and left half cooked food, also eel nets, spears, paddles, mats, prepared flax, Indian corn, potatoes and wheat, whilst pigs and turkeys run about outside. The troops behaved in a very creditable manner on this hazardous expedition.</p>
        <p>Major Nelson in order to clear the country between the Waitara and the Bell Block, next, with part of the 40th and Naval Brigade, destroyed the Nuna Tima and other pahs; in the Tima a large quantity of provisions was found.</p>
        <p>On the 10th of September a large expedition was organised at New Plymouth, under Major-General Pratt, to advance as far as possible into the country towards Pukerangeora<note xml:id="fn34-191" n="*"><p>'Puke,' a hill, 'rangeora,' a tree, so called.</p></note> on the Waitara. Numerous carts were loaded <pb xml:id="n200" n="192"/>at an early hour with camp equipage, ammunition and stores; the force was told off in three divisions: No. I was commanded by Major Nelson, and consisted of five hundred and fifty-seven men of the 40th and Naval Brigade from the Waitara Camp, Commodore Loring, C.B. was with the division, also Captain Beauchamp Seymour, R.N., now recovered from the wound he received at Puketakauere. No. 2 Division was commanded by Major Hutchins, 12th Regiment, and consisted of four hundred and sixty-four men, 65th Regiment, Royal Artillery, Royal Engineers and twenty men of the mounted escort, under Capt. Turner, 65th, Captain Strover, R.A., Captain Mould, R.E., and Captain Desvœeux No. 3 Division commanded by Lieutenant-Colonel Leslie, 40th Regiment, consisted of three hundred and thirty-three men of the 40th Regiment, and Royal Artillery, and fifty Volunteer Rifles under Captain Hare, 40th, Lieutenant Macnaughten, R.A., and Capt. Stapp, There were also a number of friendly natives under the chief commissioners MacLean and Mr. Parris. The whole force numbered one thousand four hundred men and it had, for New Zealand, a <pb xml:id="n201" n="193"/>formidable appearance with its guns and waggons and the men in good case.</p>
        <p>The first halt was at Mahoetahi, next day No. 3 Division proceeded by a branch road towards Ngataiparirua.<note xml:id="fn35-193" n="*"><p>Ngataiparirua, the tides that flow twice.</p></note> No 2 Division continued along the Devon road for some distance, then turned to the right towards Ngataiparirua and skirmished towards it, shells were thrown into the pah, which was evacuated and taken possession of and destroyed. No. 3 Division next advanced towards the Kairau pah, a strong position, this was also taken and burnt. Nos. 2 and 3 Divisions were now joined by No, 1 from the Waitara, and the march was continued to Huirangi pah, this was also evacuated and half cooked food and fires found in it. Major Nelson then asked leave to go in advance and did so, skirmishing towards a peach grove with the Light Company of the 40th and some friendly natives, when a fire was suddenly opened by the enemy from a ravine by which a man of the 40th fell; the troops returned the fire and retired, advancing again, the wounded man in the meantime had been dragged into the bush. Ihaia, of the friendly <choice><orig>na-<pb xml:id="n202" n="194"/>tives</orig><reg>natives</reg></choice>, showed cool courage, firing and exposing himself like the rest. A brisk fire was kept up on both sides, the enemy under the command of Haperona, the fighting captain of Wiremu Kingi, replying to the round shot, grape, cannister and musketry with volleys from the bush and the rifle pits, and wounding some more of our men. Another pah, Kotewaionaha, was destroyed by Lieutenant Urquhart, 65th, who from first to last had a greater share of the fighting than any officer in the Taranaki, and always most ably acquitted himself.<note xml:id="fn36-194" n="*"><p>He is now a Captain of the 23rd R.W.F.</p></note></p>
        <p>The order to retire was now given, and the force halted at the Waitara Camp. A large number of horses and cattle were driven into camp by the mounted escort; next day Divisions Nos. 2 and 3 returned to New Plymouth.</p>
        <p>As the enemy avoided coming to a decisive engagement, and they were wise in so doing, all that could be done was to destroy their pahs from whence they had issued to slay and pillage; yet it was considered that if it had been deemed prudent to entrench the force at <pb xml:id="n203" n="195"/>Huirangi and to have made it the base of operations, the war might have been materially shortened. No doubt General Pratt had good reason for the way he acted, his object always was to save valuable lives, to shell pahs and never to put out his foot, before he was sure of being able to withdraw it again.</p>
        <p>The Ngatiruanuis and Taranakis having destroyed the settlement at Tataraimaka, south of New Plymouth, and having erected pahs there, Major Hutchins was directed to chastise them; those were the tribes it will be remembered which had massacred the three men and two boys at the Omata in March, and had been fighting and plundering round New Plymouth.</p>
        <p>The ladies of Littleton, Canterbury, Middle Island now sent to the Volunteers of Taranaki a quantity of garments made up by them, and accompanied by a letter expressing sympathy for them, the obligations the settlers were under to the Volunteers, and wishing them health, safety and success. To this the gallant Volunteers made a suitable reply.</p>
        <p>The force of Major Hutchins to proceed south, consisted of one hundred and fifty-seven <pb xml:id="n204" n="196"/>men of the 12th Regiment under Captain Miller; two hundred and seventy of the 65th under Captains Strange and Barton; seventeen men Royal Artillery under Captain Strover; two 24-pounder howitzers and two rocket tubes twelve and twenty-four lbs.; thirteen Royal Engineers under Captain Mould; sixty-eight Militia and Volunteers under Captain Richmond; one sergeant and ten men of the Mounted Corps, Captain Pasley, R.E., (staff officer) and fifty friendly natives under Mr. Good.</p>
        <p>Major Hutchins' expedition first encamped on the north bank of the Oakura river, and in the Tataraimaka destroyed eight pahs, some of considerable strength, after which it was intended that more preparations were to be made for attacking the natives posted at Kaihihi, the expedition therefore returned to town.</p>
        <p>A party of the 40th and Naval Brigade amounting to five hundred men under Lieutenant-Colonel Leslie were employed at Huirangi filling in rifle pits and levelling trenches, after which the troops retired and were followed by the natives, who fired and wounded three of the 40th and two Marines, the troops being ordered to reserve their fire. But provoked by <pb xml:id="n205" n="197"/>the near approach of the enemy, the rear-guard turned and fired without orders, when the Maories were within one hundred yards of them.</p>
        <p>Colonel Gold on being promoted to Major-General and giving up the command of the 65th Regiment to Colonel Wyatt, was entertained by the officers at the head-quarters; he had served thirty four years in "the old Tigers."</p>
        <p>I may here remark, that the 65th, though an excellent regiment, was quite inadequate, single handed and scattered in detachments, to keep in check the warlike Maories of the Northern island of New Zealand. I formed this opinion from what I observed at the Cape of Good Hope in 1835.</p>
        <p>When one regiment of the line was on the Cape frontier, and two hundred Cape mounted Rifles in detached posts, the active Caffers suddenly worked immense mischief in the eastern province; and so in New Zealand. We believe that with two regiments, besides artillery, engineers, and three or four ships of war, with mounted and rifle volunteers, all efficient and in hand, no king's flag would have <pb xml:id="n206" n="198"/>been raised; and that Taranaki, "the garden of New Zealand," would not have become desolate, and "her hedges broken down." But civilians sometimes raise a cry for economy, and seem to imagine that a British soldier can do the work of ten ordinary men. They can do a great deal, but not impossibilities, and above all things require a change occasionally. Thus five years in New Zealand, and five in Australia, would be better than fifteen in the former station.</p>
        <p>My noble old chief at the Cape and in Canada, Sir Benjamin d'Urban, required power to exercise his humane and just policy towards the natives. A respectable force in front of turbulent neighbours is the cheapest plan in the end. The Honourable Mr. Swainson, formerly Attorney-General, and enjoying a literary leasure at "a Sabine farm" near Auckland, has some excellent ideas on this subject in his admirable works on New Zealand.</p>
        <p>A native, Hoena Pirere, or Big Joe, well known in Taranaki,. who had been fighting with the Ngatiruanuis, and quarrelled with them, now came in with some other <choice><orig>in-<pb xml:id="n207" n="199"/>surgents</orig><reg>insurgents</reg></choice>, fired their muskets in the air, rubbed noses (ongi), and were cried over (tangi) in the old Maori style, at the pahs of friendly natives. Big Joe was detained a prisoner in town for a time under observation.</p>
        <p>Being the brother of Manahi, who is supposed to have been concerned in the murder of the settlers in March, Big Joe, as he was marched through New Plymouth to a place of security, was hooted and hissed at a good deal, but he never flinched, and walked stoutly between his guards.</p>
        <p>An occurrence which was likely to be attended with serious consequences, involving an attack on the province of Auckland, and on the town itself, took place in the middle of October. Eruetta, a Maori, was found dead near Patamahoe,<note xml:id="fn37-199" n="*"><p>'Pata,' drips, 'mahoe,' a tree, <hi rend="i">Melicytus ramiflorus.</hi></p></note> Waikato river, and the natives believed he had been shot by an European; Archdeacon Maunsell happened to be in the neighbourhood, and he proceeded with the native secretary, Mr. MacLean, and Major Speedy, the resident magistrate, to Patamahoe without further delay, to endeavour to settle matters.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n208" n="200"/>
        <p>On the 15th October the natives assembled there, armed and in considerable numbers, to investigate the cause of the death of Eruetta in the bush. It appeared he had been last seen alive with a party of his own people who were hunting wild cattle. He separated from them, and was then found lying dead, and his trousers gone. The natives were much excited, and it was discovered that at a given signal, the dropping of a spear point, they had determined to murder all the Europeans present at the meeting except the Archdeacon. Mr. MacLean was informed of this privately, but with his usual nerve and judgment, he took no notice of it. A friendly chief, Ihaku, prevented the murderous design being carried into execution; and after the Archdeacon had concluded his arguments, Mr. MacLean succeeded for the time in allaying the excitement.</p>
        <p>Several days were spent over this matter, and on the 26th October, the settlers in the district near the Waikato river were advised by friendly natives to quit their farms, and some did so. Major Speedy's life was threatened.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n209" n="201"/>
        <p>Ihaku came into town, communicated with the Governor, then returned to the influential natives, and helped to quiet them, and to allay the apprehension of the out-settlers. Two Europeans assaulted Ihaku at the village of Otahuhu, and if he had been hurt, it is impossible to say to what length his excited followers would have gone in revenging themselves on men who disgraced their country, and jeopardized the lives of many peaceful settlers. On the 31st of October an express was received in Auckland to the effect that four hundred armed Maories were proceeding to the scene of the supposed murder, and with them, Tamihana Tarapihipihi, (W. Thompson), the king-maker.</p>
        <p>The alarm spread far and wide; the Honourable Colonel Kenny, commanding the troops in the province of Auckland, was directed to call out the militia, and march with what force he could muster of regulars, sailors, militia, volunteers, and field-pieces, in the direction of the frontier of the province.</p>
        <p>Mr. Rogan of the native department, attended the last meeting of the natives at Pukaki, and reported the able speeches of <pb xml:id="n210" n="202"/>Tamati Ngapora, and Mohi, (Moses) of Pukaki. The latter said, "Speak to us after the word, 'let there be no evil,'" (the dying King Potatau's injunctions). "I am not concerned about this death; I am concerned to keep Potatau's last words, to live in peace with the Pakeha, the Europeans, and to preserve my property. Look here at my stick, I break it in two," (throwing the pieces on the ground), "this is my sign that the thing is disposed of; this work is settled; bury it, and let the three be secured, religion, love, law, &amp;c."</p>
        <p>By the influence of the Chiefs Ipaha, Tamoti Ngapora, Mohi, and Arawa Waraha, the excitement was allayed; there was a feast, and the lately excited natives returned to their villages.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n211" n="203"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d10" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> X.</head>
          <argument>
            <p>The New Zealand spring—Expedition to the Kaihihi river—Preparation for assaulting three pahs—Sap up to the principal one—The enemy retreats—Captain Pasley, R.E., wounded —Waikatos arrive to assist Wiremu Kingi—A challenge to fight—Troops advance to Mahoetahi, under General Pratt, C.B. and Colonel Mould, C.R.E.—Successful action —The casualties—Maori peculiarities on making prisoners —Excellent behaviour of the troops—Officers noticed for their gallantry.</p>
          </argument>
          <p><hi rend="sc">In</hi> the month of October the New Zealand landscape is in all the beauty and freshness of the spring; the sides of the hills of volcanic origin, lately red or bare of vegetation, now assume a green vesture. In the ravines where trees abound, and where the rich notes of the tooi, or parson-bird, are heard, the clematis showers its clusters of white stars from the topmost boughs of the shrub it patronises; the clianthus hangs its crimson "parrot-bill flowers," <hi rend="i">kowai ngutu kaka</hi>, under its fringed leaves, or as the yellow kowai enlivens the clumps of foliage by the margin of some <pb xml:id="n212" n="204"/>shaded stream, while the long leaves of the valuable flax plant flash in the sun, and the breeze waves the graceful leaves of the tree fern, or rustles in the tufted spikes of the cabbage palm.</p>
          <p>A group of bushy black-haired and tattoed Maories in their shaggy mats from neck to knee, or folded in their red or white blankets, may be resting in the shade, or cooking a frugal meal of tuna and kumara, eels and sweet potatoes.</p>
          <p>In riding over the fern-covered plains, the horse's hoof crushes plants which give out refreshing odours, and the ti bush is cheerful with its sprinkling of snowy blossoms; flies with bright blue bodies appear, and black and white butterfles flit around; the air is of a delicious temperature; there is no plague of insects; light clouds pass overhead, or partially veil the distant mountain ranges. Water, the landscape's eye, to enliven these prospects, and reflect their charms, is seldom wanting, and all seemed formed for enjoyment by a benificent Providence, man's evil passions alone marring occasionally these scenes of a terrestial paradise. Though the reign of peace <pb xml:id="n213" n="205"/>and the diffusion of universal happiness may not be far distant, yet till that blessed day arrives there must be soldiers, and if of the right stamp they will, like the Philistines, "quit themselves like men."</p>
          <p>It was in the beginning of October then, the finest time for military operations, clear and cool, and the ground drying up, that the expedition to the Kaihihi was undertaken by General Pratt. Its object was to attack three strong pahs named Puketakiriki, Orongomahangai and Mataiaio, held by the insurgent Maories of the Taranaki tribe, who had been so active in the work of devastation. Two of these pahs were on the right, and one on the left bank of the Kaihihi river, and eighteen miles from New Plymouth.</p>
          <p>The strength of the expedition was 1,043 rank and file. Captain Strover commanded the Royal Artillery, Colonel Mould the Royal Engineers, Major Hutchins the detachment, 12th Regiment; Captain Hare, the detachment, 40th Regiment; Captain Strange, the detachment, 65th Regiment; Captain Beauchamp Seymour; the Naval <pb xml:id="n214" n="206"/>Brigade; the Militia were under Captain and Adjutant Stapp; the Mounted Escort under Captain Desvœux, and one hundred and fifty friendly natives under Mr. Parris. With bullock drivers and servants the force looked formidable; and the guns consisted of one 68-pounder, and three 24lb. howitzers; fifty carts were laden with ammunition, camp equipage, and baggage; the steamer "Wonga Wonga" also going down the coast with spare ammunition.</p>
          <p>The march to the south, through a very difficult country for wheels, was facilitated materially by the Royal Engineers, who preceded the column, levelled and filled up inequalities in the road, repaired bridges and worked most effectually. The first camp on the 9th October was at the Timaru river, Tataramaika; next day the tents were struck at half-past four, a.m., and the friendly natives were moved to the front as a reconnoitring party. The country consisted of table-land intersected with wooded gullies, and on the sea-shore lofty cliffs.</p>
          <p>By eight o'clock on the morning of the 10th October, the force had arrived within <pb xml:id="n215" n="207"/>three quarters of a mile of the pahs, and the camp was pitched and intrenchments thrown up for its defence. The approaches to the pahs were next reconnoitred. The party which proceeded to the left found high fern and a gully impracticable for artillery, and it was fired upon from rifle pits in the bush; the fire was returned. The right party found open ground near the pahs.</p>
          <p>General Pratt had arranged with Colonel Mould, Royal Engineers, second in command, to approach these pahs with a sap, to avoid the loss of life which resulted from a different course adopted in former wars. Accordingly at six <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> on the 11th, a working party of two hundred and fifty-eight officers and men, carrying tools and gabions, and covered by a guard of one hundred and sixty-one officers and men, advanced in extended order, and with the necessary supports, to cover the working party, which commenced to throw up a parallel within two hundred and fifty yards of the Orongomahangai pah. This was done without interruption from the natives, who seemed at a loss what to make of the operations. At nine o'clock the guns were sent from the <pb xml:id="n216" n="208"/>camp. At eleven the enemy commenced a heavy fire, and at twelve the guns replied to it. The pah was covered with green flax, and the shot seemed to make little impression on it.</p>
          <p>A fire from the enemy in the bush on the left front of the parallel occasioned some casualties. At night-fall the firing ceased on both sides, the parallel was perfected and traverses made for the protection of the guns. At six <hi rend="lsc">P.M.</hi> the day working party was relieved by seventy-five men, with a detachment of Royal Engineers, the whole in charge of Captain Mould, R.E., who commenced a sap towards the pah and which was continued during the night. At six o'clock next morning the flying sap was rapidly pushed a head and widened, and defiladed under cover of a mantlette or screen, (a bullet proof blind between two wheels.) A strong skirmishing party was now also moved up, and a howitzer advanced to play on an angle of the pah, and a bag of powder was prepared to blow up part of the stockade, when after a shell and a charge of cannister had been thrown into a small breach which had been made in the palisading, the assaulting party moved up, and the enemy not relishing <pb xml:id="n217" n="209"/>this mode of attack, evacuated the pah which was immediately taken possession of.</p>
          <p>The pah was found to be very strong with rifle pits and covered passages, there was plenty of potatoes inside which the troops made use of. The General, with Colonel Carey, Dep.-Adj.-Gen. now crossed the river and directed Mataiaio to be attacked, which was rushed with fifty men of the 65th and some friendly natives, and was abandoned by the enemy.</p>
          <p>An advance with infantry and guns was now made on Puketakariki which was placed on an eminence about three hundred yards from the first pah, a few shells were thrown into it, and the pah was entered and found evacuated; the pah was strong and also full of potatoes.</p>
          <p>Between the first and second pah the enemy had formed a line of rifle pits, thinking that the troops would advance in that way; if they had and the sap had not been made, a heavy loss of life must have been the consequence. The pah was covered with green flax, impenetrable to musketry and even offering resistance to round shot.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n218" n="210"/>
          <p>At Mataiaio was an under-ground hospital for the wounded from the first pah, and many bloody evidences were observed of the enemy's loss. Between the first and second pah the rifle pits were most skilfully contrived, and long ropes of flax from them enabled the defenders to swing over the precipice to the bed of the Kaihihi, and thus escape.</p>
          <p>These pahs had the usual two rows of palisading; Orongomahangai had also behind its interior, rifle pits, a mound of earth seemingly of some former pah, as there were trees on it. The projectiles produced small effect on the stockade, bar shot might produce a better effect than spherical balls, and if fired in the prolongation of a face; but howitzers are useful to search rifle pits, if used with small charges and good elevation.</p>
          <p>It was Colonel Mould's opinion that similar strong positions, which cannot be completely invested, and from which there are means of escape, inaccessible to troops, may hold out for a limited time and be evacuated before matters come to an extremity, but that pahs in an open country will be invariably left on the approach of a hostile British force.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n219" n="211"/>
          <p>The natives must have seen, from the nature of the operations at the Kaihihi river, that it was impossible to hold out against a systemized attack, and thus the attack on these positions had a wholesome effect.</p>
          <p>The conduct of the troops of all arms was excellent, the Royal Navy, Regulars, and Militia vying with each other in the field and the trenches. The field-officers in the trenches, Lieutenant-Colonel Sillery, Deputy-quarter-master-general, and Major Hutchins, 12th regiment, took a most active and untiring part in the operations, both in respect of judiciously posting the guards of the trenches, and urging on the working parties.</p>
          <p>Among the casualties were Captain Pasley, R, E. severely wounded, also an excellent soldier, Sergeant Howell, R.E. From some dispatches received by General Pratt from the Governor, relating to a threatened attack on Auckland, he marched back to New Plymouth, the force having had four days of very hard work.</p>
          <p>The want of intelligence of the strength and the designs of the enemy was a serious evil, during the war no reliable information could be obtained from the friendly natives. A force <pb xml:id="n220" n="212"/>of Waikatos proceeding to join the Ngatiawas, who had asked for assistance from the Waikatos and placed themselves under the Moari King's flag, it was uncertain whether this contingent amounted to one hundred or one thousand warriors; yet there were active and intelligent officers in the native department, among whom were Mr. Charon, a French gentleman, Mr. Turton and Mr. Drummond Hay, the son of an old and valued friend, Mr. E. W. A. Drummond Hay, late Consul-General at Morocco. Substantial advantages were now gained over the Waikatos who first arrived in the Taranaki, without affording them time to strengthen the position they had taken up; General Pratt with a combined force of Regulars, Militia and Naval Brigade attacked them, and defeated them with heavy loss.</p>
          <p>On the evening of the 5th November information reached General Pratt at New Plymouth from Mr. Drummond Hay, that the Waikatos had crossed the Waitara river in force to join Wiremu Kingi, and that possibly next morning they would be in the neighbourhood of Mahoetahi. It was accordingly arranged that a force from New Plymouth and another <pb xml:id="n221" n="213"/>from the camp at the Waitara should march, so as to join at half-past eight o'clock in the morning at Mahoetahi, eight miles from New Plymouth.</p>
          <p>The Waikato chief Wateni had previously sent this insulting letter to Mr. Parris of the Native Department.</p>
        <quote>
		  <floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d10-t1">
		  <body xml:id="t1-body-d10-t1-body">
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d10-t1-body-d1" type="letter">
          <opener>
            <salute>To Mr. Parris.</salute>
          </opener>
          <p>Friend.—I have heard your word, come to fight me, that is very good; come inland, and let us meet each other; fish fight at sea, come inland, and stand on our feet; make haste, make haste, don't prolong it, that is all I have to say to you, make haste!</p>
          <closer>
            <signed rend="center">From <hi rend="sc">Wateni Taiporutu</hi>.<lb/>
From <hi rend="sc">Torokuru</hi>.<lb/>
From all the chiefs of <hi rend="sc">Ngatihau</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Waikato</hi>.</signed>
          </closer>
        </div>
		  </body>
		  </floatingText>
		  </quote>
          <p>Before four o'clock <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> on the 6th November, the carts were filled at New Plymouth with warlike stores, and two 24lb. howitzers were prepared to start at five <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> with the force which then commenced its march. Besides the officers of the General's Staff, there <pb xml:id="n222" n="214"/>were Captain Strover, one sergeant and twelve men of the Royal Artillery; Captain Mould and ten men, Royal Engineers; Major Hutchins, two officers, and eighty-four men of the 12th regiment; Colonel Leslie, six officers and one hundred and sixty-eight men, of the 40th regiment; Captain Turner, four officers and two hundred and twenty-three men of the 65th regiment; Major Herbert, six officers and one hundred and twenty men of the Militia and Rifle Volunteers; Captain Desœux, and twenty men of the Mounted Volunteers; Dr. Mouat, C.B., V.C. at the head of the Medical Staff. The Waitara column, under Colonel Mould, R.E., had with it, Major Nelson, 40th, who led as second in command, Captain Bowdler, 40th, one Staff officer (Whelan) eight subalterns, and three hundred and five Artillery, 40th and 65th, with a howitzer.</p>
          <p>The day was fine, the dew had laid the dust on the road, it was a beautiful morning of the southern summer.</p>
          <p>The Bell Block was reached at six o'clock; at the descent to the Mangoraka river<note xml:id="fn38-214" n="*"><p>'Mango,' a shark, 'raka,' entangled.</p></note> the guns were ordered to the front, skirmishers <pb xml:id="n223" n="215"/>of the 65th were thrown out, and the Mahoetahi pah was seen at the distance of a mile and a half over the scrub and fern. The Mangoraka stream was forded, and in silence the troops advanced towards the pah on its hill to the left of the Devon road; the Mahoetahi pah was old, enclosed some wharres or huts, but the position was a commanding one and afforded considerable cover to the enemy, who opened a rapid fire on the troops as soon as they came within range, and the wounded were passed to the rear.</p>
          <p>The General now dismounted and ordered the guns into position; whilst the enemy fired briskly from a gully on their right, Major Herbert was directed to skirmish to the left, which was done by his men through high fern and a deep swamp. Great guns and small arms were now freely employed against the pah, and after this had been continued for some time, and the ammunition and camp equipage being now mostly over the river, the Militia was ordered to seize a hill in advance on the left and occupy it; this was effected. A portion of the 65th was then directed to fix bayonets and storm the pah in front, the <choice><orig>Mi-<pb xml:id="n224" n="216"/>litia</orig><reg>Militia</reg></choice> being ordered to do the same on the left flank of it, this was done by both in the most gallant manner. The stormers, with whom was the General, ran up the ascent on which the pah stood, under a rapid fire from the Maories; a close combat ensued, and several of the men fell mortally wounded, among whom were Mr. Brown and Mr. Edgecombe of Taranaki.</p>
          <p>Captain Atkinson, of the Militia, kept up a smart fire from the hill on the left; inside the pah the natives still continued to occupy the wharres from behind which they wounded Col. Sillery, Dep.-quarter-master-general, with a ball through his side, and Capt. Turner, a ball passing through the mouth of the latter and flattening against the jaw. Eight and left of the pah the fight continued for two hours, the 12th and 40th regiments having succeeded in bringing up the ammunition, camp equipage, &amp;c., extended the right of the line, throwing it forward. Lieutenant Urquhart, present at almost every affair during the war, with the Light Company, 65th, was skirmishing, also some friendly natives on the extreme right, when Colonel Mould's column came into action from the Waitara camp.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n225" n="217"/>
          <p>Colonel Mould had received his orders at half-past twelve, midnight, and marched at seven, a.m., and took his way by the road of the Prophets (Tamati Teitos) pah.</p>
          <p>Some native scouts were observed on the sand hills near the mouth of the Waiongona; a halt took place to observe them, but as there seemed to be no native force in that direction the march was resumed.</p>
          <p>After the column had proceeded half a mile from the Waiongona mouth, heavy firing was heard at Mahoetahi, on which Colonel Mould pushed on with all due precaution until he came in sight of the pah, the west end of which was observed to be in possession of the troops, whilst the east end together with the swamp was held by the Waikatos.</p>
          <p>The advanced guard, under Lieutenant Talbot, was now directed to occupy a furze hedge on the Devon road north of the pah, on which the enemy were seen to leave the hill and cluster in the swamp; Lieutenant Macnaughten with the howitzer was then ordered to the front, and two rounds of spherical case were thrown into the Maories; immediately after the second of these fatal missiles had exploded, <pb xml:id="n226" n="218"/>they ran from their cover. The 65th detachment at the same time rushing from the hedge assisted to harass the Waikatos in the irretreat; Colonel Mould then giving orders to Major Nelson to advance with the howitzer and the remainder of the column to a wooded knoll in a direction transverse to the line of the enemy's retreat, joined and reported himself to General Pratt. Lieutenant Urquhart took the flying Maories in rear, shells were also thrown after them, and the retreat became a complete rout in the direction of Kairau, the Maories throwing away their arms and ammunition into the fern.</p>
          <p>A stout Maori in the swamp was attacked by Lieutenant Urquhart's servant, who was grasped by the Waikato, pushed under water and would have been drowned, if another man, a volunteer, had not come to the rescue with his rifle and killed the Maori.</p>
          <p>The friendly natives now proceeded with carts to collect the bodies of the slain of the enemy, among whom the shell and cannister of Captain Strover's guns had done great execution. Thirty-one bodies were brought out and laid on the ground, among which appeared <pb xml:id="n227" n="219"/>that of the Chief Wateni, who had sent the letter, previously quoted, to Mr. Parris. The bodies of three chiefs were put on carts for interment in town, several wounded prisoners were also sent in on carts and cared for in the hospital.</p>
          <p>When the bodies of the slain Maories were collected from the road and the fern, and many had ran a long distance before they dropped dead, they presented the appearance of a particularly powerful set of men—even gigantic like life-guards' men, and what was remarkable, shewing also high breeding, their skins were of a bright orange colour. One could not help regretting that such fine men were thus become clods of the valley; they were laid among, and covered with some wild mint till they were decently interred.</p>
          <p>The Maories were armed with well finished English rifles and double barrelled fowling pieces, and were able to keep up a continuous fire, whilst their powers of concealment were wonderful. On a chief was found a valuable green stone <hi rend="i">iki</hi>, or God, and a dead Maori grasped a rifle of the 40th regiment, and had fourteen rifle cartridges in his pouch.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n228" n="220"/>
          <p>One of the Maories found in the fern feigned dead, and required some good shakes to make him shew signs of life.</p>
          <p>Taking a pah is viewed as a small matter by the natives, unless dead bodies fall into the hands of the victors, and about this there could be no question at the action of Mahoetahi.</p>
          <p>It may be mentioned here that when a Maori wants to surrender and begs for his life, he hands his meré or club with the handle towards his captor, or presenting the butt of his musket, this was done at Mahoetahi; and it was said that Lieutenant Brooks at Puketakauere might have been spared, if he had presented his sword hilt instead of the point, when he was surrounded by Maories in the swamp, where he lost his life.</p>
          <p>The British loss at Mahoetahi was four killed, two officers and thirteen men wounded.</p>
          <p>General Pratt pursued the flying enemy with a portion of the 12th, 40th and 65th regiments, and with two guns; crossing the Waiongona river, he swept round by Ngatiparima and Puketakauere, and rejoined the force at Mahoetahi, where leaving Colonel Mould <pb xml:id="n229" n="221"/>with three hundred men to occupy the position, the rest of the troops returned to New Plymouth and the Waitara camp, after a long, arduous and hot day's work.</p>
          <p>The troops behaved with great energy throughout, Artillery, Engineers, Line, Royal Marine, Artillery of the Naval Brigade, Militia and Volunteers. The charge of the 65th and the Militia up the steep to the pah was very gallant and conspicuous.</p>
          <p>Among the officers of the staff particularly noticed were Lieutenant-Colonel Sillery, Deputy-Quarter-Master-General, (wounded); Dr. James Mouatt C.B., V.C., Deputy-Inspector- General of Hospitals; Lieut.-Colonel Carey, Deputy-Adjutant-General; H. Bartlett Esq., Assistant-Commissary-General; Lieutenant Forster, A.D.C. and Lieutenant King, Militia A.D.C. and the following officers commanding corps, viz. Captain Strover, R. A., Captain Mould, R.E., Major Hutchins, 12th regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel Leslie, 40th Regiment, Captain Turner, 65th regiment, (severely wounded); Major Herbert who led the Militia into the pah, and Lieutenant Urquhart distinguished by his usual courage and daring.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n230" n="222"/>
          <p>Colonel Mould, who conducted the Waitara column, contributed most materially to the success of the day, he led his troops to the point of action with equal judgment and ability. The officers under him particularly noticed, were Major Nelson and Captain Bowdler, 40th; Lieutenant Talbot, 65th; Lieutenant Macnaughten, R.A.; Lieutenant Morris, R.M. Artillery; and Ensign Whelan, 40th, Staff officer.</p>
          <p>The services of the gentlemen of the Native Department, Mr. Drummond Hay and Mr. Parris were of the greatest importance.</p>
        </div>
      <pb xml:id="n231" n="223"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d11" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XI.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Doubtful policy with regard to employing Natives to fight against Natives—The Governor expects that Auckland will be attacked—It is reinforced—Escape of young Bishop—More devastations—Head quarters, 2nd battalion, 14th regiment arrives—The death of young Sartin—Wiremu Tamihana Tarapipipi, the King-maker—Maori laws—A Militia difficulty—Matarikoriko pah—An expedition to attack it—The Rev. Mr. Wilson's services—A redoubt commenced—The action at Kairau—The Maories object to fight on Sunday—Evacuate Matarikoriko—The Prophet dreams a dream—An amusing incident.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Though</hi> we had native allies at Mahoetahi, and distinguished by badges from the others, yet their employment in action against their brethren admits of a question. They are supposed to have no quarrel with them, nor any very great liking for us, they might be active in securing the arms of the slain, to use them against us themselves, or to dispose of to the enemy, and with all our precaution they might be fired on by our people in mistake. It is true they were very useful in detecting <choice><orig>am-<pb xml:id="n232" n="224"/>buscades</orig><reg>ambuscades</reg></choice>, in procuring and cutting firewood, building wharrés, &amp;c., and in this way their presence with a force may be useful, but the fighting should be perhaps confined to the white soldiers alone.</p>
        <p>In the beginning of November, his Excellency the Governor, from the accounts he received of a threatened attack on Auckland, sent to the Taranaki for some men of the 40th and 65th regiments, which occasioned the General to act on the defensive merely, till reinforcements, the head-quarters of the 14th regiment, arrived.</p>
        <p>At Waiwakaho bridge near New Plymouth, a young man, named Bishop, was walking about his father's farm, accompanied by a Maori boy, when he was fired upon by a party of Waikatos in ambush, he was shot in the wrist and groin, dropped his gun and with his attendant escaped.</p>
        <p>The natives began to erect pahs near the Waitara, as traps to entice the soldiers within the range of numerous flanking rifle pits. Incendiary fires of settlers' houses, and the general destruction of property went on as before about the Bell Block, &amp;c.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n233" n="225"/>
        <p>As the five hundred men of the head-quarters 2nd Battalion, 14th regiment, landed from the steam-ship "Robert Lowe," by means of the man-of-war boats, after a quick passage of eighty-two days, it was remarked in the newspapers, that they were "a most creditable body of British soldiers, fine young fellows in the full flush of youth and health, and with all the ground-work of a first rate service corps." The band was strong and good, and the new description of drums were noticed, a third of the depth of the old ones, also the new, small and handsome description of colours, seen here for the first time. Much anxiety was removed in Auckland when the first portion of the 14th arrived, and thanks were offered in some of the churches on the occasion.</p>
        <p>The four hundred men, 40th and 65th, sent to garrison Auckland from the Taranaki, now returned to the seat of war.</p>
        <p>On the 4th December another victim of imprudent daring fell. Two young men, named Sartin and Northcote, were searching for a lost bullock on horseback; at the Henui river, Taranaki, a volley was fired at them from the <pb xml:id="n234" n="226"/>bush, Sartin fell, and immediately after a party of natives ran from behind a furze hedge and tomahawked him. Northcote escaped and brought the news to town. A party of the 12th, with Militia and Volunteers, went to recover the body which had received three bullets in the back and side, and was hacked about the head and legs. Sartin's brother was previously killed at the L pah.</p>
        <p>It was understood that seven parties of the natives were out, round New Plymouth, to carry on a guerilla warfare.</p>
        <p>About this time, his Excellency the Governor received from the Secretary of State for the Colonies an approval of the measures he had adopted, with regard to hostilities with the natives.</p>
        <p>The proceedings of Wiremu Tamihana Tarapipipi,<note xml:id="fn39-226" n="*"><p>William Thompson, why should he not have retained his native name though baptised? viz., Tarapipipi. The other two are corruptions of his new name.</p></note> chief of the Ngatihaua of the Waikato river, should here be noticed. He was, as I said, one of the most influential men among the natives, and long considered a friend of the Pakeha and of peace. Son of a great warrior, Te Waharoa, he was brought up by the church <pb xml:id="n235" n="227"/>missionaries, and was remarkable for his intelligence, and his desire for self-improvement. After long thought and deliberation, he originated the King movement, set up Te Whero Whero as king, and was considered the Také, or originator, of the Maori kingdom.</p>
        <p>It is said that expressing to a white man one day his admiration of the manner of administrating justice among the Pakeha, the other replied "E tomo koe i raro i aku huha" "your path is through (underneath) my thighs" pointing to oppression and slavery. The proud spirit of Tarapipipi took fire at this, as it was told in Maori circles, and he lost all confidence in the Government.</p>
        <p>A singular document from the new King Matatuera and Wiremu Tamihana was promulgated about the beginning of December, it professed a desire to promote peace about the Waikato river, to put an end to plunder and to let the Europeans, already settled there, remain without molestation. "If a Maori were killed by a European," it said, "he was to be searched out and killed for the Maori, and no other man sacrificed. The same if a European was killed by a Maori, one man to die for this <pb xml:id="n236" n="228"/>and not many as was the custom. These are the laws we have made with respect to Taranaki and the Waikatos going to fight there, it is not wrong our fighting there because it is clear for right (for the land question?) for the Pakeha and Maori to fight there. Respecting the Maories going to Auckland, it has been tapued (made sacred), there shall be no fighting there."</p>
        <p>This I clearly understood from the zealous missionary in the Waikato, Archdeacon Maunsell, when I went on a mission towards the Waikato country to inspect the stockades at Drury and Papakura. "Auckland is tapued as long as you don't send soldiers this way."</p>
        <p>Another wing of the 14th arrived by the "Boanerges," in command of Major Dwyer, K.M., K.L.H. and three hundred men were sent to Wellington under him, and two hundred to Napier under Captain Barnes; one hundred more were afterwards sent there, Captain Vivian's company, which arrived by the "Savilla."</p>
        <p>Another expedition from New Plymouth was now being arranged to proceed towards the Waitara; to accompany it, eighty Militia <pb xml:id="n237" n="229"/>and Volunteers were detailed, but as only forty-seven mustered next morning, through some misunderstanding, the men having on previous occasions turned out with alacrity and done good service, Colonel Carey, the Deputy- Adjutant-General supplied the place of the eighty men with troops taken from the town guards.</p>
        <p>Some columns in the meantime went out against the natives, driving off and shooting cattle about the Bell Block. Major Hutchins, 12th regiment, commanded on these occasions, Captain Buck, late 65th and now of the 14th, was also actively engaged.</p>
        <p>The strong and elevated ground at Matarikoriko near the Waitara river and east of Puketakauere, had been well stockaded by the enemy's two pahs being thrown into one like a wide spread letter V. By some, it was believed to be a trap to lead the troops up to the stockade, whilst they would be shot by a flanking as well as a direct fire from rifle trenches. On approaching Matarikoriko from the west, the tops of trees suddenly appearing at one's feet shewed a deep intervening ravine.</p>
        <p>Trees seen in this way in New Zealand with <pb xml:id="n238" n="230"/>the sun shining on their burnished leaves, those of the karaka especially, have a most brilliant effect; on the outskirts of the woods in December, the delicate white convolvulus shews its flowers and heart-shaped leaves among the grey rocks in a most attractive manner, the flax displays its claw-like orange flowers from their lofty stems, and along the roads red and white double roses cluster in the wildest profusion.</p>
        <p>An expedition started to reduce Matarikoriko on the 28th December at an early hour, under the command of General Pratt. It consisted of twenty rank and file Royal Artillery, and two 24-pounder howitzers under Captain Strover; Colonel Mould, commanding Royal Engineer, had with him, Captain Mould, Lieutenant Warburton, two sergeants and twenty-seven Royal Engineers; of the 12th regiment, there were besides officers, Captain Miller's company of eighty-six men; Colonel Wyatt had ten officers and three hundred and twenty-two of the 65th; of the Naval Brigade, Lieutenant Wood had under him Midshipman Horne and twenty-four men. Lieutenant Talbot, 65th, and thirty men joined from the Bell <pb xml:id="n239" n="231"/>Block; eleven mounted Volunteers were under Captain Desvœux, men of the 12th. regiment supplied the place of the Militia and Volunteers as previously noticed. The 40th at the Waitara camp and Commodore Seymour (Commodore Loring having now left the colony) with some of the Naval Brigade co-operated from that quarter.</p>
        <p>The expedition reached the Waitara camp, and the Reverend Mr. Wilson, a bold and energetic clergyman, rode towards Matarikoriko to confer with the natives, and to get them to agree not to massacre prisoners. He used to ride fearlessly between the town and the Waitara, displaying merely his white handkerchief on his staff.</p>
        <p>On the evening of Friday the 28th December, one thousand men were ordered to be in readiness to start from the Waitara camp at 3 a.m., on Saturday. Accordingly the troops under General Pratt, with a long line of carts, with ammunition and provisions, with two 24-lb. howitzers and two 12-pounder guns marched and reached the site of Kairau pah, previously destroyed in September.</p>
        <p>Passing the block-house constructed at <pb xml:id="n240" n="232"/>Puketakauere, the skirmishers of the 40th were then sent to the right and left of the road; but their progress through the fern and scrub was exceedingly difficult and tedious, as it was generally on a level with the mens' shoulders, and in places seven and ten feet high, so that a roan on horseback was covered by it, and he could only see daylight overhead. Beyond Kairau the enemy appeared moving in the fern, the black heads shewed themselves, and then a dropping fire commenced.</p>
        <p>General Pratt having determined whilst attempting to reduce the strong Matarikoriko pah on its commanding position, to entrench the troops, the Royal Engineers traced out redoubt No. 1 at the site of the old Kairau pah. The interior perimeter of the redoubt was two hundred and sixty yards, the area 2560 square yards, and it was capable of containing four hundred and fifty men with four guns. Its distance from Matarikoriko was 1100 yards.</p>
        <p>No. 1 Redoubt was planned by Colonel Mould, and executed by Captain Mould with Royal Engineers and working parties, raising the parapets with earth and cut fern in layers, <pb xml:id="n241" n="233"/>which last binds the loose earth in a wonderful manner, as we afterwards observed, and allowing of perpendicular parapets difficult to scale, and not the usual sloping parapets.</p>
        <p>The Naval Brigade under Commodore Seymour, and the 12th detachment under Captain Miller, a brave and meritorious officer, had charge of the right flank, to keep that clear, whilst the 40th and 65th were thrown out on the left towards the strong position of Matarikoriko, with its long stockade and rifle trenches, overlooking the Waitara and the surrounding plain.</p>
        <p>The enemy advancing through the fern fired incessantly to interrupt the working parties at the redoubt, and were answered by the troops.</p>
        <p>Rifle bullets, plug shot, and musket balls "pinged" and whistled through the air, whilst the artillery under Captain Strover, and Lieutenant Macnaughten, sent round shot and shell in the direction of the Matarikoriko pah, by which the palisading was observed to be damaged. At one time the enemy came so close, that picks and spades were thrown down, and the working parties used their <pb xml:id="n242" n="234"/>rifles. At noon, the firing went on fast and furious; then the invisible foe fired from their rifle pits, and subsequently made a movement towards the right, which was repelled by the Naval Brigade and 12th regiment, Mr. Scott, R.N., throwing shells among the enemy with effect. The fire slackened in the afternoon, but was resumed at dusk, and without interrupting the work. Our troops firing about 70,000 rounds of rifle ammunition, and one hundred and twenty shell and case shot. The British casualties amounted to twenty-three killed and wounded.</p>
        <p>The redoubt being raised sufficiently high to afford protection, was occupied first by the 40th regiment; the Naval Brigade, 12th and 65th were retired to the rear of the redoubt, and the General and staff, also the ambulances with the killed and wounded, went to the Waitara camp. Platforms were laid on the left face of the redoubt, and two 8-inch guns mounted there to breach Matarikoriko, and the parapets were heightened in parts, so that the interior of the redoubt might be more thoroughly defiladed from the enemy's fire.</p>
        <p>Till four o'clock on Sunday morning the <pb xml:id="n243" n="235"/>enemy's fire continued, when it suddenly ceased, and by the time the General returned to the front, a white flag was flying from the enemy's pah.</p>
        <p>The General now asked the Rev. Mr. Wilson to communicate with the Maories, and ascertain their intentions. Mr. Wilson, always ready to be of use, learned from the Maories that it was their wish not to desecrate the Sabbath by blood. The skirmishers were accordingly not thrown out, but the troops were massed in rear of the redoubt, which was being completed.</p>
        <p>The Maories, in full confidence of our good faith, came out of their pah in considerable numbers, also showed themselves on a breast-work to the right, and in advance of it, whilst our people unmolested gathered potatoes below. For some years past, among the Maories, the <hi rend="i">Ra tapu</hi>, or sacred day, has been observed by them as one on which they can lay in supplies, but not fight.</p>
        <p>In the afternoon of Sunday, a soldier in search of a forage cap he had lost in the affair of the previous day, "the action of Kairau," came on an abandoned rifle pit, then one more, <pb xml:id="n244" n="236"/>and in the bottom of one he found a tomahawk. He reported what he had seen to Colonel Wyatt, who now occupied the redoubt with a party of the 65th.</p>
        <p>On Monday morning, Colonel Wyatt and Commodore Seymour, with parties of blue jackets, proceeded cautiously towards Matarikoriko, expecting momentarily volleys from the flanking rifle trenches; none were fired. The Colonel got to the flag-staff first, and had the honour of hoisting a British ensign with which he had provided himself. The Commodore not expecting this, had taken the matter more leisurely.</p>
        <p>Matarikoriko was found to be exceedingly strong, full of rifle pits connected by passages, and affording escape into the dense bush in the rear. A dream was said to have been the occasion of its unexpected abandonment. A chief wishing to continue the defence, was told by the Maori prophet that he had dreamt he had seen the chief in the hands of the Pakeha, and on board ship, and that this was a bad omen.</p>
        <p>Some of the rifle trenches outside of Matarikoriko were thirty-two, seventy-four, one hundred and four, seventy-three, and one <pb xml:id="n245" n="237"/>hundred and seventy-eight paces in length. That the enemy had sustained on Saturday a heavy loss, was evident from the blood-stained trenches.</p>
        <p>During the fight of the 29th, the General moved about, directing wherever required; his Adjutant-General, Carey, received a shot across his breast, tearing open his coat. Dr. Neill, 65th, received balls through his cap and trousers. An amusing incident occurred during the Kairau action. The gunner, R.N., left in charge of the Puketakauere block-house, imagining that the skirmishers were running short of ammunition, put a quantity in a wheel barrow with a couple of spades, and set out from the block-house with four shipmates, with their rifles, having previously locked in the rest of his party in the block-house, in order that they might defend their post to the last extremity. He was met in the fern by an officer, who asked him what he was doing? He said, "Taking ammunition to the skirmishers;" if attacked on the way he meant to throw up cover with the spades, and he and his messmates to defend themselves with their rifles behind it, till they could move on with their wheel-barrow.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n246" n="238"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d12" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XII.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Sir William Martin's pamphlet on the Maori Land Question —Answered by the Honourable Mr. Richmond—Why the King's flag was kept flying—A detachment, 14th regiment, dispatched to the seat of War under Major Douglas, K.M.—The White Cliffs—A traitor—Storms in January—Escape of Lieutenant King, M.A.D C.—Colonel Wyatt, 65th regiment—Colonel Sillery's arrangements for New Plymouth —The Rev. Mr. Wilson's valuable services—A runaway wife—A picture from Cook's Voyages—No. 2 Redoubt constructed under fire—The use of Thistles to a Scotchman—Haperona, the fighting chief of the Ngatiawas—The young soldiers, 14th, under fire—First division, 57th regiment, arrives—Daring enterprise of Captain Cracroft—Another skirmish near Waireka—Escape of a party of Maories in ambush.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Sir</hi> William Martin, late Chief Justice of New Zealand, and now living in retirement near Auckland, came out in the month of January, 1861, as the champion of native rights, in a pamphlet which created a considerable sensation both in England and in the colony. He had had considerable <choice><orig>inter-<pb xml:id="n247" n="239"/>course</orig><reg>intercourse</reg></choice> with the Maories, wrote and spoke their language, was much esteemed by the natives, and is a gentleman of great learning and research. The Honourable Mr. Richmond, native secretary, published an answer to Sir William's pamphlet; but the latter publication went to England a mail before the rejoinder, the former having appeared in Auckland the day before the monthly mail was made up.</p>
        <p>Sir W. Martin endeavoured to establish:</p>
        <list>
          <label>1.</label>
          <item>That the disputed land in the Taranaki belonged to the whole tribe as proprietors, individual occupants cultivating, or having a right to cultivate portions.</item>
          <label>2.</label>
          <item>That the "tribal right" had been hitherto acknowledged by the Government.</item>
          <label>3.</label>
          <item>That Kingi, as principal chief of the Ngatiawas, had asserted that right, and that the Governor, initiating a new policy, had denied it. That this was the grand issue which was tried in the Taranaki by war, the <hi rend="i">ultima ratio regum.</hi></item>
          <label>4.</label>
          <item>That there were many claimants who have as good a claim as Teira, who sold the six hundred acres to Government, and that <pb xml:id="n248" n="240"/>Kingi and his family are among those claimants as co-equal with Teira.</item>
          <label>5.</label>
          <item>That these claims had not been sufficiently investigated, and that Teira's title was either bad or at best doubtful.</item>
          <label>6.</label>
          <item>That the Governor was not justified in taking forcible possession without the judgment of a court of law, and that the Governor, by his proclamation of martial law, illegal in itself, declared war against the natives of Taranaki before they commenced hostilities.</item>
        </list>
        <p>To this the Honourable Mr. Richmond answered:</p>
		  <list>
        <label>1st.</label><item>That the "tribal right" has never been recognised, and that the precedents of former purchases had been strictly followed in the Waitara case.</item>
        <label>2nd.</label><item>That Kingi did not pretend to found his resistance on his tribal or other right, but took a broad ground of resisting the further extension of the Taranaki settlement.</item>
        <label>3rd.</label><item>That the investigation was complete, that Teira's right to a portion of the block was certain and his right to the whole probable, no adverse claim had been proved and none authentically preferred.</item>
        <pb xml:id="n249" n="241"/>
        <label>4th.</label><item>The Governor being sole judge of questions respecting native territorial rights, was enforcing his jurisdiction in the only practicable mode, namely, by military occupation. The taking possession of the block was lawful, on the further ground, that the rights of the apparent owners, after due enquiry, had been ceded to the crown.</item>
		  </list>
        <p>The friends of the Maories among the British, supported them in their ideas about "tribal rights" to land, but advised them against continuing to display the King's flag, to which the Maories replied. "It is a case of whakama (of shame) to haul it down now," to which was answered, "why continue disputes about a bit of bunting, give it up, and let the two races live in peace under one flag." Some of the Ngapuhis of the north still kept up the irritation in the Waikato, or King's country, by saying, "we ate food in various parts of your country before, and we mean to do so again!" A block-house was now substituted for the native pah at Matarikoriko, and the Kairau redoubt strengthened, and guns mounted on it, which sent occasional shells among the enemy, who were seen working at their rifle pits in <pb xml:id="n250" n="242"/>advance. The dust was now very trying at the Waitara camp, and sore eyes common in consequence of it. The design was now to advance towards the stockaded cliffs of Pukerangeora, some miles up the Waitara, where, as was stated, some years before the Waikato's under Te Whero Whero (Potatau), had taken a strong pah of the Ngatiawas, killed and eaten many, taken many prisoners and driven some hundreds over the cliffs into the wave below.</p>
        <p>Commanding in the province of Auckland, and being asked for a reinforcement from the 2nd battalion, 14th regiment, I dispatched two hundred and ten men in complete order, and wearing forage caps, and blue frocks for the bush, under Major Douglas, K.M., who had fought at the siege of Sevastopol, and with him were Captains Saunders and Strange, Lieutenants Hill and Erizell, and Ensigns Laurence and Curtis. Captain MacIver and Lieutenant Phelps afterwards joined this detachment, when some of the others were required in Auckland on court-martial duty.</p>
        <p>The white cliffs (Paranihinihi) on the sea to the north of the Waitara, were watched by a ship of war, for there the reinforcements from the <pb xml:id="n251" n="243"/>Waikato country were expected to pass, were exposed there to shot and shell whilst they swung down by a rope forty feet long to continue their march to join Wiremu Kingi.</p>
        <p>In a rifle pit, a letter was found from Tahana, a native assessor in the pay of the government, apprising his brown brethern of the designs against Matorikoriko, &amp;c. This occasioned his being thrown into jail for his treachery.</p>
        <p>In looking from the Kairau redoubt, a beautiful plain appeared right, left and in front for some distance, till the view was bounded by dense forests. About Matorikoriko tongues of land bounded by deep gullies filled with trees, afforded ample cover for the enemy.</p>
        <p>The General made a movement to the front from the Waitara camp, with a force composed of the 14th, 40th and Naval Brigade with guns, ammunition, gabions, &amp;c., but the weather became so bad, that the troops were obliged to return to camp where tents were blown down by the violence of the wind. Storms raged in January accompanied with cold and wet.</p>
        <p>The enemy were observed in various directions on the skirts of the bush, and occupied <pb xml:id="n252" n="244"/>with their rifle pits, whilst the King's flag flew in the bush near Pukerangeora. A mounted volunteer rode down towards the rifle pits, in front of the Kairau redoubt, looking for a horse he had lost, he recovered it, and returned without being fired at. Lieutenant King, Militia A.D.C., thinking to do the same, in order to see the position of the breast-works and rifle pits, had three shots fired at him, one of which cut his saddle girth, the horse too swerved, and the rider fell with his saddle. Three or four Maories fired again and ran at him, he held up his hand and ran for the fern and thistles, Colonel Wyatt, 65th, promptly turned out a party to his assistance, the rider and horse were brought in, but the saddle was lost.</p>
        <p>Colonel Wyatt, 65th, always prompt and on the alert, sent shells at the enemy from the howitzers in the redoubt, whenever he thought he could molest them, and keep their rifle pits at a distance. A fire broke out among the raupo, or reed huts, in the Waitara camp, from smoking probably, and four were rapidly consumed. Reed huts, singly, may answer, but a number together is dangerous. Yet to the last, as we <pb xml:id="n253" n="245"/>saw, the General lived in a circular reed hut, like a great bee hive, adjoining a reed mess hut for his staff. A gale levelled all the tents in the Kairau redoubt, on the 10th January, probably from the want of storm ropes, or stout poles (without the usual joints) made of young trees. The safest arrangement is a tripod, or three poles united at top, and which gives good space inside.</p>
        <p>At New Plymouth, Colonel Sillery, the commandant, carefully watched his charge, and strengthened his defences. For the women and children, who yet remained in the town and had not gone with the majority to Nelson, instead of repairing to Marsland Hill, on an attack. It was now directed that they should remain with the men of their families in their houses, whilst the men without incumbrances manned the works.</p>
        <p>When Colonel Gold was in command, a settler said, "if we are attacked I think the best thing we can do is to stand at the corners and fire up and down the streets," in which case more friends than foes would be likely to fall.</p>
        <p>Too much praise cannot be awarded to the church of English missionary, the Rev. Mr. <choice><orig>Wil-<pb xml:id="n254" n="246"/>son</orig><reg>Wilson</reg></choice>, who after the misfortune at Puketakauere, and the slaughter of the helpless wounded there, by his influence with the Waikatos got them to agree to spare the wounded in future. Yet nothing would move the Ngatiruanuis, they said "we will follow the customs of our fathers, we came out to kill, and every one with white blood that falls into our hands, we will kill without destínction."</p>
        <p>A family quarrel occasioned a Maori woman, named Menpoku, to come into the Kairau camp, she was afterwards sent to Ihaia's pah in the rear. She said the Waikatos were living on settlers cattle and fern roots, and professed to give the numbers the enemy lost in the late engagements, and added, a wounded British soldier found in the fern would have been spared, but he swore at his captors, and they knocked him on the head. An absurd way of "dying game," and no comrades to witness his "pluck."</p>
        <p>At an interview with the Ngatiruanuis, at Kaihihi, the Rev. Mr. Wilson found them obdurate as ever, and breathing fire and sword against the Pakeha, they also intimated they did not want to see him again.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n255" n="247"/>
        <p>Captain Congleton, of our ship, the "Robert Lowe," being at New Plymouth, saw through his glass a body of Ngatiruanuis come out of the bush near the town, naked as in the days of Cook, look about, sit and lie unconcernedly; they had guns and spears and some rolls of red blankets; it was quite a picture of savage warriors, their foot on their native fern, like Rob Roy's "on his native heath."</p>
        <p>At three <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> on the 14th January, a force six hundred strong, composed of men of the 12th, 14th, and 40th regiments and Naval brigade, under the command of General Pratt, left the Waitara camp, and being joined by Colonel Wyatt and a party of the 65th regiment from Kairau, advanced in the direction of Huirangi, where and across the road the enemy had their rifle pits, extending a mile and a half in length. On the approach of the troops, partly in skirmishing order, the Maories were observed hurrying from their wharrés in the rear to line their entrenchments, and immediately commenced a heavy fusillade on the troops, which was replied to by great guns from the redoubt and the rifles of the skirmishers. Colonel Mould, in the meantime, <pb xml:id="n256" n="248"/>traced out and commenced six hundred yards in advance of the Kairau, No. 2 redoubt, twenty-six yards square, and built of earth and fern leaves mixed and rammed, it was completed before dark, and Captain Bowdler, 40th, and a party of one hundred and twenty men left to garrison it, with a 24-lb. howitzer "en barbette."</p>
        <p>On the 16th January, an incident of a painful nature occurred near the Kairau redoubt, Privates Mackindry of the 65th and MacAuley of the Royal Engineers, were out about seven hundred yards to the south of the redoubt collecting firewood and potatoes, when suddenly about eighty Maories rose from the fern and fired a volley at them, Mackindry fell, and the natives rushed forward and carried him off, MacAuley escaped with a ball through the bones of his forearm; being a Scotchman and seeing some friendly thistles near, he ran for them and rushed through them, the naked legs of the Maories prevented them following his example, and he was saved. A party turned out from the redoubt, under Captain Strange, 65th, and went in pursuit with a gun under Lieutenant Macnaughten, but in vain, <pb xml:id="n257" n="249"/>the natives with yells carried off their victim, it was hoped they would not destroy him, as shortly before Maorie prisoners had been given up to them after being some time detained at New Plymouth.</p>
        <p>Next day the Rev. Mr. Wilson came from town passing an ambuscade, and muskets were cocked at him as he rode up a hill, but the Maories spared him when they saw his dress and recognized his person. He was proceeding to the front to ascertain the fate of Mackindry. At the first rifle pit, the fighting captain of the Ngatiawas, Haperone, a tall, rough, but honest looking warrior, came out to meet Mr. Wilson with a party of his people; they were not in a good temper, said that Mackindry had died as they carried him off, that they had buried him near their flag-staff, and that the funeral service was read over his grave. Haperone added, "We are determined to fight to the last."</p>
        <p>On the 18th January, General Pratt took with him a force of 1,000 men of the 12th, 14th, 40th, 65th regiments and Naval Brigade, and again advancing to the front, under cover of the skirmishers, another redoubt, <pb xml:id="n258" n="250"/>No. 3, five hundred yards in advance of No. 1, and thirty yards square, was thrown up. The 12th and 14th fighting all day on the left, and keeping down the enemy's fire, whilst shells were pitched into the pits where the puffs of smoke indicated the presence of the hidden foe. Some casualties occurred. Captain Richards, 40th, was left in charge of No. 3 redoubt with one hundred men and a howitzer. The enemy evincing great displeasure at this advance and occupation within seven hundred yards of their pits.</p>
        <p>During the fight, the Rev. Mr. Wilson, anxious to see how the young soldiers of the 14th behaved under fire, remained for some time near them, and was so pleased with their steadiness and courage, that he went up and shook hands with several of them.</p>
        <p>The 'Star Queen' now arrived in Auckland harbour with the first division of the 57th regiment on board from India, the old 'Die Hards,' and I fitted them out with requirements for the field. After consulting with His Excellency, I despatched the ship with the troops on board round the North Cape to New Plymouth, there being no man of war <pb xml:id="n259" n="251"/>available at the time to take them from the Manukau. It was an expensive proceeding, £3,000, but no time could now be lost in hurrying on reinforcements to the seat of war, and in war time one must not boggle at eve y expenditure. Fortunately the voyage was short, six days, if it had been a long one I might have heard more of it.</p>
        <p>The Waireka hill having been left unoccupied after the withdrawal of Major Hutchins' force, was re-occupied by the Southern tribes, who began to fortify it again.</p>
        <p>In consequence of this, Captain Cracroft formed the daring resolution of landing from the 'Niger' with one hundred and twenty blue jackets in boats, in rear of the enemy's position and surprising it. He wrote for a small force to co-operate from New Plymouth, and though the great risk to be incurred was well known. A party under Lieutenant-Colonel Young was dispatched on the 22nd January, at three a.m., from town; it consisted of forty men of the 12th regiment under Captain Williams, ten of the 40th under Ensign Murphy, and one hundred and <pb xml:id="n260" n="252"/>thirty of the 65th under Lieutenant and Adjutant Lewis; along with these was a 24-pounder howitzer.</p>
        <p>At daylight firing having been heard in the direction of Waireka, Major Herbert brought out one hundred and eight Militia and Volunteers, and marched to co-operate with the others. Skirmishing took place with the natives among the high furze hedges along the road, and till the troops reached the Omata stockade.</p>
        <p>A valuable man, hospital-serjeant Burnet, 65th, out where his love of excitement (without his being required) carried him, fell mortally wounded, and he died at the stockade.</p>
        <p>The natives were now seen to cover the Waireka hill in great numbers, and the signal of Captain Cracroft's attack in their rear was anxiously looked for, when a telegram was received from town that the gallant Captain had been obliged to abandon his enterprise. There was a delay in reaching shore from the heavy surf, the natives discovered the boats, and being fully aware of what was intended, the blue jackets were <choice><orig>re-<pb xml:id="n261" n="253"/>luctantly</orig><reg>reluctantly</reg></choice> compelled to return to their ship without a chance of further distinction at that time. Valuable lives were doubtless thus saved to the conntry, and the most valuable that of Captain Peter Cracroft.</p>
        <p>After the military had returned to town, it was discovered that they had passed a farmhouse (Mr. Gray's) full of natives, who remained quiet till the coast was clear, and afterwards were seen from a neighbouring hill to steal out to the number of fifty or sixty and disappear in the bush; this party was probably on the look out to attack the Omata escort, which had been of insufficient strength.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n262" n="254"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d13" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XIII.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Fever at New Plymouth—Missionaries confer with the enemy —Rifle pits at Huirangi—Escape of Commodore Seymour —Effects of the long range at Omata—Should crops be destroyed—Banks of the Waitara—Moderate allowances—Colonel Warre, C.B. and Major Logan, 57th, arrive—Lieut.-Col. Young and Major Herbert skirmish at Omata —The enemy tries to hinder the sap—Conference of the Goveruor with Northern natives—The settlement of Taranaki before and during the war—The sap continued—Casualties in the 14th regiment—Dummies exhibited by the enemy—Sortie of the enemy, who destroy part of the sap—English writers on the war—Domestic evils—Attack on a party of Rifle volunteers—E. Messenger killed—The mortars and Armstrong guns arrive.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">From</hi> the crowded state of some of the houses in New Plymouth, and the want of attention to the state of the back yards, fever of a low type still prevailed, and as had existed for several months past.</p>
        <p>A respectable missionary, the Rev. Mr. Whately, received notes from some of the Maories at Waireka, asking him to visit them on a Sunday, he did so, and met thirty of <pb xml:id="n263" n="255"/>them in a gully there; they seemed to feel the losses they had sustained, yet shewed no symptoms of submission; and asked for another conference at Huirangi with Mr. Whately and Archdeacon Govett. They accordingly went there the following Friday, and met another set of natives who had not heard of the invitation by the first mentioned. These last seemed dejected, but as determined as ever on fighting, and said, "The only way for peace is for the Governor to take away his soldiers from the Waitara, and we will then go home."</p>
        <p>The enemy's rifle pits, which extended a mile in length about Huirangi, and which had been reached by means of the sap, though narrow to avoid casualties from shot and shell, was admirably contrived for defence, and for enabling the Maories to escape from them. Some of the pits or trenches were straight, others curved. All were well traversed, with covered retreats to live in, and comfortably lined with fern.</p>
        <p>Colonel Wyatt moved with his men from No. 1 to No. 6 redoubt, which was very strong, with bastions at the angles, a good <pb xml:id="n264" n="256"/>ditch, and a gun mounted on the bastion facing the peach avenue. Parties were employed felling the bush, and the fallen trees were removed with oxen. The sap could not prevent more house burning and cattle driving by the Maories.</p>
        <p>One afternoon the garrison of No. 6 stood to their arms in consequence of shots fired from some wharrés, or huts, in the bush on the right. It was afterwards found that Commodore Seymour had been walking a little way ahead of the sap, and thinking no Maories were near, when a volley was fired at him from an ambuscade twenty yards off, he made a very narrow escape, and returned unscathed to the redoubt.</p>
        <p>A remarkable instance of the powers of the Enfield rifle occurred at the Omata blockhouse about this time. Lieutenant Chevalier, 65th, saw on the Waireka hill, upwards of 2,000 yards distant, a party of natives, the sight was elevated for the apparent distance, and, unknown to the marksman at the time, two shots took effect. The wounded Maories fell by unseen and noiseless means, no report being heard.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n265" n="257"/>
        <p>On the 12th of February, Captain Richards, of the 40th, was wounded in front of Te Arei pah during a skirmish, also several of the men. About a dozen acres of maize and potatoes were destroyed on the banks of the Waitara. Opinions may differ on this head; destruction of food is provoking, to use it is quite legitimate in war time. Harass your enemy in every possible way say some, but to exasperate him, doubtless prolongs the war.</p>
        <p>The banks of the Waitara are here very beautiful, it winds gracefully round steep banks clothed with noble trees, among which numerous tree ferns wave their coronets of fringed leaves. Deep and silent in some places, and in others shallow, the river flowed and rushed over a pebbly bed. The flat ground on the left bank, where was the cultivation, was surrounded by a remarkable bend of the stream; and higher up were the white cliffs, apparently about three hundred feet high, down which the Ngatiawas were forced to take the fatal plunge in 1832. I was quite fascinated when afterwards sketching this portion of the Waitara, and hope to <pb xml:id="n266" n="258"/>see its beauties skilfully handled some day on canvass by an eminent artist.</p>
        <p>A native cemetery, the graves enclosed with palings, was seen on the edge of a cliff, and at the head of one was this inscription on a board,</p>
<q><p rend="center">1858, Onga</p><p>Ko te tohu tenei o Renere. No te ra o Akuhata i mate ai.</p><p>"Sacred to the Memory of Renere, who died on the 16th August, 1858."</p></q><p>The Maories had a semi-circle of rifle pits from the river in front of Te Arei, or Haperona's pah, and away to the right on the hills, the sap was advancing towards the pah which was disturbed at night by an occasional shot from No. 7 Redoubt.</p>
        <p>Matters became now so critical at New Plymouth, the inhabitants nightly expecting a rush from the natives, that His Excellency the Governor was memorialized to come from Auckland to see the state of affairs, and adopt precautions for the security of the people; he was soon afterwards in the Taranaki. Previous to this, when he was absent at the Bay of Islands, as senior officer I became Deputy-Governor, and my chief adviser was <pb xml:id="n267" n="259"/>the Honourable Mr. Whitaker, the Attorney-General, a gentlemen of well known ability and a valuable public officer. The Prime Minister, the Honourable Mr. Stafford, Colonial Secretary, was at this time absent in the south; for five years he had held his high office, and had zealously fulfilled his arduous duties.</p>
        <p>It will not be considered that I received too much of the public money for the four offices I held at once, viz:</p>
        <p>Deputy-Governor, commanding the troops in the province of Auckland, nearly three thousand Regulars, Militia, Volunteers (horse and foot) and Coast Guards, commanding the Head-quarters 2.14th regiment, and acting Deputy-Quartermaster-General (boarding all ships with soldiers or stores on board, and dispatching them to the seat of war) besides being President of a general court-martial, when I state that five shillings a day of colonial allowance, the same my junior ensign received, was all my extra pay; but I was not expected to entertain!</p>
        <p>Major Logan, with the remaining companies of the 57th arrived, and was dispatched to the Taranaki. Colonel Warre, C.B., <choice><orig>command-<pb xml:id="n268" n="260"/>ing</orig><reg>commanding</reg></choice> the regiment, and lately acting Military Secretary in India, subsequently arrived and went to the Taranaki. He returned to Auckland, after which I accomplished what I had long desired, namely, proceeded to the seat of war.</p>
        <p>The Ngatiruanies went on burning and destroying as much property as they could. The horizon was frequently lighted up at night by the blaze of settlers' houses, and among other losses sustained, was that of Mr. Bayley's flour mill, erected at the cost of £1000. With the buildings, £2000 worth in all were destroyed within two miles of town. Parties were sent out to look for the enemy, but it was very difficult to get a shot at them.</p>
        <p>The bragging and low language of a bad class of Europeans was a source of great annoyance to General Pratt, they told the friendly natives that the war was to be on the whole Maori race, and that all would lose their land, thus causing great uneasiness and disaffection.</p>
        <p>On the 23rd of February, a convoy with provisions left New Plymouth for Omata, under the command of Major Herbert, and <pb xml:id="n269" n="261"/>consisting of men of the 57th, 65th, Militia, and Rifle Volunteers with a howitzer; after reaching the stockade, arms were piled outside, when a volley was fired at the convoy from the hill above Major Lloyd's farm, seven hundred and fifty yards off, which took effect and wounded severely a 57th man. The soldiers fell in immediately, returned a brisk fire, and the howitzer threw shells; this dislodged the natives, who retreated towards the beach, they were followed By Major Herbert and his men in skirmishing order, and the hill taken possession of where there was the site of an old pah.</p>
        <p>A part of the force was thrown out towards the Waireka gully, and skirmished with the natives who were in great force in the broken ground and flax bushes. The firing being heard in town, Lieutenant-Colonel Young, 65th, was dispatched with a reinforcement and ammunition, he halted at the hill, and then determined to go along the road and carry the pahs on the Waireka hill; he took the howitzer, and had skirmishing parties on two sides of his advance; the enemy fired volleys which were promptly replied to. Some casualties <pb xml:id="n270" n="262"/>occurred among the troops, whose further advance towards the Waireka was stopped by an order from town to return, which order was reluctantly complied with.</p>
        <p>Heavy rain interrupted and delayed the sap, somewhat, towards Te Arei pah, and occasioned much discomfort to officers and men, though all worked well and zealously. The enemy commenced firing early in the morning, the sap being a source of great annoyance to them, and they looked after the work with attention, and the coverers, who lost men. Marksmen of the 40th were selected to keep watch, and fire over the parapets. Every time a shell was thrown, the Maories set up a shout of defiance, and called out, "Hawhe Pakeha! Hawhe ngahoia!" "Come on Pakeha! Come on soldiers!" &amp;c. They had some imitation bugles of cows' horns, with which they mimicked our calls, and kept our people on the alert night and day. They had also dummies, or a dark head of hair on the top of a stick, appearing ever and anon from a rifle pit, and fired at at first. The General and staff constantly came to the front, to mark and watch the progress of the sap.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n271" n="263"/>
        <p>At one of the conferences the Governor had with the chief in the north of the island, in February, they were anxious he should relax the law which prohibited the sale of spirits to natives, and it was replied that the restriction of which they complained was imposed to prevent the Maories becoming victims to the too free use of intoxicating liquors. Other aboriginal races in many parts of the world had suffered greater loss from the excessive use of spirits, than from the casualties of war and other calamities; that the object of the Government was to preserve the natives of New Zealand from such a fate. It was true the law was different as regards Europeans, but they were more accustomed to the use of spirits, and which to natives were much more fatal. His Excellency disabused their minds with regard to the foolish reports which had been spread both by Europeans and natives, that, at the end of the war in Taranaki other tribes would be attacked, and their lands taken from them, nothing of the kind was ever thought of or intended, it was desired that Pakehas and Maories should live in peace as a united people under the protection of the <pb xml:id="n272" n="264"/>British Government; the natives adopting habits of order, using wholesome food, being better housed, improving their condition, and referring disputes and differences to the courts of law.</p>
        <p>Before the war, and before I visited the Taranaki, comfort and plenty prevailed throughout that settlement, the bulk of the people were in good circumstances and steadily thriving, there was food in plenty for man and beast, farm-houses studded the face of the country, horses, cattle and sheep were observed in numbers on the pastures, carts with produce passed along the roads, a healthy population were fully employed, and most of them settled on and cultivating their own land.</p>
        <p>But when I saw the Taranaki, this picture was quite reversed. The grand and imposing features of the landscape remained, the snow capped mountains, the great forests and the extensive plains; but the enemy was lurking in the bush not far off, the land was desolate, the scourge of war had passed over it, "the hedges were broken clown, and the wild boar had entered on the fruitful vineyard." I saw <pb xml:id="n273" n="265"/>blackened ruins, chimneys standing without walls, the pastures from which the flocks and herds had been driven off, weeds abounding, roads deep in mud and uncared for, the people driven from the country, some killed, others fallen from sickness arising from discomfort, want, anxiety and overcrowding in the town, and many families in Nelson despairing of ever re-establishing themselves in the beautiful and inviting Taranaki.</p>
        <p>It is true a few benefited by the war, by the commissariat expenditure; contractors for transport and for supplies, the keepers of public-houses and some store keepers, but the prosperity of the latter would be short lived without a country population, and a weekly market well attended.</p>
        <p>The duties of militia men were no doubt irksome, and they had to clothe and board themselves, the remuneration was one shilling and three pence a day, with an allowance of bread, meat, fuel and light. Some young men liked a roving life of excitement for a time, though it might unsteady them for sober pursuits ever after, but the bulk of the settlers in coming to New Zealand, and some of them <pb xml:id="n274" n="266"/>twenty years in Taranaki, intended to use the ploughshare and shepherd's crook, and not the sword and rifle when they came across the wide ocean from their distant native land. For those who were not interested in a continuance of the war, deep sympathy should be felt, for the bereavements and misfortunes were very heavy in the Taranaki.</p>
        <p>After the completion of No. 7 Redoubt on the 16th of January, a single sap well defiladed from the enemy's position, and with traverses at intervals to secure it from an oblique plunging fire, was commenced and was carried on with occasional interruptions from the weather, and a heavy fire from the enemy. On the 24th of January, it was necessary to change its direction, and to resort to the double sap. Four hundred and thirty-two yards were completed in the above period, after sixty-five yards more it was deemed advisable to execute a short demi-parallel to the left, to afford cover to men protecting the further advance of the sap.</p>
        <p>The Maories did their best to interrupt the progress of the sap, by firing from the rifle pits, some of which on the left, and over-looking <pb xml:id="n275" n="267"/>the Waitara, contrived to prevent an advance; these were taken possession of. The cohorns rained an iron shower upon the Maories on every favourable opportunity, and disturbed their aim. Two men of the 14th were wounded, and Lieutenant Kenrick Hill, 14th, was struck in the breast with a ball. The Maories directed a good deal of their fire at the head of the sap where the artillery worked the cohorn mortars. Three men of the 12th and 40th were wounded, but the great sap rollers were steadily advanced, and the double lines of gabions planted behind them and filled with earth, amidst the sharp 'ping' of the Maorie bullets.</p>
        <p>The fire was at short range, and the Maories were on elevated ground, if they had exposed themselves more from their pits, the casualties on both sides would have been greater, and the enemy might have taken better aim. In order to get lead, it is supposed, they occasionally exhibited, in different places, the dummy, the shaggy figure on a stick, and which for some time drew a shower of bullets.</p>
        <p>At night the troops retired into the redoubts, and the head of the sap was not guarded, as<pb xml:id="n276" n="268"/>it was supposed the enemy would not venture into it, but on the night of the 26th of February at half-past ten o'clock, a wild yell accompanied with the blowing of horns from the head of the sap, attracted the attention of the nearest sentries, and the troops in No. 6 and 7 stood to their arms expecting an attack. A fire was seen to light-up the head of the sap, a gun loaded with grape was discharged at this, and a volley from the 40th delivered, then all was quiet. In the morning the cause of this fire was discovered; the enemy had crept quietly to the sap, had destroyed the whole of the double sap, more or less injured about one hundred and thirty yards of the single sap, and the whole of the demi-parallel, moving away into the pah three heavy sap rollers, and forty to fifty gabions, and before retiring burning some of the latter in the sap, which was the first intimation that the enemy had given of their secret and successful movement.</p>
        <p>The three following days were occupied in repairing damages; the enemy briskly firing all the while, and exhibiting in triumph the sap rollers in front of their stockade. A redoubt, No. 8, sixteen yards square, was then <pb xml:id="n277" n="269"/>constructed to contain a night guard of eighty men taken from No. 7 Redoubt. Haperona, the fighting captain of the Ngatiawas, afterwards pointed out from what corner of the pah he sat and fired continually.</p>
        <p>By the papers received at this time from England, the usual comments were made as to the length of time occupied in this war, and the money it would cost; the difficulties presented by the country did not seem to be taken into account, they could not be known to writers at a distance, but when I saw that the Waitara district became more and more broken, as the troops pushed their operations from the coast, and remembering what I had experienced of former contests in Burma, in Africa, &amp;c., wars usually lasting two years, I made up my mind to the conflict continuing several months more in the Taranaki, or in Maori territory somewhere.</p>
        <p>In March, the spirits of the militia were elevated by the announcement that the pay of privates would be raised to two shillings and sixpence a day, and of corporals and sergeants to three shillings, and three shillings and sixpence; also that clothing, of which<pb xml:id="n278" n="270"/>they stood much in need, would be supplied at an early day. Major Herbert did his best for the militia under his command, and carefully attended to their interests.</p>
        <p>Some of the enemy now came over under the influence of whakamomori, or vexation, quarrels among themselves; and a woman came over also under whakamomori, possibly her husband had taken a younger wife, then</p>
        <q><lg type="verse">
          <l>"What blows and what scratches,</l>
          <l>'Tis no longer a match, but a bundle of matches."</l>
        </lg></q>
        <p>Another fatal instance of rashness occurred, fourteen young rifle volunteers started on Sunday morning the 3rd of March, for Mr. W. Walker's farm, to gather peaches. Not finding any there, they were occupied in getting some at Brooklands, the late beautifully kept place of Captain King, R.A., a mile from New Plymouth, when they were aroused by a shot fired from the farther end of the orchard, where two of their number were; wondering at the cause of this, it was quickly followed by a volley from thirty natives, hidden in a ditch with a hedge, behind the trees, by this Mr. W. Smart was severely <pb xml:id="n279" n="271"/>wounded in the back; the volunteers returned the volley; W. Smart fired likewise though wounded, and then made for the gap, by which they entered the orchard, when the Maories fired again; Mr. E. Messenger, a first class rifleman, fell shot through the heart as he turned to fire. The volunteers then halted to recover the body of Messenger, one of them was sent into town for assistance, the others took cover behind a gate and a few yards of hedge. The natives now thinking the party had retreated, advanced to secure Messenger's rifle and pouch; the first man who came on, wore the blue serge shirt and tin badge of a friendly native; seeing the party at the gate, he fired both barrels of his piece; he was retreating when he was shot dead, a second also was struck, and the rest disappeared. Lieutenant Baillie, 65th, and a small party of soldiers and friendly natives now came up, and poor Messenger's body was taken into town.</p>
        <p>Though the above party of young men had disobeyed orders, and gone beyond the limits, and were attacked by double their own <choice><orig>num-<pb xml:id="n280" n="272"/>ber</orig><reg>number</reg></choice>, yet they showed good courage, and retired skirmishing, and did not abandon the body of their fallen comrade.</p>
        <p>The ship 'Norwood' now arrived at Auckland with Captain Mercer's battery of seven Armstrong guns, and two hundred and twenty artillery men, seven of whom (mutineers) had during the voyage refused to obey a simple order, (for all hands to show their kits), and threatened to throw the captain overboard; there was a leaven of mutiny in this battery from East India Company's Europeans, which infected for a time the service, but which was rapidly got rid of. The 'Norwood' mutineers were secured in Fort Britomart, and they were afterwards tried and severely punished. The rest of the battery did good service under a most excellent and hard working commander.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n281" n="273"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d14" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XIV.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Matarikoriko post—Peculiarities of No. 3 Redoubt—Commencement of the Sap—Garrison of No. 3 Redoubt—An alarm—The Redoubt is attacked—Death of Lieutenant Jackson—Reinforcements sent from No. 1 Redoubt—Enemy Repulsed—Humanity of British Officers—Single Combats—Casualties—Effects of attack on No. 3—Redoubts, Nos. 4 and 5—Notification of the Governor to loyal subjects—Sap pushed on to the enemy's rifle pits—No. 6 Redoubt—Desperate efforts of the enemy to prevent the construction of No. 7 Redoubt —Gallantry of the young soldiers, 14th Regiment—Death of Captain Strange, 65th—Captain W. C. King also falls greatly regretted.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Matarikoriko</hi> having been: evacuated by the enemy, it was, as was stated, immediately turned to account, one hundred men with a 24lb. howitzer, and a detail of Royal Engineers were encamped inside the pah, and a stockade, to contain six hundred men, was commenced and soon completed.</p>
        <p>It was known that the enemy had strongly entrenched lines in difficult positions about <pb xml:id="n282" n="274"/>Huirangi, and as these were at the edge of ravines, affording good cover, the General approved of a plan to work towards the position by means of approaches and redoubts at intervals.</p>
        <p>The important Redoubt, No. 3, being considered too small, additions were made to it, two other squares were added <hi rend="i">en échelon</hi>, so as to form wings and flanking defences to the work, now with 1900 yards of area. An eight inch gun was mounted on the right wing.</p>
        <p>On the 22nd January, a double sap was commenced at No. 3 Redoubt, and directed towards the centre of the enemy's position at Huirangi. The sap was carried on perseveringly, and on the 2nd February it reached the extensive line of rifle pits. The general width of the sap was a trench of fifteen feet, clear of the gabions, it was also traversed with gabions at intervals of thirty or forty feet. The distance first excavated was seven hundred and sixty eight yards, sixty four yards being generally executed daily. The enemy kept constantly firing at the working parties, yet good sap rollers protected them well at the head of the excavation.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n283" n="275"/>
        <p>The Maories were very active in advancing their rifle pits against No. 3 Redoubt, and on the right shewing lights, and shouting during the night of the 21st January, to divert attention from the proceedings on the other flank. One of the 241b. howitzers was placed on the left square of the Redoubt along with an eight inch gun, and loaded with grape and cannister.</p>
        <p>At first, the garrison of No. 3 Redoubt was, as I said, small, Captain Messenger was next posted there, from the Waitara, with the remains of his Grenadier Company, the bones of the others reposing below the fern and scrub of Puketakauere. But on the 22nd January, the head-quarters of the 40th, under Colonel Leslie, augmented the defenders of the Redoubt, who were in tents, to four hundred and fifty men.</p>
        <p>Captain Messenger watched his opportunity, and fired grape and cannister among the most busy of the enemy in the rifle pits on the left. At night voices were heard on the right, that of a woman particularly, who seemed to be inciting the Maories to action by reciting the deeds of their ancestors.</p>
        <p>About four o'clock in the morning of the 23rd <pb xml:id="n284" n="276"/>January part of the garrison of the Redoubt had, as a matter of usual precaution in wellordered garrisons in presence of an enemy, turned out under arms in the dark. The horizon was not yet red with the blush of early dawn, when the sentry at the rear angle of the left face, perceived a movement below him in the ditch, which was actually alive with Maories, who had stealthily crept there in the dark; he cried out "here they are!" and immediately fired, when he was shot by a Maori who had scaled the parapet, and fired from behind two of the gabions which had been left on the crest for cover. Captain Messenger and Lieutenant Jackson in tents near that face of the work, turned out with their revolvers and roused their men. Captain Messenger, looking over the parapet, saw a large body of the enemy coming up in support, stooping and appearing like a flock of sheep rushing through the fern, he fired shots at them as did Lieutenant Jackson, the enemy replied with a volley and Lieutenant Jackson fell back mortally wounded, with a ball through his head.</p>
        <p>The Maories now made desperate efforts to <pb xml:id="n285" n="277"/>mount the parapet by cutting steps in it with their tomahawks, but the ascent was not easy without ladders, which the enemy might readily have provided themselves with, and used with effect on all the faces simultaneously. They also tried to get up on each other's shoulders, and so far succeeded that bayonets were wrenched off some of the rifles of the soldiers. By leaning over the parapet, the 40th fired into the ditch the best way they could, but were thus exposed to the fire from the Maori supports, some of whom came to the rear of the work, and endeavoured to cut their way through the gabions blocking up the entrance; they fired through them, and shot a Royal Engineer coming out of his tent. Lieutenant Warburton, R.E., and the Artillery men, now cut short the fuzes of some loaded shells and rolled them over the parapet into the ditch; all hands were thus engaged, and the fight raged fast and furious.</p>
        <p>Colonel Wyatt, 65th, in No. 1 Redoubt, hearing what was going on in his front, and observing the sparkling of the rifles through the smoke, had turned out his men, who "stood to the arms," when Colonel Leslie in <pb xml:id="n286" n="278"/>No. 3, seeing that he had enemies on all sides of him, and the face of the work, cleverly selected for attack, having no flanking fire, directed a bugler to sound the regimental call of the 65th, and "the advance," which was immediately responded to, and Colonel Wyatt directed Captain Macgregor, with No. 7, and Lieutenant Urquhart with the Light Company to advance in support, also Captain Miller with No. 10 of the 12th regiment. Passing No. 2 Redoubbt, this force was cheered by the 40th there, Captain Macgregor then directed Lieutenant Urquhart to pass round the right of No. 3 Redoubt, whilst he scoured the ditch on the left. Lieutenant Urquhart occupied with some men the commencement of the sap, and fired from it, and from the ditch into the Maories. The fighting was close, and at last the enemy began to leave the ditch and to make off, when Captain Miller advanced through the fern on the left. A body of the enemy there rose up like birds about to take wing and fired, Captain Miller fell with a shot through his leg, and Lieut. Lowry continued his charge, the Maories then turned and fled from the bayonet. The naked back of a Maori was <pb xml:id="n287" n="279"/>within reach of the sword point of Lieutenant Siddons Mair, 12th regiment, and though in this moment of excitement his Highland blood was up, he held his hand; few others would have resisted the temptation to thrust home.</p>
        <p>Some of the enemy shewed fight with their tomahawks. A wounded Maori lying on the ground, a soldier was about to put him out of his pain with his bayonet, when Lieutenant Pennefather, 65th, struck the weapon aside with his sword. All honor to the gallant young Irishman for his humanity.</p>
        <p>Private Archer, one of the leading men in the charge of the 12th fell, shot dead. Private Cahill passing over an apparently dead Maori, the latter rose and inflicted a servere wound with a tomahawk, he was soon disposed of; another large and lusty Maori was shot in the shoulder, when a soldier put his bayonet through his back, but the soldier receiving a cut on the arm from a tomahawk dropped his rifle, the Maori then seized it, and unable to withdraw the bayonet from his back, ran off with both weapons which he still retains as trophies; he recovered from his wound.</p>
        <p>In the Waitara camp, aroused by the firing <pb xml:id="n288" n="280"/>in front, Colonel Carey and Dr. Mouat mounting their horses, quickly made their appearance in front. The General and Staff, and Commodore Seymour, calling out twenty-five men of the Naval Brigade, and one hundred of the 14th, under Captain Saunders, came up rapidly to co-operate.</p>
        <p>The want of cavalry was felt on this occasion, for there was a clear field for them for some distance to operate on the retiring natives, before they could escape down the gullies into the bush.</p>
        <p>The British casualties were five killed and eleven wounded, the Maories left in the ditch and the fern forty-nine, five of whom were alive; the wounds were terrible from shells, rifle balls, and butt ends of rifles and bayonet thrusts. One Maori, tenacious of life, sprang from the ground repeatedly like a dying fish, then sat up and glared round him, his hair a mass of dust and gore, his wounds on the head, body and legs were so frightful, that the surgeons could do nothing to help him, and the poor man took hours to die.</p>
        <p>A large quantity of good clothes was found in the fern on the left, the Maories, who <choice><orig>oc-<pb xml:id="n289" n="281"/>cupied</orig><reg>occupied</reg></choice> the ditch, had stripped there for the combat, they also left thirty-seven stand of arms, double barrels and flint muskets, pouches with ammunition, meres or clubs, and tomahawks, Major Nelson got two of the latter, one with a fine carved handle, and both covered with blood.</p>
        <p>The Rev. Mr. Wilson had observed the Maories watching the sap commencing, and he thought they would attack and try to prevent its getting to their rifle pits, for they knew what it meant, and he warned our people to be on their guard.</p>
        <p>From a native, who bore amputation of his leg (shattered by a shell) with great courage and even good humour, it appeared that the Maori skirmishing party consisted of one hundred and forty picked men, young chiefs of the Ngatihua, Ngatimaniapoto and Ngatiawa tribes, headed by the chiefs Rewi, Epiha, Haperona and others, and supported by several hundred men in the fern, to fire at the parapets as soon as our men shewed themselves above them. I saw afterwards Haperona's son, a stout fellow who said he had climbed to the crest of the parapet, and fired into the <pb xml:id="n290" n="282"/>Redoubt before lie dropped into the ditch again, his sister was a Maori belle. I mention her here as the women have a <hi rend="i">role</hi> to play in war as well as the men. There was not even a vivandière in the British camp.</p>
        <p>The troops of all arms at No. 3 Redoubt showed the greatest steadiness throughout the engagement, and although the attack of the enemy commenced under the cover of darkness, they never showed the slightest symptom of confusion, the officers and men were equally gallant and steady.</p>
        <p>The moral effect of this close conflict was doubtless considerable on the native mind, they had experienced the courage and vigour of the hearts and hands of the British soldier, who when let loose is an adversary terrible to meet; yet high praise must be accorded to the Maories, theirs was a most gallant enterprise, and well planned, but our people were prepared. One hundred men at least lining the parapets, and ready before the Maories fired a shot; and their being afterwards taken in reverse completed their discomfiture.</p>
        <p>The natives contrived to take their <hi rend="i">utu</hi>, payment or revenge, more houses were burnt, <pb xml:id="n291" n="283"/>cattle and horses driven away, and potatoe fields plundered as before.</p>
        <p>The head-quarters of the 57th having arrived at Auckland from Bombay, and the Commodore coming from the Waitara to get more troops, they were dispatched to the Taranaki, and went in ships of war.</p>
        <p>In the meantime, the sap was pushed in advance from No. 3 Redoubt towards the rifle pits, it was the safest and surest way of wearing out the enemy. With large sap rollers for cover, the working parties excavated, filled the gabions and moved to the front steadily with few casualties. The Maories saw and appreciated the use of the sap. " The soldiers get to the front and are not killed, it is <hi rend="i">tohunga"</hi> (master work.)</p>
        <p>Three hundred yards in advance of No. 3 Redoubt, No. 4 was constructed, thirteen yards square interiorly, and to hold fifty men.</p>
        <p>The troops were very hard worked, liable to be constantly disturbed whilst engaged with the sap and Redoubt building, or they were skirmishing with the enemy. No. 5 Redoubt was established on the 29th January, it was twenty-four yards square, could hold one <pb xml:id="n292" n="284"/>hundred men, and was two hundred and fifty yards from the rifle pits.</p>
        <p>The Governor now, by a notification, warned all loyal subjects against agitation by writing or discussing the acts of the Government, criticising them or censuring them, so far as related to the present contest, and which might tend to prolong a sanguinary resistance to Her Majesty's authority, was fraught with danger to the lives and property of the colonists and imperilled the existence of the native race.</p>
        <p>From the date of the formation of No. 5 Redoubt, the enemy did not fire on the working parties, but abandoning their whole line of works, which was about 1500 yards long from, extreme right to left, they retired down the gullies into the broken and bushy ground in the rear. This position gained, was an important success for General Pratt.</p>
        <p>No. 6 Redoubt was begun on the 2nd February on the line of the enemy's position, and was completed on the 3rd, and occupied with four hundred and fifty men with two 241b. howitzers, and an eight inch gun, mounted on the 4th February.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n293" n="285"/>
        <p>The sap being pushed on the edge of a gully or dip in the ground, it was imagined by the uninitiated that there was now an end to the advance. The peach groves of Huirangi being reached, but these were destroyed by the axe and by fire, and the sap recommenced beyond on higher ground, and was directed towards Te Arei pah<note xml:id="fn40-285" n="*"><p>' Te arei,' to keep off or to ward off.</p></note> situated on an eminence in advance of Pukerangeora celebrated in native warfare.</p>
        <p>A force consisting of 1200 men of 12th, 14th, 40th, and 65th regiments with Artillery and Engineers advanced at daybreak by two roads on the 10th February, and was immediately met by heavy firing from the enemy's rifle pits. No. 7 Redoubt was begun, and the men were sometimes obliged to lie down, whilst the working parties were covered as much as possible by the fire of the artillery. The Maories were full of determination, and cried to our men to come on, who answered by challenging the Maories to stand out. Women's voices were heard encouraging the warriors to continue the fight. The young soldiers of the 14th regiment stood their ground for hours against great odds, as <choice><orig>un-<pb xml:id="n294" n="286"/>flinchingly</orig><reg>unflinchingly</reg></choice> as the oldest soldiers. It is believed there were at least fifteen hundred Maori warriors round the skirmishers. The enemy's cries were usually to each other " kiatoa! kiato—a!" be brave, be brave!</p>
        <p>No 7 was constructed on a small fern-tree covered hill, and was within shell range of Te Arei pah, the perimeter of No. 7 was two hundred and twenty-five yards, and an area of one thousand seven hundred and fifty superficial yards, and it was occupied by four hundred men. As the enemy's position commanded the Redoubt, portions of the parapets were raised and surmounted with gabions, with sand bag loop holes at intervals between, and the Redoubt was afterwards enlarged to give more accommodation.</p>
        <p>The 40th, and Captain Strange's and Captain Turner's companies, 65th, had been extended in front across the road leading to Te Arei from the peach groves, the 40th on the left, the 65th on the right, the 12th and Light Company, 65th, kept the ground in rear of No. 7. The enemy occupied every eminence and rifle pits at the edge of the bush on the front and right. Captain Strange got spades to enable his men to make rifle pits, or shelter <pb xml:id="n295" n="287"/>for themselves; he was lying down in one of these, and in changing his position he happened to raise one of his legs, when he was shot through the femoral artery, he was carried to the rear and his wound attended to. In the Crimea, at the seige of Sevastopol, we used to carry bandages, and some had a tourniquet in the haversack for an emergency of this nature. Captain Strange lost a great deal of blood before it could be staunched; but he never rallied, and sunk. Assiduously attended by many medical men, and also by his cousin, Captain Strange, 14th regiment, who deeply felt his loss.</p>
        <p>Captain Strange, 65th, was universally esteemed, he was an excellent officer and a good man, he had been married not many months to a daughter of Colonel Sillery, Deputy-Quartermaster-General, and his untimely death was greatly regretted by soldiers and civilians.</p>
        <p>Of the native loss, at this time, seventeen dead were picked up in the fern. There were seven or eight casualties besides Captain Strange's among the troops.</p>
        <p>When a man fences and plants a vineyard, he becomes attached to it, watching its progress <pb xml:id="n296" n="288"/>and hoping to eat of the fruit. When a settler reclaims a portion of the wilderness, clears ground and makes a place, he cannot separate himself from it long. Captain W. C. King, of the Taranaki Militia, a fine young man, married, and the son of a naval officer, had a farm " Woodleigh," not far from New Plymouth, and he had visited this several times, though most rashly, from town. At last, on the 8th of February, he again rode out to look after some cattle and the remnant of his property, and was met by his farm bailiff, R. Thompson who returned to town. Shortly after an artillery soldier saw, from Marsland hill, Captain King running on foot from his house pursued by natives, who fired a volley at him, he fell, and two more shots finished the work. His horse was found wounded and stripped of its saddle and bridle, his body was brought into town and buried amidst great sorrow for the loss of one of the best and bravest of the settlers.</p>
        <p>Huam of Tataraimaka accused the Ngatiruanuis of killing, his Pakeha without provocation, they laughed and said they would do as they pleased, and did not care for the displeasure of the Taranakis.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n297" n="289"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d15" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XV.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>The sap continued, and a demi-parallel formed—Damaged rifles—Metallic sand of Taranaki—Obstinate defence of the enemy—The chief, Tarapipipi, arrives from the Waikato—The Armstrong guns—A trap laid—Its success—Heavy expense of artillery horses—Cape warfare and New Zealand compared—Some of the causes of the war investigated —Crushing artillery fire—Night firing—Death of Lieutenant Macnaughten, R.A.—Proposal to rush the pah—Eccentricity in a shell—Some indication of peace—"Waikatos leave Te Arei pah—Soldiers are gentlemen—Should fields be laid waste?—An opinion on sapping—Dangerous position of H.M. colonial war steamer, " Victoria" —General Cameron arrives—Terms of peace offered to the Ngatiawas—British and native losses—A new flag proposed—Camp at Otahuhu—His Excellency Sir George Grey resumes the government, and His Excellency, Colonel Gore Brown becomes Governor of Tasmania—Policy of Sir George Grey.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The</hi> sap was continued in front of No. 8 Redoubt until a depression in the ground occasioned its exposure to a heavy plunging fire from Te Arei pah, and it became necessary <pb xml:id="n298" n="290"/>to suspend it for a time. To keep down the fire of the enemy, a demi-parallel, to afford cover for marksmen, and for a howitzer and cohorn mortar, was formed on the left of the sap, and the sap was then recommenced, though exposed daily to a heavy fire. One day the enemy opened fire from their whole line, commencing from their extreme left in the bush, to the right rear of No. 7 Redoubt, in order to draw attention from the sap, into which they poured a sharp fire from the scrub on the edge of the precipice, about twenty-five yards to the left of the head of the sap.</p>
        <p>A number of our rifles now became damaged by bursting at the muzzle, half way down the barrel, or at the breech; these pieces had been taken into use during the Crimean war, and seemed not to be calculated for long service; " leading " might have had something to do with the matter. Still the weapon may be too delicate, and if shortened and thickened, (without being made heavier) and the bayonet or sword bayonet lengthened, the proper " tool " may be devised for general service.</p>
        <p>Whilst on the subject of rifles, I may remark, that I saw an unexpected mine of steel <pb xml:id="n299" n="291"/>in riding one afternoon along the beach at the Sugar-loaf Islands, Taranaki, with Deputy- Commissary-General Stanley Jones. The sand had the appearance of steel filings, and a magnet could take up a large quantity. The deposit was probably thrown from Mount Egmont when an active volcano; it extends for miles, and is of considerable thickness. It is a geological curiosity, and Captain Morshead, a gentleman from the west of England, has been turning it to practical use by smelting it. It is a pure ore, contains 88.45 of peroxide of iron, 11.43 of oxide of tetanium with silica, and only twelve of waste in a hundred parts.</p>
        <p>The Messrs. Moseley, the eminent cutlers and tool makers of New Street, Covent Garden, have taken the Taranaki sand in hand, and pronounced in its favour, and manufactured from it razors, scissors, pen-knives, surgical instruments, &amp;c, &amp;c.; it is also said to be very valuable for gun barrels and boring cutters for Ordnance purposes.</p>
        <p>In the beginning of March, some chiefs of the Waikato had a korero, or conference, with the Governor about peace, but as they had no <pb xml:id="n300" n="292"/>authority on the part of the insurgents to settle matters, nothing came of the conference.</p>
        <p>Among the incidents " at the front," where the sappers deserved the greatest credit for the persevering manner they worked at the sap with cheerfulness and zeal under continued fire, (stimulated by the admirable example of Captain Mould, and who was ably supported by Lieutenant Warburton, R.E.) some casualties occurred to the 40th and 57th, who on the left occupied by day some Maori rifle pits. The enemy soon observed this, and a party of them concealed themselves in the pits in the early morning, so that when our people advanced as before to supposed empty pits, they were received with a volley; after delivering which the Maories fled down the ravine in rear, and on the pits being immediately charged, no one was in them.</p>
        <p>On the 5th of March, the enemy advanced to such close quarters, to interrupt the progress of the sap, and fired so briskly, that our people fixed bayonets, expecting a momentary rush at the trenches. The defence of the enemy was most obstinate, and the difficult country abundantly favoured them, The 12th, <pb xml:id="n301" n="293"/>14th, 40th, 65th, and 57th, Royal Artillery and sailors were all actively engaged and anxious to be let loose to charge the pits and Te Arei pah, and it was difficult to hold them back, and to make them wait for that opportunity which was now daily expected, namely, a rush with assured success, and with smaller loss than one hundred and fifty men, which would probably have happened if the assault had been made at this stage of the proceedings. It will be remembered, the consequences of the exposed rush over two hundred and fifty yards before the Redan of Sevastopol.<note xml:id="fn41-293" n="*"><p>See passages in the Life of a Soldier.</p></note></p>
        <p>The traverses were placed a few yards apart in the sap, and alternated right and left, and were not in the centre with passages round as is sometimes employed, and which facilitates the passing of reliefs.</p>
        <p>Heavy rain interrupted now and then the progress of the advance, and it was not pleasant in No. 8 Redoubt, to keep an exposed watch after the labours of the day.</p>
        <p>It was now understood that Tarapipipi (William Thompson) had arrived at the Taranaki to assist in conducting the war, or to watch for an opportunity of making peace. <pb xml:id="n302" n="294"/>Before he left the Waikato for the Waitara, he wrote to the chairman of the Waikato committee, "that if any chief goes before the Governor, and speaks in favour of Mana Maori (Maori sovereignty) and of holding on by the land, these were his sentiments also," he used hard words about the Governor, " his thoughts like those of a wolf, but covered with sheep's clothing."</p>
        <p>Among the last events at the Taranaki, were the arrival of the Armstrong guns, and of mortars, &amp;c., these from Auckland; and a party cricketing outside the Omata stockade, receiving a volley from the bush, which, however, caused no casualties. A flag of truce was run up in the middle of March to enable Mr. Hay and Mr. Parris, the native commissioners, to communicate with Tarapipipi.</p>
        <p>The beautiful and well-kept residence of Captain H. King, near New Plymouth, was given to the flames by the Ngatiruanuis, and the mansion-house, stables, and outhouses became a blackened mass of ruins; other fires also followed.</p>
        <p>Negotiations not being concluded satisfactorily with Tarapipipi, &amp;c., hostilities <choice><orig>recom-<pb xml:id="n303" n="295"/>menced</orig><reg>recommenced</reg></choice>, the 10-inch mortars and Armstrong guns playing on the rifle pits about Te Arei pah, and the sap being vigorously pushed forward.</p>
        <p>To prevent a second removal of the sap rollers, one was prepared with a shell behind it. Sunk in its box in the earth, a lanyard with a friction fuse, connected the shell with the sap roller. All was quiet for some time, when a loud explosion was heard at the head of the sap, the trap had succeeded as was afterwards ascertained. Three Maories had come down from the pah, and attempted to displace the sap roller as before; it was moved, and the shell bursting, drove one of the Maories in pieces over the cliff on the left, and wounded two others, who escaped with difficulty to the pah.</p>
        <p>On the verge of the cliff over-looking the Waitara, were three or four neatly contrived pits lined with fern, and which I afterwards entered, they were intended to interrupt the progress of the sap on the left, shots from these wounded men, but the demi-parallel, or branch sap, before mentioned, helped to keep down the fire from these pits.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n304" n="296"/>
        <p>A heavy item in the expensive game of war appeared in the shape of one hundred and eighty horses, purchased in Sydney for the artillery in New Zealand, these cost about £35 each, and the whole expense attending them, when in charge of Captain Watson, R.A., their passage in the " Light of the Age," a thirteen hundred ton ship, and with attendants, &amp;c., amounted to about £10,000.</p>
        <p>The New Zealand people thought that one hundred good horses used to draft, might have been picked up in the North Island, and which would have answered better than the unruly buck jumping animals of New South Wales, some of which struck with fore and hind feet alternately, plunged, snorted, and were perfectly frantic, and requiring much " Rareying."</p>
        <p>In former wars at the Cape (in one of which I was engaged), it was not the custom to encumber the troops with much baggage, they were also made to understand that where the Caffres could move, there the white soldier could penetrate, that paths would be found in the bush, that attacks at early dawn were best, and that much was to be done by the <pb xml:id="n305" n="297"/>intelligence department, in ascertaining the position and strength of the enemy, &amp;c. My former class fellow, Senior Department, Royal Military College, the late Sir William Eyre, perfected this system, and was particularly successful as a partizan commander. The same system was recommended for Maori warfare, but it was not altogether applicable, for though the Caffres occupied often strong ground among krantzes or cliffs, they had no pahs, no stockades, no flanking rifle trenches.</p>
        <p>The pertinacity of the sap in advancing towards the enemy's stronghold, the display of new and terrible resources, in the form of great mortars and rifled cannon, the arrival of fresh troops, the excellent Commissariat arrangements under Mr Jones, Mr. Bartlett, Mr. Clerk and others to feed these, seemed at last to wear out the enemy. Some writers, at a distance, found fault with the sap. This good it answered, namely, to draw the insurgents towards it as a piece of meat does flies; no sap, and there might have been desultory and unsatisfactory warfare going on in several places at once, and more devastated settlements.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n306" n="298"/>
        <p>In reviewing this conflict in the Taranaki, one should discriminate between the combatants ranged against us, the upper Waikatos, the Ngatiawas, the Ngatiruanuis, and the Taranakis, the two last were least deserving of consideration, for throughout they exhibited no generosity, but utter blood thirstiness and wanton destruction of property without having received previous injuries or loss of land; for years past, as was explained, they have hated the Pakeha.</p>
        <p>Wiremu Kingi and his Ngatiawas fought for the tribal right over the land, whilst the upper Waikatos seemed to have entered on the contest, generally, for independence, or for Rangatiratanga, the chieftainship of New Zealand; where the King's flag flew they fought. It is true, lands in the Upper Waikato had not been acquired by the Government, but as they knew our settlements were gradually extending, and they were not in creasing in population, but the contrary, the apprehension not unnaturally seized them of being driven into corners, and of being forced from the fertile plains to the forests and the hills. It is absurd to call them rebels, for <pb xml:id="n307" n="299"/>they never were British subjects, and if we do not blame our own British ancestors for resisting the Roman dominion, neither can we blame the proud Waikato. But the contest once begun, it was necessary to continue it till peace could be established on a sure basis, and not a hollow one, patched up or hastily concluded.</p>
        <p>The casualties in the 14th regiment occurred in the middle of March, and for young soldiers, never under fire before they came to the Taranaki, they acquitted themselves exceedingly well, fighting as stoutly and working as hard and as cheerfully as the men of the older corps. The 2.14th was the first of the new battalions which had smelt powder. When I rode up one afternoon to No. 6 Redoubt, occupied by No. 7 company, and the men turned out to cheer, I was much gratified to see them in such good case, and looking so well in their blue smocks after their hard work. No. 10 was in the Waitara camp, and, as a light company, could stand a comparison, as to smart men, with any in the field.</p>
        <p>The active operations, being resumed, were prosecuted with vigour; after sunset the air <pb xml:id="n308" n="300"/>was rent with bursting shells and rushing shot. There were now in front of Te Arei pah, two 8-inch guns, and two 8-inch and two 10-inch mortars, as many cohorns, one 24lb. howitzer, a 12-pounder and a 9-pounder field-piece.</p>
        <p>That the Maories held out well under the fire from these big guns proves their courage and endurance, as they had no artillery to reply to ours. Their well sustained rifle and musketry fire proved their determination to defend their position to the last extremity.</p>
        <p>The demi-parallel and the sap were lined by the coverers of those working at the sap, and pushing it on under heavy fire. The Maories ever and anon exposed themselves from their rifle pits to take aim, and our men showed themselves over the crest of the parapet to have a better chance of a shot. The rattling of the musketry was accompanied by the booming of the great guns and the bursting of shells, which probably were the most destructive of all, by scattering an iron shower into the pits, or bursting in the ground like a small volcano. Hand grenades were also brought up and thrown by the Royal Artillery, <pb xml:id="n309" n="301"/>the fighting was now at such close quarters; there were casualties in the 57th and 65th regiments; men were wounded in the sap, one died of his wounds.</p>
        <p>At night it was curious to watch the flight of the shell of the Armstrong guns, the fuse causing it to appear like a flash of lightning darting with irresistable force to its destination among the rifle pits near the pah, whilst the shells from the mortars, rising like meteors to a great height in the air, fell with a crash into the middle of the devoted stockade. " We did not like the shells," said a Maori warrior, " before this we used to leave off fighting at six o'clock, cook our meals and rest for the night; but now in the dark, one of these great things comes down upon us, buries itself in the ground, then there is a sort of earthquake, it blows up, and we are scattered with pieces of iron, and get no peace."</p>
        <p>The bag of powder to make a breach in a pah, had not yet been tried in this war. We remember long ago the inefficiency of round shot fired directly against Burman stockades, and it is understood the best way to shake and destroy a Maori pah, is to fire diagonally <pb xml:id="n310" n="302"/>at the prolongation of a face, instead of at right angles to it, and thus, like firing diagonally at the gable of a house, knock a hole in its side.</p>
        <p>A scaling ladder could rest on a Burman stockade, its' top allowed this, but the irregular picketing of a Maori pah rendered escalading difficult.</p>
        <p>On March the 17th, St. Patrick's day, the anniversary of the war that commenced the desolation of the beautiful province of the Taranaki. One of the most zealous and hard working officers, a young man of rare courage and modesty combined, Lieutenant Macnaughten, R.A., fell. He was in the branch parallel; with plumb line in hand, he was adjusting the elevation of a mortar when a musket ball striking his right wrist entered his breast. An officer near him said, " Macnaughten, you are hit!" he smiled and said, "Oh, it's only in the hand;" but turning pale he staggered, fell back and died. There was great grief expressed by the officers and men of both arms, with whom he had served for the last twelve months, as the gallant young soldier was carried to the rear.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n311" n="303"/>
        <p>The Maories had cut a narrow ledge leading from the pah to the left of the branch parallel, this was two hundred and fifty feet above the bed of the river, and it was notched with rifle pits, as I before noticed. It was proposed to have charged up this ledge, but it seemed to me that this would have been madness, as the storming party could only have advanced along it in Indian file, and if met by a score of the enemy, they must have been hurled over the precipice in detail,—truly a forlorn hope.</p>
        <p>On the 18th of March a fierce conflict raged for some time on the right of No. 7 Redoubt, where the engineers were constructing a battery to play on the hills and pits on the right. The 14th, 57th, and 65th formed the covering and working parties for the trenches. Major Nelson was field officer of the day, and he moved about with his usual energy; the natives, collected in great numbers on the right, were met by the 40th, and rapid file firing took place between them, whilst the Maories from the pits outside the pah opened a brisk fire on the coverers in the sap. The roar of the great guns was intermingled in the fray, the result of which was three privates <pb xml:id="n312" n="304"/>40th killed, and Lieutenants Reese and Whelan wounded, and two privates of the same corps, and a serjeant (Christie) of the Royal Artillery, wounded.</p>
        <p>A shell from a cohorn mortar fired by Captain Mercer, Royal Artillery, fell on hard ground, and not bursting, rebounded and returned, like a bomerang, to nearly the spot from whence it was discharged, a curious incident in projectiles.</p>
        <p>On the 19th of March, a white flag was again hoisted on Te Arei pah, the guns were silent and the sappers at a stand still, waiting the result of this peaceful indication. Messrs. MacLean, Parris and Hay, arrived at No. 6 Redoubt; another white flag was hoisted at the edge of the forest, to the right of No. 3, and the commissioners repaired thither to meet the insurgent chiefs, who now evidently desired an end of the contest. Shouts were heard in the trenches when the commissioners met the chiefs in the forest, it was conjectured that the natives knew that Te Arei (or Pukerangeora) must immediately fall, their ammunition was running low, winter was approaching when their sufferings would have <pb xml:id="n313" n="305"/>been great for the want of adequate clothes. Of food, it was understood they had yet stores of potatoes, pigs, wild in the woods, and fern roots, besides a number of the settlers' cattle to kill and eat.</p>
        <p>On the morning of the 20th of March, parties of Waikatos were seen to leave Pukerangeora and move off to the north, they went away in sixes and sevens, carrying pickaus or packs, and firing off their muskets, apparently as a parting salute. Though an hospital for wounded had been established at W. Kingi's place, Mataitawa,<note xml:id="fn42-305" n="*"><p>Mataitawa; matai,' a view or prospect from a hilltop, 'tawa,' a tree, <hi rend="i">Saurus tawa.</hi></p></note> beyond the forest on the right of Huirangi, the Waikatos carried with them to their own valleys, a considerable number of wounded, with whom they moved slowly up the coast, before they struck into the interior.</p>
        <p>At one of the conferences the natives said, " Another rush had been intended at one or other of the Redoubts, like that on No. 3, but the plan was not matured."</p>
        <p>On the 21st of March, Mr. MacLean brought a number of his fighting friends, as <pb xml:id="n314" n="306"/>he called them, to pay a visit to Colonel Wyatt in No. 6 Redoubt, the Colonel received them most affably, directed his Quartermaster, Withers, (an excellent officer of thirty-eight years service) to cater for them; the soldiers also gathered round the attendants of the chiefs, with whom three days before they had been engaged in deadly conflict, all animosity seemed forgotten, hands were frankly shaken, and food and pipes produced. Some of the chiefs wore white feathers in their hair, which they presented to the officers in token of amity.</p>
        <p>" The British soldiers," said a Maori, " are a tribe of gentlemen, they bear no malice after a fight, but holding up their tins, call out, ' Tea capai!' here is good tea for you to drink!"</p>
        <p>Some more of the fighting men afterwards came in, gaunt and hungry looking; at first they craved tobacco, one said he was dying for it, not having smoked for three months, but afterwards clothes were in demand.</p>
        <p>Some of the Maories invited the soldiers to go for fruit, some went to the karaka<note xml:id="fn43-306" n="*"><p>Corynocarpus lævigata.</p></note> grove <pb xml:id="n315" n="307"/>to the right of No. 6 Redoubt, and saw wharres there and natives living in them, and cultivation. They also observed the graves of the soldiers Ramsay and Mackindry, 65th, neatly railed in. At the first was a flag, and on a board " Hanuere 16, 1861. He pakeha," "the 16th of January, 1861, a foreigner." All which showed a good feeling on the part of the Maories.</p>
        <p>I have seen the destruction of crops, and the burning of houses or huts in seats of war, and the terrible misery to helpless women and children; among other places in Turkey after the passage of the Balcan by the Russians under Marshal Diebitch, and I never wish to witness this again. Columns have been directed to penetrate an enemy's country for the purpose of burning dwellings, and destroying grain ripe from the sickle. Splendid crops of maize and millet in the fertile valleys of another beautiful mountain land, with an undergrowth of pumpkins, melons, &amp;c., have been cut down, dug out and destroyed, to bring the owners of this food to sue for peace. Occupation and patrolling might have effected the same object, and in a way more worthy of a civilized <pb xml:id="n316" n="308"/>people, and many deaths of cold and hunger spared.</p>
        <p>It was the opinion of Colonel Mould, commanding Royal Engineer, and who has had considerable experience of the Maories and of their mode of fighting, that an attack conducted as that against Te Arei pah was the only one which, under the circumstances, was likely to be effectual in reducing the enemy to submission. Looking at the difficult nature of the country, the admirable positions taken up by the enemy, their peculiar mode of warfare, their character and disposition, attacks by " vive force" on their position would not have had any moral effect upon them, whilst, on the other hand, they would probably be elated, and their courage raised by the mischief they had done. The enemy themselves, unseen in their rifle pits would have an attacking force in full view during their advance, would by a dropping fire have harassed the columns in their approach, and when the troops were sufficiently close would have poured in a deadly volley, and slunk with little loss into the bush, the scrub and impracticable swamps and gullies in their rear, leaving nothing but <pb xml:id="n317" n="309"/>empty rifle pits as a barren conquest gained at considerable loss, and giving the savage enemy, what would be in their eyes, a victory, increasing their audacity, and placing a peace-able solution at a greater distance.</p>
        <p>Position after position might be attacked and taken in this way until the enemy retired into their fastnesses, where it would be destruction to follow them, and from whence they would emerge on the retirement-of their assailants. The Maories having their scouts constantly on the watch for every movement of their enemy, would in anticipation of an attack, according to their customs, inflame their passions and excite their courage to make a determined resistance on the advance of the columns, but when driven out of their positions, and having retired to their next line, or to their bush and fastnesses, the excitement for the time subsides, until they again arouse it to meet further assaults. But this excitement they cannot sustain, and when a patient, though determined advance is made day by day, and they are incessantly harassed, they lose heart in proportion as they lose ground and men, their casualties becoming infinitely <pb xml:id="n318" n="310"/>greater, whilst those of the attacking party are in proportion diminished as they are under cover, they become wearied and depressed, are confounded by a mode of attack so novel and so pertinaciously persisted in, and desirous of peace and rest. It was, therefore, considered that the mode of procedure adopted by General Pratt was the cause of the cessation of hostilities, and the evident desire for peace evinced by the Waikato natives, the real principals in the war, as shown by their rapid retirement from the recent scene of operations.</p>
        <p>A sketch, without a correct survey, could not give a precise idea of the difficult nature of the ground and the strength of the positions, especially the last, so admirably selected and occupied by the natives. Nor can a verbal description give a knowledge of the nature of the defences constructed by them. Their sites are but barely indicated by a narrow line of newly moved earth carefully spread, not exceeding six inches above the general surface of the ground, whilst for the most part they, as well as the defenders, are invisible, a head only occasionally being raised <pb xml:id="n319" n="311"/>above the level of the ground to reconnoitre, though the line may be thickly occupied; in the recent case, it is presumed by a force at first amounting to fifteen hundred men.</p>
        <p>His Excellency Governor Gore Brown, accompanied by the Honourable Mr. Waitaker, the Attorney General, the Honourable Mr. Weld, the native Minister, the Chief Commissioner MacLean, Captain Steward, Private Secretary, and the following Maories of note: Tamati Waaka Nene, Tamati Ngapura, Mangonui, Rikari, Ihaka (Isaac), Te Tihi, Horomona (Solomon) Aihepene, Anuru, Te Huia Te Keene, Te Hemara, Wyniata (Wynyard) Papahia, Hohepa (Joseph) Tamaihangia, Hapimana, Mokoera, Te Horohau, Te Mokena, Pita (Peter), John Nobbs and Perikanau, a native who was for some time at the Cape with Sir George Grey, arrived at the Taranaki by H.M.S. "Victoria." I was on board this war steamer when she was nearly swallowed up by giant waves in crossing the bar at the Manukau Heads. The pilot on shore there gave no signal of danger, but when the steamer got out to sea, one great wave succeeded another, rolling up from the <choice><orig>south-<pb xml:id="n320" n="312"/>west</orig><reg>southwest</reg></choice> in great masses, upon which she climbed and descended on the other side, till the captain on the bridge called out, " hold on every body!" and suddenly the bows disappeared with a roar in a mass of spray; fifty tons of water rushed aft, washed some of the hands, bruised, under the guns forward, swept those of us who were aft off our legs, I clung to the mizen rigging, whilst the interpreter, Mr. Baker, was carried over the side on the top of the wave, but managing to hold on at the gangway was saved. The Governor and others, were below and escaped a wetting, the Maories were drenched to their necks, but seemed to enjoy the excitement. If the sea had reached the fires, or the machinery had become deranged, (at one pitch we seemed to touch the bottom) we must have been driven upon one of the numerous sand banks, among which we were, and miserably perished; but we were providentially preserved.</p>
        <p>The insurgents still held out, and occupied their places of strength and rifle pits, disdaining to yield easily; towards the south the enemy retired from their pahs into the forests.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n321" n="313"/>
        <p>Settlers venturing out from New Plymouth to examine the state of the country, found it nearly completely ravaged; four houses out of five were destroyed, some had been spared to serve as lodging places for the enemy, others had been attempted to be set on fire, but it had not taken, five-sixths of the cattle were gone, and the bodies of cows, oxen and sheep, shot in wantonness, apparently by the Ngatiruanuis and Taranakis, polluted the air. No horses appeared.</p>
        <p>In the morning of the 30th of March, whilst I was staying with Colonel Sillery at New Plymouth, the " Airedale " steamer, with the mail, dropped anchor, and from her unexpectedly landed Lieutenant-General, D. A. Cameron, C.B., who had come to supersede General Pratt in the command of the troops at the seat of war, the Australian and New Zealand commands becoming distinct. General Cameron was accompanied by Major Whitmore, as Military Secretary, and Captain MacNeil, A.D.C., also the General's niece, Miss Cherry, was on board. I had been a brother officer of the General in the 42nd Royal Highlanders, some years ago. His well known ability, <pb xml:id="n322" n="314"/>energy and firmness of character had induced his Royal Highnes, the General Commanding-in-chief, to ask him to give up his desirable command of the troops in Scotland, and to go on active service to the World's End, and he immediately undertook what was required of him. Having got horses, he rode off at once, after landing, to the Waitara, where he dropped into the midst of the camp like a shell into the Redan, and announced his appointment. General Pratt soon afterwards returned with his staff to Melbourne, where he met with a distinguished reception, and afterwards was rewarded with the Commander's Star of the Bath.</p>
        <p>On the 30th of March, twenty years ago, the first ship load of emigrants arrived off the Taranaki, dropped anchor off Maturoa, and found shelter near the Sugar-loaf Islands in tents, and in a shed built by Barrett, the whaler. " To these people, many of whom still call this place their home" as the intelligent editor of the Taranaki Herald said, " as they gazed on the symetrical cone of Egmont, the luxuriant fern where now are rich pastures, and the lovely copses of low <pb xml:id="n323" n="315"/>delicate trees, such as now are found in the narrow valley of the Waiwhakaiho river,<note xml:id="fn44-315" n="*"><p>'Waiwhakaiho', descending waters.</p></note> the idea can hardly have occurred that twenty years would find many of them as houseless as on their first landing."</p>
        <p>After conferences and negotiations with the insurgents, and the Waikatos and southern natives having retired from the contest, the terms now offered by the Governor to the Ngatiawas of the Waitara, whose valley we now held, were these: " Haperona and Ngatiawa. For twelve months you have been carrying arms against Her Majesty the Queen, and the authority of the law, you have now laid down your arms and expressed your desire for peace, believing you to be sincere, I have come from Auckland for the purpose of stating the terms upon which it will be granted, and upon which Her Majesty's gracious pardon and protection will be extended to you. They are as follows:</p>
        <q><list>
          <label>" 1.</label>
          <item>The investigation of the title, and the survey of the land at the Waitara to be continued and completed without interruption.</item>
          <pb xml:id="n324" n="316"/>
          <label>" 2.</label>
          <item>Every man to be permitted to state his claims without interference, and my decision, or the decision of such persons as I shall appoint, to be conclusive.</item>
          <label>" 3.</label>
          <item>All the land in possession of Her Majesty's forces, belonging to those who have borne arms against Her Majesty, to be disposed of by me as I may think fit.</item>
          <label>" 4.</label>
          <item>All guns belonging to the Government to be returned.</item>
          <label>" 5.</label>
          <item>All plunder taken from the settlers to be forthwith restored.</item>
          <label>" 6.</label>
          <item>The Ngatiawas, who have borne arms against the Government, must submit to the Queen and to the authority of the law, and not resort to force for the redress of wrongs, real or imaginary.</item>
          <label>" 7.</label>
          <item>As I did not use force for the acquisition of land, but for the vindication of the law, and for the protection of Her Majesty's native subjects in the exercise of their just rights, I shall divide the land, which I have stated my intention to dispose off, amongst its former owners; but I shall reserve the sites of the Block-houses and Redoubts, and a small piece of land round each, for the public <pb xml:id="n325" n="317"/>use, and shall exercise the right of making roads through the Waitara district.</item>
        </list>
		 <p>" On your submission to these terms you will come under the protection of the law and enjoy your property, with lands and goods without molestation."</p>
		 </q>
        <p>The Juror's list for the province of Taranaki did not show more than two hundred and twelve country settlers who had houses in the country, of these one hundred and seventy six were totally destroyed by the insurgents, whilst those houses which were left standing, were chopped and broken in pieces, doors, windows, lining boards destroyed, and in some cases the upright boarding taken away, that the houses were almost as much injured as if burned. We may, therefore, say in round numbers that two hundred settlers' houses were destroyed in the Taranaki.</p>
        <p>Of the natives, it was understood that three hundred had been slain besides a great number wounded, and latterly in the pahs, rifle pits and woods round the sap, fifteen hundred warriors were the numbers collected there, with all the advantages of ground in their favour, they found the war a losing game, and <pb xml:id="n326" n="318"/>submitted, that is the Ngatiawas; the Ngatiruanuis and Taranakis fled south and made no terms; the Ngatiawas remained in the Waitara district, and with them the above terms were made. Wiremu Kingi retired to the Waikato with the Waikatos who had joined him against the Pakeha, and Haperona was left to conclude a peace for the Ngatiawa of the Taranaki.</p>
        <p>His Excellency and the ministers came from the Waitara to New Plymouth on the 8th of April. A considerable number of people were assembled to see them enter the town, but owing to the doubt and anxiety in their minds respecting the terms of peace, His Excellency was received without any demonstration.</p>
        <p>General Cameron reviewed the force at the Waitara and at New Plymouth, and the prisoners of war remaining were liberated. They had been treated with every consideration.</p>
        <p>The Nagatiruanuis and the Taranakis having retired south, as I have stated, without any terms of peace being made, it was conjectured that the repayment of the settlers' losses, to <pb xml:id="n327" n="319"/>a certain extent at least, would be required of them, the formation of a good road through their country to Wanganui, would be undertaken, and the establishment of one or two military posts along it; while among the Waikato, the lowering the King's flag, the acknowledgment of the Queen's authority, and the formation of roads, would be held sufficient submission by the bold tribe, which had already lost so many of the flower of its warriors. As so much importance is attached to flags by the Maories, and displacing one was the cause of a former war, I took the liberty of submitting a united British and Maori flag for consideration, with a red or blue field, the union in the upper corner, and in the centre the favourite device of the Maories, three stars, emblematical of " religion, love and law," the motto of the great chief Te Whero Whero.</p>
        <p>A military settlement was also talked of on British land, on the Waikato to preserve order. The Waikatos professing that the original idea they had in hoisting a King's flag, was to establish order and prevent crime by the strong hand among themselves. If their King <pb xml:id="n328" n="320"/>then becomes a chief magistrate, assisted by a native council, but all directed by and subject to the British Government, the native difficulty may be thus settled.</p>
        <p>The Taranaki settlers held a meeting, and a deputation from it waited on His Excellency to hear further regarding the terms of peace, and to ascertain, if possible, what would be their position. The Governor stated that he desired to do the strictest justice to the settlers of Taranaki in whose sufferings he warmly sympathised, he believed the land league to prevent the sale of land to the Pakeha was broken up, as far as related to the Taranaki, and that land could again be bought in it from the natives. If the Taranakis and Ngatiruanuis did not make peace soon, the affair would be placed in the hands of General Cameron. As the war might not yet be half over, he did not encourage the idea of bringing back at present, the families from Nelson, &amp;c. The militia would be recognized and classified. British law would be enforced strictly in the Taranaki generally, and arms would be supplied to every settler, to enable him to assist in preserving order and preventing insult.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n329" n="321"/>
        <p>Shortly after this, the Governor and his ministers returned to Auckland, detachments of the 14th garrisoned some of the pahs in the Taranaki, the 12th, 40th, and 65th being withdrawn to the province of Auckland.</p>
        <p>The 57th remained alone in the Taranaki with a united detachment, 57th and 65th, at Wanganui, and the detachment 14th joined the camp at Otahuhu, where, when first established, as senior officer, I commanded. The 70th came from India, the field-officers of which were Colonels Galloway and Chute, Majors Ryan and Mulock, and there were for the winter months under canvas, the detachment 12th regiment, the head-quarters of the 14th, 40th and 70th regiments, and the 65th and Royal Engineers, and Royal Artillery in Auckland; at the camp and in Auckland about three thousand men altogether.</p>
        <p>I will not enlarge on the discomfort attending living in a subaltern's bell tent (we had no marquees for field-officers) during the three months of winter rains, and frost occasionally so severe at night, that the blankets failed to enable one to sleep through it; but we weathered it, had good appetites, and found <pb xml:id="n330" n="322"/>the huts afterwards a very agreeable change from the mud and damp of the tents, which sometimes too were blown down by the violence of the gales on our hill side, between the Tamati creek and Manukau harbour.</p>
        <p>When the weather and the roads permitted, I made excursions to the Howick Ranges with their extensive views of sea, and forest, and distant hills, to the Mangaree native settlements, and to the noble valley of the deep and clear Waikato beyond the ten mile forest, glorious with tree-fern and nicau palms, and entangled with bush ropes, creepers, and parasites.</p>
        <p>On the 26th of September, His Excellency Sir George Grey, K.C.B., arrived in H.M.S. ' Cossack ' from his Government at the Cape of Good Hope to resume the Government of New Zealand, where for eight years he had previously most successfully conducted affairs. His Excellency, Colonel Gore Brown, C.B., was now relieved from the Government which he had held for six years, was directed by the Colonial Minister to proceed to Sydney, which he did, and there received the intelligence of his appointment to the Government of Tasmania.</p>
        <p>Instead of a war policy, Sir George Grey <pb xml:id="n331" n="323"/>offered to the Maories a system of civil institutions, similar to that which he introduced at the Cape of Good Hope, and which led to the settlement of difficulties of far greater magnitude then any which existed in New Zealand.</p>
        <p>He proposed to divide the colony into districts, over each of which was to be placed an European Commissioner, resident magistrate, or other officers, who were to be assisted by a district council of leading chiefs, and a subordinate council or runanga. To each runanga was to be attached a chief policeman and a certain number of native constables; the members of the district councils to receive pay as well as other office bearers, differing in amount. Judicial powers to be conferred on the members of council with certain limits, also power of local taxation and the construction of public works. Europeans to be allowed to settle within native districts on certain terms, and with the consent of the native authorities. This system has had a trial at the Cape of seven years, is somewhat costly at first, but pays its own expenses in the end, and has been eminently successful. In New Zealand, " so mote it be!"</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n332" n="324"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d16" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XVI.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>Illustrations of Maori character during the War—They have a chivalry of their own—Recapitulation of the principal events of the War—Remarkable experiences of the Rev. Mr. Wilson during the contest—Receives from the leader Epiha an account of the reverses at Puketakauere—Weteni promises to endeavour to spare the wounded and prisoners in future—Mr. Wilson visits the native camp—His conferences in the cause of humanity—Maories anxious about the graves of their slain—Native orators—Extraordinary appearance of the fighting chief Haperona—Interesting dialogue with a wounded prisoner—How a New Zealander can endure suffering—Patience and resignation of the wounded soldiers—Two characteristic anecdotes of the natives engaged in the Taranaki war—Mokau's noble act of friendship, and Natawa's heroic endurance.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Those</hi> who have fought with the Maories are the last to despise them as foes; on the contrary, the British troops who contended against these lusty, active, intelligent, tattoed warriors in the deep gullies, on the wooded banks of the clear streams, and on the ferny plains of the Taranaki respect them.</p>
        <p>As native engineers, who have not passed <pb xml:id="n333" n="325"/>through any military college, their ability was wonderful in choosing and fortifying a position with pahs or stockades, as was their arrangement of rifle pits to fire from, under cover of the picketing, and outside the pah to take in flank an advancing enemy, and if need be, to provide a rapid retreat for themselves down a wooded ravine in the rear. Like maids of Saragoza, young Maori women used their fire-arms as well as the men in the rifle pits of the Taranaki.</p>
        <p>The Maories too have a chivalry of their own, in not taking undue advantage or striking before they have given warning to their enemies; but once the contest is begun, they, as is usual with other contending parties, take every means in their power to discomfit their opponents. Yet, anxious as they are to be thought civilized and superior to their ancestors in manners and customs, they will not yet understand that prisoners and wounded men should be spared.</p>
        <p>On account of the dispute about a block of six hundred acres of land at the mouth of the Waitara river, Taranaki, this last war began, as we have stated, in the middle of <pb xml:id="n334" n="326"/>March, 1860, and fighting went on till April, 1861; then came a lull, the removal of Governor Gore Brown to Tasmania, Sir George Grey substituted at New Zealand, and the troops engaged in road-making towards the country of the most warlike tribe in the North Island, the Waikatos, till they should conclude terms of peace and amity with Her Majesty's most worthy representative.</p>
        <p>The principal events during the contests in the Taranaki, were, as we may recapitulate, the taking the pah Te Kohia, or the L pah, by Colonel Gold, the fight at the Waireka hill, the Southern expedition from New Plymouth against the Taranakis and Ngatiruanuis, the reverse sustained by the troops at Puketakauere, the expedition to Huirangi by General Pratt, the Kaihihi pahs taken, the action at Mahoetahi, the affairs at Matarikoriko, the assault of No. 3 Redoubt by and defeat of the Maories, the operations of the sap against Te Arei pah, and the arrival of General D. A. Cameron to command the troops.</p>
        <p>Among those who made themselves prominently useful in the Taranaki was, as we have said, the Rev. J. A. Wilson. He had <pb xml:id="n335" n="327"/>originally been in the navy, and for the last thirty years lie had laboured with the greatest zeal and success, as a church missionary among the Maories, highly esteemed by them, and greatly respected by his own countrymen. When no one could well venture along the roads and paths in the Taranaki during the conflict, there alone and carrying his handkerchief on his staff, he would fearlessly proceed on his mission of mercy and usefulness. I made his acquaintance at our camp at Otahuhu in order to elicit from him some of his experiences and also out of respect for his character.</p>
        <p>To mitigate as much as lay in his power the horrors of war, was Mr. Wilson's chief aim during the conflict, and how he succeeded will be found in what follows.</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson was originally led to visit Taranaki from various interviews which he had with some of the Waikato tribes after their return from the action of Pukatekauere. On that occasion part of the 40th Regiment under Major Nelson, and a small naval force under Commodore Seymour, were obliged to retire, leaving the dead and wounded on the field. When in the Waikato, Mr. Wilson <pb xml:id="n336" n="328"/>heard the native account of this tragedy from Epiha, the chief who led the natives, and also from other tribes immediately engaged in the repulse. It was indeed a sad catastrophe! The native narrative excited his sympathy and energy to interpose in behalf of his own countrymen. After the military retreated, all the wounded were indiscriminately put to death. Some of the wounded who had survived a day or two afterwards were found, and even these were not spared. Epiha said that on the-morning after the fight he sent natives to bury any of the dead who hitherto might have been unobserved. When they came to the first body which they found, the person who was about to dig the grave sat down on the fern, and in so doing, hurt a wounded man who was concealed beneath. The soldier instantly raised himself up and drew his bayonet in defence, but he was overpowered, and the native killed him with his spade. The party then came to a second body, at the back of which sat a wounded man, who had crept from the bush, and was eating the food found on the person of his dead comrade. This poor fellow had sufficient strength to wrest from <pb xml:id="n337" n="329"/>the first native his weapon, but being crippled and unable to rise, was shot dead by a second. Mr. Wilson enquired of the chief, why they behaved with such cruelty and cowardice to men who could no longer resist them? He answered, " What else could we do? had we spared them, we should ourselves have been killed." He spoke with praise of Lieut. Brooks of the 40th Regt., who defended himself for some time against three young men, till a fourth coming up, shot him. This man he pointed out, and who afterwards did Mr Wilson good service at Taranaki. But we shall omit further mention of this sad detail. The only object in stating thus far, is to show that there was a cause which led Mr. Wilson to visit the scene of death.</p>
        <p>During a prolonged visit at the Rev. Mr. Morgan's station in Upper Waikato, and which is situated in the very centre of the disaffected tribes, Mr. Morgan and Mr. Wilson spent many days among the natives who had recently returned from the seat of war; and as they were shortly to return there, every argument was used to influence them for the future, to spare and to treat kindly the <pb xml:id="n338" n="330"/>wounded and prisoners. To this, however, they would not consent. " What do you think we are going to Taranaki for?" they replied—"do you suppose, we are going to save mens' lives? We ask for no quarter ourselves, we give none! We only give what we ask." However, frequent intercourse with these men by degrees made some slight impression; and the night before they left the Waikato, Weteni Taiporutu, the chief who was to lead them, (a man of real patriotism and humanity, and who had already done what he could to strengthen the arguments used, and to persuade his people to be merciful as well as brave,) said to Mr. Wilson. "To-night we hold a Runanga, (meeting of deliberation and council) to consider what Mr. Morgan and yourself have hitherto urged; I shall induce the people if possible to comply. We leave at daylight to-morrow; return early, and you shall hear the decision of the Runanga."</p>
        <p>Early the next morning the natives were under arms, and the last were leaving when Mr. Wilson arrived. He found Weteni alone and displeased. His words were few; he observed, " We held the Runanga as I <choice><orig>pro-<pb xml:id="n339" n="331"/>mised</orig><reg>promised</reg></choice>, but the people will not hear. Epiha, Tioriori, and myself, (the three principal chiefs,) were for mercy; all the rest were against us. I now go with them to Taranaki, but should they persist, and act as at Puketakauere, I shall return to Waikato." He added in a low voice. " They say they will spare women and children," and after a pause, said, " perhaps!" This was a sad reverse to the hopes which had began to be entertained; and Mr. Wilson made a last effort by observing " I shall follow you to Taranaki! Perhaps, when you are all assembled, the chiefs may act otherwise? What do you think of my doing so?" He replied, " That will be best: if these tribes who have just left did consent, what would be the use of it? But come and see us there, and when all are assembled you will hear their determination."</p>
        <p>Thus they parted, he to fall in a few days at Mahoetahi, Mr. Wilson to carry out his humane intentions among his colleagues in the war. As Mr. Wilson had now no object to remain longer in Waikato, he returned to Auckland and stated the above facts to the Governor, Colonel Gore Brown, who advocated the <pb xml:id="n340" n="332"/>cause of humanity, and tendered his good wishes and kind advice in so good a cause; he provided a passage to New Plymouth, where Mr. Wilson arrived on the 27th December, 1860. The same afternoon he called on General Pratt and stated simply the object of his visit; his willingness to do anything to lessen on the part of the natives the ferocity, of the present struggle, his knowledge of the Ngatihaua, the bravest and most influential of the Waikato tribes, his long residence in the country; and asked his permission to proceed to the native camp.</p>
        <p>The General, to whom Mr. Wilson was a perfect stranger, but of whom he subsequently saw much, though most anxious to, save life, did not quite like this request; he at first received the proposition coldly; but after much consideration, he at last said, " You can go, but it will place you in an awkward position as we march at daylight to-morrow; there is not time, you should have come sooner." Mr. Wilson, however, accepted his assent; and the next morning while the troops were forming in the town, he left with a native guide for Matarikoriko. Weteni and most of the men he had led from Waikato had already <pb xml:id="n341" n="333"/>perished at Mahoetahi, and he had now no supporter among the chiefs, and was unknown to the natives in this part of the country. After a ride of three hours through a country deserted by settlers and wasted by the aborigines, he arrived at the native pah, some distance inland of Puketakauere, and situated on a beautiful elevation commanding the chief part of the Waitara; here the Maories were cheerfully awaiting the advance of the troops, of whose movements they appeared to have received intelligence. When about half a mile from Matarikoriko, Mr. Wilson came up to two men gathering sow thistles, who belonged to the Weteni tribe. They saluted him kindly, and then called to the people in the distance, in a manner peculiar perhaps to the natives of New Zealand, in terms of excitement, and announced his name, &amp;c. They were soon surrounded by a number of armed men who were surprised to see a stranger, and refused to let him go further.</p>
        <p>Though at first disposed to be insolent, the influence of the few Ngatihaua present kept things quiet, and when the chief men had assembled from the pah, Mr. Wilson explained <pb xml:id="n342" n="334"/>the cause of his coming among them, and proposed the following terms for the mutual good of both sides:</p>
		  <q>
		  <list>
        <label>1st.</label><item>That all the wounded shall be treated with humanity.</item>
        <label>2nd.</label><item>That prisoners shall be uninjured, and exchanged.</item>
        <label>3rd.</label><item>That the dead shall be unmolested, and buried by their respective people.</item>
        <label>4th.</label><item>That persons approaching under a flag of truce shall be respected.</item>
		  </list>
		  </q>
        <p>Mr. Wilson reminded them of the scripture doctrine of mercy; of the uncertainty of success in war, and their personal interest in these conditions; but being flushed with the events at Puketakauere, they were deaf to remonstrance. A Ngatihaua chief named Henere, and Haporona of Taranaki, replied on the part of the natives, and refused to make any terms. Haporona turned angrily and said, " The soldiers are now on their way here; this is not a time to speak about mercy; we have given our reply, you must leave at once, and take this message to the General," (which is not worth repeating). Mr. Wilson smiled. " Do you deride my words <pb xml:id="n343" n="335"/>and mock me?" (coming at the same time close in front of him.) Fastening his eyes as firmly on him in turn, Mr. Wilson replied, " Why should I not laugh? You think you have only to speak, and I must obey you and carry your message to the General; I bring you a message from above, and you reject it. What I have offered is for your own good, and for the Europeans." Henere, whom Mr, Wilson had known in better days, when he was the chief teacher at Matamata of the Ngatihaua, knew that he spoke rightly, and checked his furious comrade. The other, savage as he was, ceased to menace; and then strange to say, he insisted on Mr. Wilson holding prayer with them before he left, in which he was warmly seconded by a native teacher from Waikato. This Mr. Wilson refused; they asked the reason. " Because," said he, " you knowingly disobey the will of God. God is a God of mercy; you know this, and yet you refuse to shew pity. God will not hear the prayer of the unmerciful; prayer would be useless." They still continued to urge, but Mr. Wilson refused. He afterwards followed the General, told him what had passed, and the present failure.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n344" n="336"/>
        <p>The day following the natives were attacked at Matarikoriko. Mr. Wilson came up with them on the second day of the encounter. It was Sunday; the General consented to a truce, and Mr. Wilson went over to the native rifle-pits. Little more than 130 yards from the troops, Mr. Wilson came upon two sentries; the first a dwarf who was also humpbacked, (and was afterwards killed at No. 3 Redoubt.) The dwarf, who was slight and nearly naked, presented so striking a contrast to the fine men of the 40th and 65th Regiments, who were now carelessly lounging in their great-coats along the parapets they had thrown up in the midst of the native fire, that it was impossible to repress a smile as Mr. Wilson approached him; but he and his companion, both of whom were unknown to Mr. Wilson, were in another mood, and remained, stern and silent, refusing to answer. While in this rather awkward position, a third native rose up from the fern, and recognised Mr. Wilson; he belonged to the Ngatihaua and had lived with Mr. Wilson about twenty years since when a boy. This man who seemed delighted to see Mr. Wilson, immediately held <pb xml:id="n345" n="337"/>out his hand, saying " he had once been a son of his, when he lived at Matamata." He made his comrades let Mr. Wilson pass, and then shouted his name to their encampment, formed in a valley close to the rifle-pits; but concealed from the fire of the military, and where Mr. Wilson was received with surprise and kindness. Mr. Wilson told them, that it was the Ra-tapu, (the sacred day) and that if they would remain quiet on the Sunday, the soldiers would do the same. To which they replied, " Tell their chief we never fight on this sacred day; it is they, and not ourselves who desecrate it. There shall be no firing on our part." The defile in which they were now beginning to prepare breakfast, unconcerned and at ease, was not more than 200 yards from No. 1, or the Kairau Redoubt. The constructing this redoubt so near their pits, and during the action, called forth the admiration of the natives, who for the first time in this war acknowledged the persevering courage of the Pakeha. The ground chosen by the Maories was well selected, and they had a fine retreat open if obliged to retire, but <pb xml:id="n346" n="338"/>through which it would have been difficult to follow them.</p>
        <p>After an address to their whole camp, in which their temporal and eternal welfare was the object, and to which they listened without the slightest interruption; they prepared some breakfast for Mr. Wilson, consisting of slices of beef and potatoes, which they roasted in the bottom of an iron pot. As Mr. Wilson sat refreshing himself, some few whose faces he was acquainted with gathered round, among whom was Rewi, the principal chief of the Ngatimaniapoto. After conversing upon other subjects, Mr. Wilson returned to that which was ever upon his mind and referred to the case of the wounded, &amp;c. Rewi replied, " It is well that you have come among us, return to-morrow to the woods at Huirangi, and we will hear what you have to say." As none objected to this invitation, Mr. Wilson now felt with gratitude that the first step towards his object had been gained. A chief then said, " Last night we buried some of our dead in the parepares, (rifle pits). Ask the chief of the soldiers to respect them. Let them remain undisturbed." Mr. Wilson said, " The <pb xml:id="n347" n="339"/>General will allow you to remove them, if you desire it," but to this they objected. " No! let them remain where they fell, the funeral service was read over them in the night during the battle, the ground is sacred, we wish them to lie where we have laid them!" Thus under no ordinary fire, and at a distance of from 100 to 150 yards from the enemy, these people thoughtfully and without confusion interred their dead,—a fact which, perhaps, has no parallel in the annals of war.</p>
        <p>The farewell honours of these bold spirits, were literally paid by the guns of the artillery, and the unbroken volleys of the 40th and 65th Regiments. Sir John Moore's burial (the theme of song) is tame contrasted with this!<note xml:id="fn45-349" n="*"><p>The natives have a great dislike to remove the dead when once the burial service has been read over them.</p></note> As the day advanced, Mr. Wilson moved on into the woods, and found women weeping for the dead. With these were a few of Tarapipipi (William Thompson's) tribe. Mr. Wilson spoke to them on the misery and wickedness of war, &amp;c. These also asked him to visit them the next day; they had been worsted at Matarikoriko, and were now falling back on <pb xml:id="n348" n="340"/>the woods. Having the next day (Dec. 31st) obtained the General's permission, Mr. Wilson proceeded to Huirangi and was received by three or four hundred men all fully armed. They led him further into the wood under some karaka groves, and then the whole people collecting and seating themselves close together, desired him to speak.</p>
        <p>The arguments advanced on this, and on like occasions were drawn from Scripture,<note xml:id="fn46-340" n="*"><p>Micah, chap. 6, verse 8; II. Kings, chap. 6, verses 21. 24; Proverbs, chap. 25, verses 21, 22.</p></note> and from the chivalrous usages of Christian nations in time of war. They approved, and even commended all this, but denied its application to themselves. One would observe, " We cannot reach so high." Another, "Our fathers taught us this mode of warfare, and we will adopt no other." A third, " Your customs are best for Europeans, ours for Maories," &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
        <p>On this day, however, they behaved with mildness and even courtesy; a few only replied, and they spoke quietly and well. A pause now ensued, and Mr. Wilson thought that all was gained; when a person named Te <choice><orig>Tape-<pb xml:id="n349" n="341"/>liana</orig><reg>Tapeliana</reg></choice>, a well-known leader from Kawia, whose tribe had suffered at Matarikoriko, rose up, and boiling with rage declared that in this matter he would listen to no one. He was armed with a short-handled hatchet, to which the natives, when roused by passion, give a tremulous or vibrating motion. Coming at last up to Mr. Wilson with that fierce stare which is natural to the Maori when the passions have attained supreme control, he approached so near, that his face nearly touched Mr. Wilson's; and in this menacing attitude declared, " he would never consent to such a contract; that, whatever other chiefs might do, he would never spare a European, he would never give quarter," &amp;c. This gave great offence to many who were present. " Take out your book now, and record our protest against all that he has said," they called out. " We cannot interfere with him, but he stands alone, do not be dark on account of what he says"</p>
        <p>Though Mr. Wilson strove in vain to soften this man, yet on the whole he was satisfied, knowing that if they entered into an arrangement of the nature he wished, they would induce <pb xml:id="n350" n="342"/>others to keep it. After the confusion occasioned by Te Tapehana was over, they again requested that the graves at Matarikoriko might be respected. Mr. Wilson asked, " Who will go with me and point them out?" The object was to give them confidence in English honour, and the usages of humanity practised by civilized nations, even in war. Two young men shortly came forward to accompany him, but afterwards thought it safer to decline. Much talking ensued, and Mr. Wilson began to despair, till a man stood up and said, "I am the son of Te Kara (a chief of Kawia and near relative to Te Tapehana) who is buried there; I will go." The natives after some further debate approved of this. He then laid aside his arms, put on his girdle and followed Mr. Wilson. When they arrived near Matarikoriko, the Naval brigade and military were fast filling up the native pits, and Mr. Wilson led his companion through the midst of these, to give him some idea of the nature of ' a safe conduct.' As they passed to the extreme right which the natives had occupied during the action, and where the troops were now at work; seeing the guide <pb xml:id="n351" n="343"/>look anxiously about, Mr. Wilson asked whether "he feared anything." "No!" he replied, " not from the Pakeha, but from the Maories who may be among them." Mr. Wilson said, " You have nothing to fear from them, your life here is as safe as mine." They came at last to the spot where his father and some others were buried. The bodies, through mistake, had already been disturbed by the Naval brigade, but the graves were again covered before they arrived. The native immediately detected it and said, "The bodies have been disturbed," and seemed displeased; he added, "there are others in the valley below." At this spot Commodore Seymour and a few officers who were amongst the men, inquired the object of the natives coming. It was explained that the General had given permission, in order to ascertain where the natives had been buried, that their graves might remain unmolested. The following conversation then occurred.</p>
        <p>Commodore to Mr. Wilson.—" What relation has he lost?"</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—His father."</p>
        <p>Commodore.—"Does he lie here?"</p>
        <pb xml:id="n352" n="344"/>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—"Yes."</p>
        <p>Commodore.—" Poor fellow! Has he lost his father? Tell him I am sorry for him! Tell him we bear no malice. It is war!"</p>
        <p>Native.—"I am not dark (unhappy) on his account. He fell in open field, in battle. It was fairly done! he was not murdered!" this he said gravely and coldly.</p>
        <p>Commodore.—" Say that the graves shall not be injured; tell him my carpenter shall fence them!" In repeating this generous and manly assurance, so characteristic of a seaman, Mr. Wilson said to the Maori, "This person who speaks to you is the chief of the English sailors." He looked satisfied, but made no reply. It was some disinterested act of this kind Mr. Wilson had so much wanted, and felt assured that its influence would not be lost upon the natives in arms. They then visited some other graves situated in a deep valley beneath the rifle-pits, where the native was kindly treated by two military officers.</p>
        <p>A few days after this occurrence, the Governor was pleased to release from the gaol at New Plymouth a chief named Te Wiona, who was wounded and taken prisoner at Mohoetahi, <pb xml:id="n353" n="345"/>and Mr. Wilson had the pleasure of returning this man to the Waikato tribes, who had a short time previously arrived at Huirangi, and who with the Taranaki tribes amounted to about 2,000 men.</p>
        <p>When they arrived at Waitara, as Te Wiona could with difficulty sit on horseback, the commissariat officers (from whom Mr. Wilson had received many acts of kindness) immediately furnished a bullock cart for his conveyance. In this the wounded chief with his baggage were placed; for though taken all but naked on the field, he returned to his people well clothed, and in the possession of several presents. At No. 1 Redoubt near Matarikoriko the soldiers crowded round the cart to see Te Wiona, and it was both amusing and pleasing to hear their attempts, and also the Maori's, to convey to each other the sympathy of brave men. Some saluted him in a language coined for the occasion, some shook him by the hand, while others laughed kindly. The native, who was a man sensible of kindness, was much delighted by this demonstration, and when the cart drove on he sat as erect as his wound would allow, and <pb xml:id="n354" n="346"/>waving his cap to the troops, cheered them heartily in token of good will and amity.<note xml:id="fn47-346" n="*"><p>This man never fought again, but nearly lost his life by Rewi, in an attempt to induce his own people to return to Waikato.</p></note> When about a mile from the woods, Mr. Wilson sent back the cart, put Wiona and some of his things on his horse, and carried the rest himself. They were soon surrounded by natives, who crowded out of their works and conducted them to the place where the prisoner's tribe was encamped. In a short time most of the principal chiefs were assembled. On solemn occasions the natives are very formal, and in this instance, they placed the chief and Mr. Wilson (he still sitting on the horse, and which Mr. Wilson was obliged to hold to prevent Te Wiona failing,) in the centre of an open place in the wood, and commenced a wail for the dead who had fallen at Mohoetahi, addressing Te Wiona as their representative and fellow-sufferer, and which he by responsive moans fully appreciated. When this was concluded, Te Wiona retired among his own people, and Mr. Wilson saw him no more till the close of the day.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n355" n="347"/>
        <p>The chiefs now requested Mr. Wilson to remain till he had heard the speeches, and seen some of their tribes reviewed. The gathering was on elevated ground, where the native flag was flying, and which on this occasion was white. About a thousand men suddenly rushed down from the spot, throwing down several of their comrades as they advanced, and then with uncommon energy brandishing their arms and performing the war dance; around stood the spectators, consisting of men, women, and children, Mr. Wilson sitting near the front, where he was joined by the chief Te Tapehana, the person who a few days before had so fiercely opposed him. It turned out that the young man who accompanied Mr. Wilson to Matarikoriko was his nephew, and what passed on that occasion had sensibly impressed him. On Mr. Wilson's arrival among them in the morning, he came and shook hands with him, and Mr. Wilson had afterwards the pleasure of his company during the whole day. He explained the persons and speeches of the chiefs, and when anything particularly interested himself, he was anxious that Mr. Wilson also should observe it; and <pb xml:id="n356" n="348"/>when his turn came to speak, he spoke moderately and well. The native phalanx opened a line through their centre along which the speakers ran to and fro, till either their eloquence or passions were exhausted. Some few spoke with quiet dignity, but the rest, carried away by their feelings, denounced war and vengeance against their enemies. By some the spirits of Witeni and his friends who had fallen with him were addressed in sympathizing accents; and by others the tribes were rashly exhorted to abandon the rifle-pits, and throw themselves headlong on the military —" to act as their fathers would have done." But the great orator of the day was Hapurona, William King's fighting chief. When he arose he first passed slowly through the phalanx, his loins only covered with a small piece of sackcloth, his head thrown back, and his face, frightfully distorted, was turned upwards. His eyes were so contorted in their sockets, that the white only could be seen, appearing like small balls of chalk. Thus, he twice passed through the square of warriors in perfect silence, giving at the same time a quick and tremulous motion to his arms which <pb xml:id="n357" n="349"/>were extended at right angles from his body, and which agitated a native weapon, carried in his right hand. Then suddenly starting into violent energy, he used every possible argument to induce his countrymen to emulate the courage of their fathers, and to annihilate their enemies. The action which he gave to his weapon (the Hani or spear) always violent, yet often graceful, called forth acclamations from the people, and would have done credit to any theatrical performer. Mr. Wilson's new friend Te Tapehana, would not allow him to withdraw his eyes from him; and he observed, "that man's action is wonderful, he has not his equal."</p>
        <p>Hapurona and others, while speaking, sometimes broke out into traditional songs; these the men under arms would take up in chorus with admirable effect, their voices marking that nicety of time as though it had been the voice of one man, and the exact motion of their limbs and bodies giving additional excitement to the concourse.</p>
        <p>To such a pitch of frenzy did these harangues influence the tribes, that Mr. Wilson thought they would immediately make an attempt <pb xml:id="n358" n="350"/>upon the "sap," and the thought glanced through his mind, whether he should ever again pass from among them? The principal chief of Mokau, Tekaka, after a long and furious declamation, sank to the ground from exhaustion; and the energy and devotedness which this man displayed characterized the speeches of all the older men. But towards evening the more moderate addressed the assembly, and by degrees they cooled down to something like reason. When suffering under deep passions, the natives often regard the words of the dead more than those of the living. Therefore when it at last came to Mr. Wilson's turn to speak, he reminded them of Witeni and of what had previously taken place at Waikato in reference to the wounded, &amp;c. He spoke of their late chief's (Witeni's) love of his countrymen; his humanity, and his desire that Mr. Wilson should meet them again at Taranaki to discuss again the question. He spoke of the praise the soldiers had expressed for his courage, and for those who fell with him, and the honourable interment his body had received at New Plymouth. He reminded them of the humanity of the <choice><orig>Gene-<pb xml:id="n359" n="351"/>ral</orig><reg>General</reg></choice> and troops to the native wounded and prisoners, and urged them by arguments too long to enter into, to act as men who believed the words of God, and to follow in this respect the example the Europeans had set them.<note xml:id="fn48-352" n="*"><p>At Mohoetahi, before the struggle was over, a soldier came up to a native who had been mortally wounded; and observing his tongue out of his mouth (as he supposed from thirst), he placed his rifle on the ground, and ran with his can to the next swamp, and brought him water. This humane spirit characterized both officers and men. General Pratt, on the same occasion, shook hands with a native lying in the field, in order to restore his confidence.</p></note> Although only an hour before these men had wrought themselves into a delirium of passion, they answered all this with moderation and sense. " The works of the Pakeha in this have been good, for the future we will follow his example. The wounded and prisoners henceforth shall be treated with mercy. We will do as the European has done." Then Rewi the leading chief of the Ngatimaneapoto, rose up and said, "Listen to me. These are the terms proposed—say Yes or No to them." He then with a loud voice repeated them twice; at the conclusion of the second recital the woods rang with the shout " Ae! (yes) <pb xml:id="n360" n="352"/>we consent!" Shortly after the people dispersed themselves, and all was quiet.</p>
        <p>Te Wiona now sent for Mr. Wilson to visit his wife and friends, who treated him with much kindness; but he reminded them that it was more to his countrymen than to himself that these friendly feelings were due. They were all very cheerful and happy, and he left them rejoicing over their restored companion. At the rifle-pits Mr. Wilson found his horse waiting in charge of Himiona, Te Tapehana's nephew, who attended him to Matarikoriko. Unasked he had taken it in the morning and watched it till Mr. Wilson returned, a mark of attention not to have been expected through a day of no ordinary incidents.</p>
        <p>Though the object which led Mr. Wilson to Taranaki was now accomplished, and for which he felt sincerely grateful, he yet thought it right to remain some time longer on the spot, in order to see how far the natives would keep their promises. The contest was carried on nearly daily, and he was generally present on the field; with the object of being of use to the wounded, or in the event of their <choice><orig>fall-<pb xml:id="n361" n="353"/>ing</orig><reg>falling</reg></choice> into the hands of the natives to demand them according to previous arrangement.</p>
        <p>On the 23rd January, No 3 Redoubt was attacked by the Waikatos, and as it will illustrate the nature and character of the men with whom the military had to contend, we will allow one of the wounded prisoners to speak for himself. When Mr. Wilson first saw this man he was lying between two of his fallen countrymen, who had shortly before expired. Mr. Wilson sat down by him, and asked him who the dead were.</p>
        <p>Native.—" This man is from Waikato, and that from Maungatautari."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" Where are you wounded?"</p>
        <p>He pointed to his right leg shattered to pieces by a shell, and to a wound in his left arm.</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" What part of the country are you from?"</p>
        <p>Native.—" From Kawia. I belong to Ngatemahuta; I am a relative of the King."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" How many of you were in the attack on the Redoubt?"</p>
        <p>Native.—" One hundred and forty. Ngatehana led. Perhaps they have all fallen?"</p>
        <pb xml:id="n362" n="354"/>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" Did many fall?"</p>
        <p>Native.—" Yes! all of them Rangitera (gentlemen) many have fallen."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" How is it you have remained so long at Huirangi? you must have found it difficult to procure food."</p>
        <p>Native.—"No! There is still plenty of food at Mataitawa, and when we want more we make a descent on the Pakeha cattle," and then with a smile added, " this perhaps is wrong."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" Well, you are a brave people; the chiefs of the soldiers say it is a pity you should thus destroy yourselves."</p>
        <p>Native.—" Once we were brave, that was formerly, where is our valour now? have we succeeded?"</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" Brave formerly, and still the same, though beaten."</p>
        <p>Native.—" It rests now with the soldiers;" by which he implied that victory or success was the best evidence of " toa " (courage).</p>
        <p>Native.—" Friend, there is no (také) root, or cause for all this fighting. If there was a cause it would be right, but there is no cause."</p>
        <pb xml:id="n363" n="355"/>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" Are you a believer?"</p>
        <p>Native.—" Yes, I have long believed; my name is Maraikai."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—"You know that God is now near you; that He knows where you are, and what has happened to you, and that He will hear your prayer if you ask Him."</p>
        <p>Native.—" I know it all."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" You are now in the power of the Pakeha, but you have nothing to fear. They will not injure you now, you will, be treated with kindness."</p>
        <p>Native.—" Why, one of them would have killed me after I was twice wounded. I was saved at the instant, by a young chief. It was agreed in the woods that the wounded should receive mercy; had it not been for the chief's seizing my hand and putting aside the soldier's gun I should have been shot."<note xml:id="fn49-355" n="*"><p>This officer was Lieutenant Pennefather, 65th regiment, whom I have elsewhere mentioned with the honour which is his due; also Lieutenant Mair, 12th regiment, for a similar act.</p></note></p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" That was in the heat of conflict. He knew not, perhaps, that you were wounded."</p>
        <pb xml:id="n364" n="356"/>
        <p>Native.—" There was much confusion; perhaps he did not; it might have been an oversight. The young man saved me. But it is the same with the Maori. Gentlemen (Nga Rangitera) only have the hearts of gentlemen!"</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson.—" My friend listen to me. Make God your friend, and He will not forsake you; He can restore you to strength, and return you at last in safety to your own people."</p>
        <p>Native.—" Yes, it is true."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson then passed on to some others who had fallen, but he found that Maraikai and a young man named Kiritoha were the only surviving prisoners. As he turned from the dead, he again met Commodore Seymour, and said to him, " Come and see how a New Zealander can endure suffering, and let us not think that manhood is confined to ourselves." The morning was exceedingly hot and calm, and the dead and wounded collected in the ditch of the Redoubt were covered with swarms of flies. Maraikai though suffering intensely, received them in quiet gravity. In answer to the remarks of the Commodore, he <pb xml:id="n365" n="357"/>spoke cheerfully and at the same time playfully, though free from levity, and, with the exception of the position in which he reclined, seemed as one who had received but little injury. He at last said, " When will the doctor come and cut off my leg? bid him come soon." The Commodore observed, " He is a fine fellow, and he bears it wonderfully." He then called one of his seamen, and sent him for some tobacco and pipes. As they were placed by his side, Mr. Wilson said, " This is a present from the leader of the seamen." Maraikai raised himself a little on his elbow, and looking up kindly at Commodore Seymour, he slightly inclined forward in acknowledgment with all the ease and dignity of a Spaniard of the last century. Then without shewing the slightest expression of pain, he coolly commenced untwisting the end of the tobacco and filled one of the pipes, and which he asked Mr. Wilson to place by his head where he could conveniently reach it. Though unconscious of it himself, he was now much exhausted, and we left him quietly enduring war's terrible penalty under the care of the sentry.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n366" n="358"/>
        <p>Mr. Wilson visited him again in the afternoon, and sat some time conversing with him. He appeared rather more depressed in spirit (owing no doubt to increased weakness) but still cheerful. In the evening before his leg was amputated, a person inquired " how he would manage without it?" to which he goodnaturedly replied, " The doctor must give me a new one." After the operation, the blood was washed from his person, and comfortable blankets given him. This man was between forty and fifty years of age, rather slight but wiry and well made. His features were small and ordinary, but intelligent. As Mr. Wilson sat and admired his manly fortitude, the stories he had heard, when a boy, of English seamen after a battle, holding out and assisting the surgeon in the amputation of their own limbs, appeared verified in the conduct of this man, whose nerve and heart seemed equal to the same trial if necessary. The head of the Medical Staff, Dr. Mouat, C.B., V.C., has since observed that he never had a better or more confiding patient. " He would let us," he said, " do what we liked with him."</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson was very anxious that this chief <pb xml:id="n367" n="359"/>should recover; he would have had much to have told the natives, and which might have been attended with the happiest results. But his subsequent history is short; he died about two weeks after the operation, owing to a collection of pus in the upper part of the limb. The medical gentleman who was with him at the time said, " If any poor man prayed in the hour of death, he appeared to do so!" Maraikai's fellow prisoner, Te Kiritoha, was a very fine young man from Maungatautari in Upper Waikato. He had been shot through the lungs and was left in a tent at No. 3 Redoubt. As the ball by which he was struck passed out at the back, the air from the lungs rushed out at the orifice, and till the time of his death he suffered extreme agony. Shortly after he was taken charge of, he asked the doctor whether he should recover, and being answered in the negative, he requested some drug that would at once end his sufferings; to which it was replied, " We never kill our prisoners!" He was treated with the greatest humanity; a soldier was appointed to sit up all night with him, to give water, and to alter his position, &amp;c., and this kindness was not lost upon him. The next <pb xml:id="n368" n="360"/>morning Mr. Wilson was informed that he wished something to be written to his friends. Mr. Wilson immediately visited the Redoubt, but when he arrived he had just expired. As no one present understood the native language there was no information conveyed. But Mr. Wilson was told that in the act of dying, he took the soldier who attended him by the hand, and in this manner bade him farewell, the only mode he had left to demonstrate his sense of gratitude. Mr. Wilson might have greatly enlarged this narrative which I got from him, but as his intention was merely to illustrate the native character and action during the war, the few examples already given may perhaps suffice. In this short reminiscence, Mr. Wilson made no reference to what passed on the side of the military, yet he said in few words that the valour, cheerfulness, and humanity which animated all ranks were worthy of the British name and character.</p>
        <p>The wounded soldiers whom Mr. Wilson visited (and some were dreadfully injured) bore their sufferings without a murmur or a groan, and endured agony, with nearly lamblike patience. As he modestly added, " A <pb xml:id="n369" n="361"/>short time spent amongst them, might have imparted instruction to perhaps many a better man."</p>
        <p>He stated also that the conduct of both officers and men towards himself was that of confidence and kindness. And the future recollection of the time spent amid the turmoil of Taranaki will afford him the highest satisfaction, as among the most useful and best days of his life.</p>
        <p>Before closing this chapter I annex two original anecdotes of the Taranaki war, characteristic of the natives engaged, a fine race, enterprising and intelligent, in whom I took a particular interest. Worthy of an ancient Roman was the conduct of the Chief Mokau, at the close of the action of Mahoetahi in November, 1860. When the Maories were driven from the old pah on the hill, by the spirited charge of the 65th, the Taranaki Militia and Volunteers, they became " whakawara," or dispersed, and took to the swamp below; Mokau, retreating, saw at the edge of it a friend lying mortally wounded; he stopped, and though the avengers were close behind, he seized the hand of the dying man and stooped to say farewell, and to press noses in <pb xml:id="n370" n="362"/>the native fashion; raising himself up, he himself was shot through the heart, and fell across the body of his friend. His noble act of friendship had thus a fatal result.</p>
        <p>Of endurance and determination in a Maori there was a remarkable instance at Huirangi in the summer of 1861. Natawa, a wild character, tired of firing away all day in his rifle-pit, got up into a tree, ten feet above the ground, to fire with better effect at the 12th, 14th, 40th, and other skirmishers, but he was dropped by a ball in the forehead. Having perhaps a thick skull, the Minié ball stuck fast over one eye without passing into the brain, and Natawa recovering himself, went on fighting <hi rend="i">for two days afterwards</hi>. The second evening, some of his friends tried to get the ball out, by moving it with their fingers, but perhaps a portion of bone was dislodged and touched the brain, and Natawa, after five days' raging madness, died.</p>
        <p>Mr. Wilson has now revisited his native land, and those of the United Service who may read what he endeavoured to do for the combatants in the Taranaki, and who may meet him, will doubtless pay him every honour.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n371" n="363"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d17" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XVII.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>The Military Road, New Zealand—Its use and value—March to occupy outposts at Pokeno Camp—Distribution of the Forces—The Maories jealous of the presence of the troops—Precautions against attack—Friendly relations established—Formation of the road—Nature of the duties —Amusements—Fishing—How to deal with boulders- Accidents—How to deal with natives—Their opinion of a road—The women protected—Pig killing—The knicker-bocker movement—Our flag staff—An obelisk proposed.</p>
        </argument>
        <p>"<hi rend="sc">You</hi> may call this sodgerin', but I calls it convicting',"<note xml:id="fn50-363" n="*"><p>Convict's work.</p></note> was the audible " aside" of a stout Linesman, as he shovelled the mud out of the new Military Road, whilst a small party of the Staff was passing to the front, near the " Fifth Bridge," and about to ascend the Razor-Back hill—the said Linesman in forage cap, blue jumper, or smock, and trowsers mudded to the knees. " You could not <hi rend="i">admire</hi> the country at this time," as a facetious officer remarked.</p>
        <p>Yet this Military Road, about a dozen miles long, is a great achievement for the troops <pb xml:id="n372" n="364"/>who made it through the " ten-mile bush," and over hills and deep gullies, which rendered Auckland, the capital of New Zealand, so liable to attack from the warlike tribes of the great Waikato River, distant from the city only thirty-seven miles.</p>
        <p>His Excellency Sir George Gray, in futherance of his wise policy to bring about law and order in the valuable Northern island of New Zealand, without exterminating the fine race of natives, (and the fertile province of Taranaki being still desolate and a waste from the war of 1860-61), determined to employ the troops in the province of Auckland—like the Romans—in road making. Lieutenant—General Cameron ably and energetically seconded His Excellency's views. Accordingly in December, 1861, the head-quarters of the 2nd Battalion 14th Regiment, a detachment of the 12th Regiment, and some Royal Engineers, marched under my command from the Camp Otahuhu, passed Drury, and though drenched with heavy rain for three days, and mudded to the waist in the Maori track partly cleared of trees, passed through the forests of the Razor Back ridge, and established ourselves in a camp <pb xml:id="n373" n="365"/>on a plateau at Pokeno, near the native settlement of that name, and close to the Waikato. We thus occupied the outposts towards the Maori frontier. In rear, at Rhodes' Clearing, was a detachment of the 40th, under Lieutenant -Colonel Nelson, to keep up the communication with the head-quarters of that corps at Baird's Farm; then the 70th head-quarters were at Kerr's Farm, and the 65th in reserve next the head-quarters of General Cameron at Drury, with whom were Major Whitmore, M.S., and Major MacNeill, A.D.C.</p>
        <p>The Royal Artillery, (Captain Watson commanding), were at Baird's Farm, and the Commissariat Transport Corps, (Mr. Bailie the Director), at Drury Farm. Brigadier Galloway was at Baird's Farm, a central position, where was also Lieutenant-Colonel Leslie, C.B., with the 40th; Colonel Chute commanded the 70th at Kerr's, Colonel Wyatt, C.B., the 65th at Drury; with me, as second in command at Pokeno Camp, was Lieutenant- Colonel Hutchins, of the 12th Regiment. Colonel Mould, C.B., C.R.E., was the Director of the road, and Colonel Gamble the Deputy Quarter-Master-General. Major Paul, Brigade <pb xml:id="n374" n="366"/>Major, Captains Urquhart and Greaves Deputy Assistant-Quarter-Masters-General, &amp;c.</p>
        <p>When the white rows of tents first appeared, surrounded by a semicircle of deep and entangled forest at Pokeno, they seemed to take the Maories by surprise, and large meetings were held up the Waikato at Paetai, to discuss whether or not the troops should be attacked and driven back, if possible. Some white men living among the natives, thinking there was a dangerous state of things up the river, fled, carrying their children and goods with them. Of course precautions were taken at Pokeno Camp to guard against surprise; there was a strong picquet of 100 men nightly paraded, and the arms and ammunition of the 800 men in camp were ready at hand and. stacked round the tent poles, and sentries at the angles of the camp, in sentry boxes of raupo or flags, shouted " All's well!" in fine and stormy nights and pelting rain " indifferently." The troops were told off in three bodies, one to extend round the tents with three supports, and the rest to run to the tents to be ready to strike them as soon as the natives opened fire from the bush; but <pb xml:id="n375" n="367"/>the Maories thought it as well to let the Pakeha soldiers alone.</p>
        <p>If the Maori King's people had been mischievously inclined, they might have dashed down the river in two or three score war canoes, and occupied the bush, and poured some rattling vollies into our camp before they could be rushed at and fought, as was intended, in the forest itself.</p>
        <p>Friendly relations were established with the neighbouring settlements, and a daily market instituted for the sale of pigs, peaches, and potatoes. Here the sturdy Maories—the older men with well tatoed faces, and bushy heads of black hair, wearing flax mats like their ancestors, blankets, or fringed kilts of checked shawl; the younger men in trowsers; the women with unadorned hair, and in short stuff petticoats, and tatoed lower lips—sat and bargained for their wares, All was conducted in good humour, and an officer, Lieutenant Bates, 65th, as native interpreter, inquired into disputed points.</p>
        <p>At the Drury end of the line of road, the country was open, and no trees to fell; the road had there only to be formed, levelled, <pb xml:id="n376" n="368"/>then hogged in the centre to a height of nine inches from the water-tables or shallow drains at the sides. The total breadth of the road, between the fences, was one chain, or sixty-six feet: thirty of this was between the water-tables, and of this eighteen feet had to be metalled. Afterwards, it was found that twelve feet of metalling would suffice in the meantime. At first the troops did not suppose that stone-breaking, or metalling, was required: but merely clearing and forming the road would have left the work half done, and the whole line would have been impracticable from mud in the rains.</p>
        <p>Seven miles of the line were through the forest of gigantic trees, interlaced with supple jack and thick undergrowth, over which waved the graceful tree-fern and nicau-palm: and the difficulties increased as the Razor-Back and Pokeno hills were approached. Here the axe, and saw, and hand-spikes to roll logs, pick-axes to root out the stumps, spades and shovels to level, gave occupation for the hot summer months, January, February, and March: April and May were stone-breaking months; in the latter, (the English November), <pb xml:id="n377" n="369"/>the troops were deluged with rain, and their shoes torn off their feet with the adhesive mud.</p>
        <p>With all this there was but little grumbling among the men, though it was navvies' work; only an occasional ejaculation, such as appears at the head of this chapter, or rough jokes and taunts among themselves about shirking work. At first, one third of the men were kept in camp at Pokeno, the most exposed position, to guard against surprise; afterwards the whole were turned out to work, except the guard and defaulters under punishment. As to pay, the men got nine pence in addition to their shilling; piece work was sometimes given, and advantageously, and extra pay for extra work. Non-commissioned officers got one shilling extra, subalterns four shillings when on the works, and captains seven shillings. Medicos got nothing extra, and field-officers, though required to supervise constantly the labours on the line, received no extra allowance; perhaps they may be favourably considered hereafter, especially as they had no luxuries, and dwelt in bell tents the same as the private sentinels, and were told ever and anon by some unhappy mortals, <pb xml:id="n378" n="370"/>" You may not feel it now, but depend upon it with this sort of life you are sowing the seeds of rheumatism in your constitution."</p>
        <p>During the day, in summer, a bell tent, with its single cloth, was uninhabitable for heat, and in the rains one lay sometimes shaking with cold, or was suddenly awoke with a wine-glass of water into one's eye from a flaw in the canvas. Thermometer at 33° in May and June of a morning, one could not then well sing, " Who so merry as we in camp?" Still there was health and appetite, and the sense of useful employment for the country to keep one " up to the mark."</p>
        <p>The men worked seven hours daily, were turned out at an early hour to breakfast, told off into parties by the Engineers for cutting down trees, or road forming, stone breaking, &amp;c., and marched off under their officers, by command of the captain of the day. From eight to twelve the work went on, cooks prepared the mid-day meal in the bush if the work was at a distance from the camps, at noon a "tot" of rum was administered, and the same in the evening. In the hot weather, two hours were devoted to eating and rest, <pb xml:id="n379" n="371"/>twelve to two, and the work was then resumed and continued till five, when the tired parties gladly returned to their tents. On Saturday there was a half holiday for washing clothes and cleaning arms, previous to marching order parade. On Sundays there was morning worship. The energetic Bishop Selwyn, and his excellent coadjutor, Bishop Patteson, of the Melanesian, or South Sea Mission; also Archdeacon Maunsel, for the Episcopalians; the Rev. Mr. Norrie, for the Presbyterians; and the Rev. Mr. Parsley for the Roman Catholics, officiating at the camps.</p>
        <p>Bathing in ponds dammed up near the camps, was a great refreshment in the hot months. Skittles and quoits were not wanting for amusement, also foot races and jumping. The officers paid occasional visits to Auckland, though a long distance off, and sportsmen, off duty, got canoes and paddled up or down the broad and fast flowing Waikato River, which commencing far in the interior at the Taupo Lake, near the active volcano of Tongariro, and the far famed " boiling springs," passes through forest land, fertile plains, and by mountain ridges, till it <pb xml:id="n380" n="372"/>discharges into the Great Southern Ocean on the west coast: The latter part of the course of the Waikato, near the Pokeno camp, is exceedingly picturesque and Rhinelike. A specimen of auriferous quartz was found in a tributary, which caused some excitement in our Camp. Ducks of various kinds were bagged on the Waikato and on its tributary streams; the natives willingly engaged to assist in paddling at the <hi rend="i">utu</hi>, on payment of five shillings a day, and showed how eels could be caught by diving after them, or by grubbins for them with their hands in the sedgy banks, then killed with a bite behind the head, spitted, roasted without cleaning, and devoured. Sometimes half-a-dozen Maories would sit in a semicircle facing the bank, and up to their middles in water, while another would tramp the eels out of their holes; they were then dexterously caught as they passed between the legs and bodies of the watchful group.</p>
        <p>It is supposed that in these volcanic regions, the clays of the rivers contain mineral substances which may be distasteful or injurious to other fish beside the slimy eel. But Sir <pb xml:id="n381" n="373"/>George Grey is a great acclimatiser, and is engaged in introducing not only quadrupeds and birds of all varieties into the New Zealand Islands, but has also undertaken fresh-water fishes. May every success attend him!</p>
        <p>Latterly, on the Military Road, bullock drays and artillery carts would be seen busily conveying metal to various parts of the line, and men taking off the mud before the stones were spread, or forming culverts and side drains to carry off the surface water: others would be engaged blasting rocks where there was a quarry, and where the stones were scarce, (which was the case where the young soldiers of the 14th worked), the men would be observed painfully searching for boulders to break up, and standing up to their knees in a stream, groping in it with sleeves tucked up, the mud and water running past them!<note xml:id="fn51-373" n="*"><p>A clever way to break up boulders with a few blows of the sledge was adopted; first burning a pile of sticks and roots over them, then, dashing on water, made the hardest, rocks brittle.</p></note></p>
        <p>Sick men, whose cases were bad, were sent in the ambulance carts to Otahuhu hospital, others were treated in camp. Cold and wet <pb xml:id="n382" n="374"/>occasioned illness, and there was some bowel complaints for a time in the hot weather from unripe peaches and melons; but the troops generally were healthy, and were well cared for by the surgeons in the hospital marquees. One man was killed by the fall of a tree, another fell from his horse, was dragged and killed on the road, a third was struck down by apoplexy, or the sun, though the precaution of white cap covers was employed. Nothing could save one from innumerable mosquitos and black flies in the woods in hot weather.</p>
        <p>The benefit to the soldiers thus employed in road making, and practised in the use of the spade and pick, saw and axe, will be great, strengthening their bodies in the mean time, and preparing them to be useful settlers and farmers when they take their discharge in this colony, one of the most promising and healthy under the British Crown.</p>
        <p>I take no credit for being able to deal agree-ably with Maories, for it had been my fortune to be placed on terms of intimacy with brown and black races from early life in the east and west and in Africa, and the same rules <choice><orig>pre-<pb xml:id="n383" n="375"/>vail</orig><reg>prevail</reg></choice> every where; if one is kind to natives they will be kind to you, if you frown on them they will reciprocate your scorn; children of the same great Father, they should ever be regarded as brethren, though often erring ones, the misfortune of their uprearing; yet we should study to develop their good qualities and do all the good to them in our power. This is our plain and simple duty.</p>
        <p>When I first took charge at Pokeno I had a great talk with some of the chiefs, I said " We are directed to make a road through British land to the Waikato, and which road may be of great advantage both to the Maories and to the farmers, to enable produce, now carried on pack horses, to be brought to market with drays, and goods taken back on wheels. One man said "A small path is sufficient to let the Maori drive his pigs to market!"</p>
        <p>I said to a chief, " I wish to protect your women from insults;" he said, " How is that to be done." I replied, " Don't let them wander about alone near our camp, let them have a male friend or relation always with them," and by pursuing this plan we had very little <pb xml:id="n384" n="376"/>trouble during the six months we were in the front.</p>
        <p>We had one or two cases of pig killing which caused talks. A soldier had caught and secured what he chose to consider was a wild sow, and when it was claimed by a Maori, the soldier cut its throat. We held a court of inquiry about this, and the Maori proved his property in the sow, and that it had been one yielding him a revenue from its frequent litters. He claimed £10 for his "pet-pig." I got this reduced to £6 on condition of immediate payment. It was a considerable amount to stop from a man's pay and working money, but it had a good effect in stopping future liberties with Maori property.</p>
        <p>I tried to introduce that valuable article of raiment, the knickerbockers, among the Maories, and gave away two pairs in which they could squat comfortably, whilst the trowser is tight and inconvenient to people not sitting on stools or chairs. One of the recipients of the garment, a wag probably, said, " I am very well below now, but see I am bare above," he wanted a jacket and vest also.</p>
        <p>Some of the officers said " We must cut <pb xml:id="n385" n="377"/>down our flag-staff when we leave (a handsome mast which. Lieutenant and Quarter-Master Spry had cut for me in the neighbouring forest,) for the Maories are sure to cut it down as an insult, after we leave." I replied, " It must not be cut down, I am sure the Maories wont meddle with it if I give it in charge of the chief of Pokeno." I did so, and he said, " All I ask is that you will let me put my name along with yours on the flag-staff, and we will protect it."<note xml:id="fn52-377" n="*"><p>I carved on it this inscription: " Kia Whakakotahitia te Maori me te Pakeha." Let the Pakeha and the Maori be united.</p></note></p>
        <p>Besides the troops already enumerated, the head-quarters 57th Regiment were at New Plymouth, Taranaki, under Colonel Warre, C.B.; about the Waitara was a detachment of the 65th under Colonel Young; at Wanganui a detachment of the 57th under Major Longan, and detachments 14th at Wellington and Napier, under Majors Dwyer and Douglas; say 5,500 Regulars in all in the North Island.</p>
        <p>The 40th, in July '62, garrisoned Auckland, also Royal Artillery. The camps were broken up, and 2,000 men marched back over the finished road to the huts at Otahuhu, leaving <pb xml:id="n386" n="378"/>440 men in a redoubt or fortified camp near Waikato, and 60 men and two guns in a blockhouse commanded its navigation.</p>
        <p>An obelisk, combined with a drinking fountain, and with suitable inscriptions in English, Maori, &amp;c., had been proposed to commemorate the formation of the Military Road, which though costing say £2,000 a mile, has advanced the country at least twelve years, materially assisted in preparing it for settlement, and rendering the capital safe from hostile assaults from the Waikato.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n387" n="379"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d18" type="chapter">
        <head><hi rend="c">Chapter</hi> XVIII.</head>
        <argument>
          <p>New Zealand should be appreciated—Sketch of its progress—General summary—Acclimatisation Society—The Messrs. Ridgway—Free Grants—Climate and productions—Hints for emigrants—<sic>Demestic</sic> servants—Visit Nelson and Wellington —The Chief Epuni—A good appetite—Effects of a storm—Prepare to leave New Zealand—Parting with the regiment—Sail for Otago, &amp;c.—Nobblers—Port Cooper—Wreck of the 'White Swan' —Sir George Grey's policy—Arrive at Melbourne—What was observed there—Visit the Gold diggings at Ballarat—Embark in the steam ship 'Great Britain'—Icebergs—Round the Horn—The Falklands—Amusements at sea—The island of Trinidada—Fernando Naronha—St. Paul's islets—An escape—Arrive at Liverpool.</p>
        </argument>
        <p><hi rend="sc">New Zealand</hi>, a land of promise for emigrants, and if rightly used, affording an almost certainty of realising an independence, if not a fortune, is but little known to a large portion of the inhabitants of Britain, but when its natural resources come to be developed, it will draw great attention to itself.</p>
        <p>It appears to be the will of Divine Providence that regions of the earth remote from <pb xml:id="n388" n="380"/>the centre of European civilization, should be peopled and settled by means of the attraction of gold—California, Victoria, British Columbia, and now New Zealand. The rush to Otago had been immense in 1862. At first, gold and wool were not thought of among the productions of New Zealand, spars for ships were "the staple," lately the wool growers have waxed rich, many of them, and the quantity produced is rapidly increasing. Besides civilians, many army officers having given up their commissions, have assumed the shepherd's crook, and they may succeed, if early habits are adopted, and a careful supervision is exercised over the flocks and their keepers. Wool growing was at one time considered more adapted for the Middle Island, as at Canterbury, &amp;c., but it is also advantageously raised in the Province of Auckland, Hawk's Bay, &amp;c. We know several wealthy New Zealand sheep-farmers, who also do business in horses and cattle, and who import choice breeding stock.</p>
        <p>In the Province of Nelson £50,000 a year have been realized from the gold-field there; the local papers have been writing up the <pb xml:id="n389" n="381"/>gold reefs of Coromandel, east of Auckland; possibly, quartz crushing for gold may be profitable there, and to Otago in the south, the gold of the Clutha River, &amp;c., occasioned the population to be doubled in a few months; 10,000 people were directed to Otago in the course of a few weeks.</p>
        <p>The chief auriferous district in Otago is the basin drained by the great central lakes, and the Clutha river and their tributaries, and an area, equal to that of Scotland, is believed to be auriferous. From Dr. Lindsay's able report, it appears that the first gold-field was discovered on the 4th of June, 1841, by Mr. Gabriel Read, and it received the name of Tuapeka or Gabriel's Gully. Since then, the Dundan and Nokomai gold-fields have been worked. At the close of 1862, 550,000 ounces were secured from the Otago gold-fields, or two millions sterling. This province, then, is expected to become one of the most popular fields for British emigrants. Two ship loads of single women for servants were lately most acceptable additions to the population. Up to the 31st of March, 1862, the Nelson gold-field had yielded 46,591 <pb xml:id="n390" n="382"/>ounces, or £180,541, and the Auckland 354 ounces, or £1,372 in value.</p>
        <p>In the great Middle Island, one can sleep in as great security (if not greater) as in the old country, and in the North Island, with justice to the Maori, no settler need be afraid.</p>
        <p>As a general summary, shewing the healthy condition of New Zealand in the commercial world, in the quarter ending before I left (in August) the Islands exported to the value of £662,172. Gold was the largest item, its total value in the quarter was, £321,092; of wool, £297,203. Of imports into the colony, there were goods to the amount of £976,518. The Customs revenue for the first six months of 1862 amounted to £196,350.</p>
        <p>A great improvement will take place in New Zealand generally, if the Acclimatization Society is as successful as it deserves to be, in its efforts to introduce useful varieties of birds and beasts into the rising colony. His Excellency Sir George Grey has spent both time and money in importing useful quadrupeds and birds; he bought an island, " Kawau," to the north of Auckland, as an acclimatizing depôt, and he mentioned to me he was <choice><orig>nego-<pb xml:id="n391" n="383"/>ciating</orig><reg>negociating</reg></choice> about the fresh water lake opposite Auckland, on the north shore of the Waitemata Harbour, for European fishes. I wrote to Sydney for a couple of kangaroos, and if these interesting denizens of the Australian plains are found to enliven the waste places in New Zealand, I may yet obtain some "Almanack" immortality.</p>
        <p>Rooks and sparrows were much wanted to destroy worms and insects, and a shipment of magpies was desired. When animals are shipped at home, it is recommended to employ one of the passengers to look after them, and to pay him a small sum for his trouble. To trust to the crew, who have other matters to attend to, is a mistake. As to hares and pheasants, they each require separate compartments else they will injure and destroy each other. Numbers, not single pairs, should be exported if ultimate success is looked for. From China, besides pheasants, the date plum might be introduced with advantage. It has produced a profusion of fruit in New South Wales, and is, besides, a handsome tree.</p>
        <p>Messrs. Alex. F. Ridgway and Sons, Army <pb xml:id="n392" n="384"/>Agents, Leicester Square, London, and General Agents to the Provincial Government of Auckland, hold out this great inducement to emigrants to New Zealand, and many have availed themselves of it, and continue to do so, viz.: a free gift of a forty acre farm. Messrs. Ridgway are authorised to give the following notice: Every industrious man or woman of good character, and not through age, infirmity, or other causes, unlikely to form a useful colonist, will, on approval, receive a free gift of forty acres of land in the province of Auckland, New Zealand, together with forty acres more for each person of eighteen years, and twenty acres for each child of five and under eighteen years, whom he may take with him to the colony. The fee is ten shillings for every forty acre order, and five shillings for each twenty acre order. The parties find their own way to the colony, but this may be done at an expense of about fifteen pounds in a good ship, and even less with an assisted passage. Additional land may be purchased at five, ten, or twenty shillings the acre, the price depending on the site, soil, and other contingencies.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n393" n="385"/>
        <p>Of New Zealand generally, it may be here stated that the two islands extend upwards of eight hundred miles from north to south, and from fifteen to one hundred and fifty miles in breadth, comprise an area greater than that of the United Kingdom, and are indented with spacious bays and land-locked harbours. The surface is mountainous in some places, this and the forests of noble trees, collect abundant supplies of rain from the sea, and fresh water rivers and streams flow everywhere; its grassy plains and ferny hill sides abound in good land for herds and flocks, and the plough. No venomous reptiles are found in New Zealand, and unlike Australia, the foot may be planted with confidence in traversing the land, and there is nothing more noxious than a mosquito in hot weather, provision can be made against which by a veil or small curtain when bivouacking in the field or forest. The climate is famed for its mildness and salubrity. Warm in the northern parts of the North Island and similar to the south of France, the temperature falls as one proceeds south, till a climate like that of the north of Scotland is obtained, with snow and ice in winter.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n394" n="386"/>
        <p>As to the prospects of emigrants, New Zealand cannot be recommended to the notice of young men who have not been used to labour and are disinclined to it; for the careless and idle it is no place, but for the steady farmer, the skilled mechanic, the man of industry and energy with sons and daughters to provide for and assist him—for the gentleman with capital to purchase a sheep run, and for all, who abandoning prejudice and seeking to acquire the information which may best serve them in a new country, and steadily following out a good course which may be suggested by those who best know New Zealand and its peculiarities, it is well adapted.</p>
        <p>Domestic servants give, sometimes, a great deal of annoyance from the value they attach to their services, their restlessness and desire for change, and in females, their extravagance in dress; many of them expect ten shillings a week, and those perfectly ignorant of their duties, are not content with less than seven shillings, and it is too often the case that with from eighteen to thirty pounds a year wages, most of this goes in dress, and there is a change of place for the most trifling cause.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n395" n="387"/>
        <p>A sober man is certain to thrive in service, but for a drunkard there is a brief career. A friend told me he had employed a fine strong man as a ploughman on his farm, but he missed him for a week; going to his house to see what was the matter, he found him lying in bed drunk, and his ill-cared for children were helping him to spirits out of the tea-kettle. His wife, adopting the same course, had been sent to the lunatic asylum. As another picture, I have known industrious steady men-servants acquiring sufficient to buy a few cows, and marrying a young woman who had saved her wages, become in a few years owners of land, and rich in flocks and herds. Wages in 1862 were as follows: farm-servants and (sheep) station hands, single men, with rations, £50 to £60 per annum; good ploughmen, £55 to £65, shepherds the same; married couples £70 to £80; female servants, £25 to £30; dairy maids, £30 to £40, and for day labourers without wages, seven to nine shillings.</p>
        <p>The settlement of a thousand Nonconformists recently arrived, and located in Albert Land, north of Auckland, on the Onua <pb xml:id="n396" n="388"/>Wharo, is viewed with considerable interest. These will speedily be followed by others, "the native difficulties" being investigated and duly settled in the North Island—in the Middle Island there are none to adjust.</p>
        <p>When in camp on the Waikato, I was enabled to accomplish what I had much desired, a visit to Nelson and Wellington in Cook's Straits. At Wellington there were 300 men of the 2-14th Regiment, under Major Dwyer. Besides being required to inspect the detachment, I was President of a General Court-Martial at Wellington. Severe examples were required about this time; a sergeant of the 65th, stationed at Wanganui, had shot his adjutant, and had recently been executed at Wellington. Strong drink for years had soured the sergeant's temper. The same was the occasion of other acts of insubordination, but which were checked by " the strong hand."</p>
        <p>I embarked on board the 'Airedale' steamer, Captain Kennedy, with other officers also proceeding on court-martial duty, but owing to the dangerous state of the bar, we were detained two days behind the shelter of the headland at Pooponga.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n397" n="389"/>
        <p>Mines of wealth have yet to be opened of various kinds in New Zealand, among others great quantities of mullet might be caught and salted at the Manukau for the Melbourne market, also at the Chatham Islands great supplies of cod might be procured.</p>
        <p>The surf moderating, we crossed the bar, then ran along the west coast, and crossing to the Middle Island, found ourselves in the usually calm waters of Blind or Tasman Bay. Well land-locked with fine mountain ranges, Nelson is picturesquely placed at the south end of the bay, and from the sea, seems to have no level land about it; but on reaching the shore, sufficient space is observed to enable the town to be considerably expanded.</p>
        <p>The climate is excellent at Nelson, neither too hot nor too cold. Fruit there is in abundance. The Nelson apples are celebrated, and we saw large market-gardens well provided. I walked a considerable distance up the Maitai valley, then rode towards Wymea, passing a handsome new college, which with other advantages, will probably cause Nelson to be resorted to by parents for educational purposes. The Dun mountain is the <choice><orig>princi-<pb xml:id="n398" n="390"/>pal</orig><reg>principal</reg></choice> feature at Nelson, and with its railroad zigzagging up its front, and conveying to its base mineral riches, as copper, &amp;c. Nelson exports gold, copper, coal, chrome of various hues, and wool from the Wairau valley, well-known in the history of New Zealand for the massacre of Colonel Wakefield and other officials and servants, who imprudently came in collision with the natives, disputing with the New Zealand Company's people, the right to the land.</p>
        <p>In a museum at Nelson, I saw excellent specimens of the minerals of the district, and also gigantic remains, in the shape of leg bones and feet, of the great bird the Moa, rare Maori stone gods of great antiquity, &amp;c.</p>
        <p>On leaving Nelson, we tried to get through the French passage where the water runs past the rocks like a millrace, but we failed to be in time for a favourable turn of tide, and we kept outside by D'Urville's Island, and the rocky and dangerous shores of Cook's Straits, a funnel for the winds disporting therein.</p>
        <p>Wellington is on a grand and partly land-locked harbour, Port Nicholson, and has disputed with Auckland the right to be <choice><orig>consi-<pb xml:id="n399" n="391"/>dered</orig><reg>considered</reg></choice> the seat of Government. It has not sufficient land to enable it greatly to expand; as there were occasional visitations from earthquakes, the houses are single storied to provide against accidents; but for eight years there has been no disturbance of the earth, and the town may increase by reason of the fine sheep-runs not far off at the Wairarapa, and under the shadow of the Remutaka mountains.</p>
        <p>Besides an agreeable time spent with my brother officers of the 14th, I received attention from the superintendant of the Province, Mr. Featherston, Judge Johnstone, and the agreeable family of the resident magistrate, Mr. St. Hill.</p>
        <p>I said Port Nicholson was partly land-locked, it is not entirely so from the south-west wind which blew for sometime furiously into the harbour, across a sandy peninsula, over which Cook's boats once rowed before an upheaving from earthquakes took place; I saw a large American ship, 'Mary Meril,' driven from her moorings and wrecked on the rocks north of the town, and a brig was also driven on shore at the upper end of the port.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n400" n="392"/>
        <p>I encountered one day the old chief Epuni, or "the greedy" at Wellington, and now decorated with a white beard. I had a picture of him in ray sketch-book, copied from one clone when he was in the prime of man-hood, and grand in flax-mat and feathers. I shewed him his own likeness, but he looked at it vacantly, and did not seem to recognize it. Though he is called Epuni, I am not aware that his appetite was keener than that of others of his countrymen, but their appetites generally have a fine edge; thus Captain F. E. Campbell, clerk of the House of Assembly, having received hospitality from a native in the country, endeavoured to reciprocate civilities when the chief came to town, and provided him with a dinner consisting of a leg of mutton, a loaf of bread, two dishes of potatoes, a plum pudding, a bottle of sherry, and a bottle of porter, all of which he disposed of at a sitting, except a slice of the pudding, which he tied up in his hand-kerchief for his little boy at home. It is necessary to state that the chief was a large man, and as it appeared with an appetite to correspond with his bulk.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n401" n="393"/>
        <p>Through the kind attentions of Major Dwyer in providing horses, I was able to visit the beautiful Ngaranga valley with its over-hanging rocks and woods and winding stream, to see the gorges or narrow passes of the <name key="name-443162" type="place">Hutt River</name> and the Mattara valley richly clothed with forest.</p>
        <p>After four weeks at Wellington, and having concluded my duties there, I returned by the ' Airedale,' touching again at the Taranaki, which was still under military surveillance, Colonel Warre, C.B., commanding, and the farmers unable to resume cultivation for want of confidence in their late foes.</p>
        <p>When the time came for parting with the young battalion, which I had joined immediately after its birth at Naas, and had not quitted for about four years and a half, I found it a very difficult matter; the battalion was a second family, as it were, in which mutual interests and sympathies had naturally sprung up, and were hard to sever. The officers present at head-quarters paid me the compliment of a handsome dinner, and the poor men waited for hours in the rain to cheer me off. It was altogether an ordeal I <pb xml:id="n402" n="394"/>should not like to pass through again; but at length I mounted, and rode to the Manukau with Captains Barnes and Strange, and Lieutenant Cope, thus parting with the last of the corps at Onehunga.</p>
        <p>Embarked in the "Lord Worseley," Captain Kennedy, a roomy vessel since wrecked, but under a different commander, near Mount Egmont, we had for the first time a good bar at the Manukau Heads, and steered to the Taranaki, but it was too wet and stormy to land there again. Arrived at Wellington, I spent a short time with Major Dwyer and the detachment 14th, then shipped in the small steamer " Queen," Captain Pole, an attentive and clever navigator, but commanding a vessel too small for the wild seas about the iron-bound shores of this southern land. The cabins were too narrow to wash and dress in except sideways. A stout gentleman who voyaged in the little " Queen," found himself so jammed up in his berth in the morning, that he was obliged to be sawn out of it; yet we had a deck load of horses and coals, cattle below, and we lost some of this stock as was to be expected <pb xml:id="n403" n="395"/>from the limited room for stowage. There was too much drinking at the commencement of the voyage. Thus three would come down to the cabin, and say to each other, " What will ye take?" then call for " nobblers," and with the exclamation " Who shouts?" or treats. I thought it necessary to interfere and remonstrate against this, and it was taken in good part. Half the wrecks here and els-where arise from carelessness and drinking.</p>
        <p>We rolled along with stiff breezes to Port Cooper, passing ranges of snow-clad mountains, the Kaikoras, also the rugged peninsula called Bank's, famous for high winds. A facetious fellow said the devil tried to make some land and made it, and having some clay left, he threw it down and said, " You be blowed!" and this became Bank's Peninsula.</p>
        <p>Back from Port Cooper, in its deep and sheltered bay, is Littleton, the capital of the Canterbury settlement, where good society is to be found, and extensive sheep-runs enriching the owners. The enterprise of the people here is shewn in the great tunnel which is penetrating the heights at Port Cooper, and opening easy access to the Canterbury plains.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n404" n="396"/>
        <p>We had on board the " Queen" the captain of the late steam-ship "White Swan," which had been recently lost at Waionanga, east coast, during her passage from Auckland to Wellington. The disaster happened at six o'clock in the morning, when the fifty passengers were asleep below, including the Hon. Mr. Fox the prime minister, and several of his colleagues on their way to the meeting of the Parliament, also the Chief Justice Sir George Arney, Captain Harman, 14th Regiment, and many ladies.</p>
        <p>The land had been too closely hugged. After striking, the captain steered for the shore, and the vessel began to settle down by the head, it was a period of intense anxiety till she grounded. About twenty minutes after striking, the water in one of the compartments was level with the deck; the passengers were landed in the boats, these had to be supplied with thole pins from umbrellas and walking-sticks. Both luggage and money were lost, and many boxes of valuable public papers were thrown overboard, in the hope that they would have floated ashore, but the swell carried them out to sea. The <choice><orig>providen-<pb xml:id="n405" n="397"/>tial</orig><reg>providential</reg></choice> escape of crew and passengers on so wild and broken a coast, was a matter of the deepest gratitude to the Almighty, and was recognized by the shipwrecked party, assembling in a large shed on the beach, where the Chief Justice read the sixth chapter of St. John's Gospel, in which occur these impressive words, " It is I, be not afraid," and he then pronounced an appropriate prayer. The " White Swan " became a total wreck, and the passengers were afterwards enabled to make their way by land and by sea to Wellington.</p>
        <p>On the east coast, at the Bay of Plenty, Sir George Grey's new system for the natives seemed to be appreciated, and to work well. Mr. Smith, the civil commissioner, was now busily engaged organising Runangas or councils, and presidents and members of the village Runangas were elected, and a native constabulary force was employed to maintain order among the numerous tribes of the people, and several councils had already been held.</p>
        <p>An industrious tribe of Ngatipikiaus who had been employed in digging for Kauri gum for sometime past, and had lately purchased a <pb xml:id="n406" n="398"/>schooner of twenty-eight tons for £850, which amount was collected in two years, were also building at Te Rotaito a large flour-mill which was to cost £600, and Government was ready to assist those natives with loans who could be relied upon to make good use of the money. Remarkable instances of Maori honesty came to my knowledge when in command of the outposts at the Waikato—thus the postman travelling to and fro for years and often with large sums of money and never once obstructed; the anxiety to repay debts incurred to the white men was also a favourable trait in the Maori character.</p>
        <p>In due time we came in sight of Port Chalmers, Province of Otago, and on the left saw the wreck of another steamer the "Victory," which had been run ashore through the drunkenness and carelessness of the officer in charge of the deck at the time; his punishment was only four months imprisonment.</p>
        <p>We took a pilot on board at the light-house, ran up to the anchorage, then shipped with our portmanteaus into a wonderfully small steamer called the "Expert" like a ship's long boat, and with steam and sail and a run of <pb xml:id="n407" n="399"/>some miles by wooded and picturesque bank s reached Dunedin. This very rising city was flourishing and extending along its sloping site. The gold discoveries had now caused a large influx of active and enterprising men to overpower "the old identity" or original free kirk settlers. There was a joke against one of these worthies, he was asked one Sunday how much he would take for a piece of land he had, he replied "If it were not the Sabbath day I would say £500."</p>
        <p>I put up at a clean and good hotel the "Criterion;" but in a gold digging, prices <hi rend="i">ruled</hi> high, thus 5s. for a bed, 5s. for a dinner, 4s. for breakfast, &amp;c.</p>
        <p>A remarkable event took place when I was at Dunedin, two men came in from gold digging and washing at a secret place up the Clutha River, and bringing with them, tied up in pieces of mole skin and corduroy, 871bs. weight of fine gold and which was deposited in the Bank. This rich "find" was doubted to be genuine at first, it was thought to be a "plant" to get a reward, or to draw others to "prospect;" but after due investigation it was found to be correct, and the gold pioneers <pb xml:id="n408" n="400"/>asked for and obtained £2,000 from Government, besides the value of their 871bs., to reveal where "the fortunate hole" lay. Then commenced a rush, shopmen jumping the counter and off to buy pick, spade and blanket, many shops were shut for want of help. Melbourne took the infection and ship-loads of miners began to appear from Victoria.</p>
        <p>Dunedin two years ago was little better than a quiet village, the flax and the toi-toi reed growing where are now some of the principal streets. There is a wonderful change now—great excitement, great bustle, great progress, wooden huts transformed into brick and stone buildings, handsome shops well provided with goods, asphalt pavements (which by the way are not safe near wooden edifices as they are liable to take and convey fire) crowded wharves, ships and steamers in plenty, all this arising from the sudden appearance of the gold fever in the district, and the extraordinary productiveness of this southern gold field.</p>
        <p>After "the find" before noticed, the gold escort brought to town 17,000 ounces, the result of a fortnight's work, and the number of <pb xml:id="n409" n="401"/>hands employed in digging by the last accounts amounted to 8000 men, the average earnings of each man being an ounce or £3 10s. a day, this beats the Victorian mines where the yield was about an ounce for three men. In a short time from Otago, of gold and other exports the declared value was £150,000.</p>
        <p>An instance of perseverance at Dunedin may be given, a draper was not succeeding at home and he left his wife and two children for a season to try his fortune at Otago; not getting a situation at once, he bought a set of shoe brushes and cleaned boots opposite one of the large hotels, till the roads became so muddy that the people did not care to have their boots cleaned at all; he then got a basket and brought water cresses into town, and did well, till the frost came and killed them; lastly he swept chimneys, when his friends at home hearing of his struggles, sent money to him to enable him to rejoin his family and with improved prospects at home.</p>
        <p>After partaking of the hospitalities of the mess of the detachment 70th Regiment, commanded by Major Ryan, I embarked on the <pb xml:id="n410" n="402"/>21st August in the steamer "Gothenburg" Captain Mackie, an excellent commander, and with the wind strong against us steered south, and saw Stuart's or the South Island of New Zealand. I wished to go in the swift 'Aldinga' steamer, it was as well she had not arrived, for she touched a rock in passing through Faveaux Straits, and was obliged to put back for repairs.</p>
        <p>We had a strong and adverse gale in Bass' Straits, and took ten days to perform our voyage, through no fault or want of effort on the part of the Captain, to whom the passengers unanimously presented a testimonial. At last we saw Port Philip Heads; inside, the "rip" or tide running like a mill-race against us, was terrible, but we stemmed it, and admiring the pleasant appearance of the lighthouse, and the sea-bathing quarters on our left, we passed into Hobson's Bay, and brought up near the ship 'Constance,' which had just run down, and caused the total loss of the 'Tubal Cain' and all hands, except the carpenter, who sprang from a yard of the sinking ship into the 'Constance.' This last had her stem knocked in, and her foremast lay against the mainmast, a miserable affair altogether.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n411" n="403"/>
        <p>In the golden colony of Victoria, I found myself truly in a civilized land—in a land of immense progress, and of unexampled prosperity in a very few years. From the Sandridge Wharf, Mr. Harris and Mr. Wentworth, fellow-passengers and myself, went up by rail to Melbourne, and took up our quarters in a capital hotel, and one not unreasonable, "Scott's;" twelve shillings per day was the charge for a good bed-room, perfectly clean, and for three well-cooked meals. Mr. Scott paid his cook £200 a year, and the most fastidious <hi rend="i">gourmet</hi> could not complain of the fare.</p>
        <p>An injury to the lower limbs caused me to require the valuable assistance of Dr. D. J. Thomas, and his skilful treatment enabled me to hold out without laying up. I "went softly" for a time, but still I was able to see all I wanted, and partake of the hospitalities of Governor Sir Henry Barclay, of General Sir Thomas Pratt, of Sir James Palmer the President of the Council, Mr. McMullen, manager of the Union Bank, &amp;c, and was also a member of an excellent club, <hi rend="i">pro tem.</hi></p>
        <p>Collins Street, where I lived, would cut a <pb xml:id="n412" n="404"/>fine figure in any part of the world—long, wide, well-kept, with very handsome cut stone churches, banks, and other public buildings, and shops with a rich assortment of goods; nothing seemed to be wanting in Melbourne to supply the most refined and extravagant taste. The one horse public vehicles or jingles were peculiar, a sort of double gig very roomy, carrying the driver and one passenger in front, and three facing the rear, a wide "Albert car."</p>
        <p>I experienced a dust storm, but its effects were soon subdued by the Yan Yian waterworks, from which a stream flowed through the streets, most refreshing to behold; and it took three men to hold the pipe and hose which dashed a powerful stream of water across the streets, and effectually to lay the dust.</p>
        <p>I made the acquaintance of a hardy and enterprising countryman, Mr. Landsborough, the traveller, and his two native attendants, Jimmy and Fisherman. Mr. Landsborough is an Ayrshire man, and he had just returned from a successful journey from the Gulf of Carpentaria. He had gone originally in <pb xml:id="n413" n="405"/>search of the unfortunate explorers, Burke and Wills. I brought home Mr. Lands-borough's journal and map for the Royal Geographical Society; and these will, no doubt, soon be published in England, and reveal tracts of great promise for intending settlers and sheep farmers.</p>
        <p>I was much interested in driving with my young friend, Mr. G. A. Colquhoun, to the University and Museum. In the latter are well-preserved specimens of the birds, beasts and fishes of Australia, also of the minerals, besides well-executed models of the manner of gold washing in the creeks, and mining below the surface, at the depth of several hundred feet, with sections of the strata passed through.</p>
        <p>At the public library, Mr. Tuke presented me with a catalogue beautifully illustrated with the flora of the land. Besides a choice and large collection of books, the casts and photographs at the library, demonstrated the great cost at which, and chiefly directed by Sir Redmond Barry, this most creditable institution had been established. I saw a considerable number of men of the mechanic <pb xml:id="n414" n="406"/>class, availing themselves in the Reading rooms of the advantages of free admission.</p>
        <p>At the Royal Park, the Acclimatization Society were collecting useful animals to distribute in Australia; and I saw there the graceful kangaroo and wallibie, also native and foreign birds.</p>
        <p>With Mr. William Palmer, sergeant-at-arms, I visited the very handsome Houses of Parliament, of massive architecture, and inside resplendent with gilding on white ground. We next, as a great treat, adjourned to the Botanical Gardens, excellently kept, extensive, with varied surface, possessing a large lagoon for aquatic birds and plants, and in extensive aviaries, birds from the old country gave their "sounds of home."</p>
        <p>My next expedition was a hundred miles up the country to Ballarat the original "gold diggings;" there, guided by Mr. Williamson, manager of the Union Bank, I was enabled to see quartz crushing for gold at the Black Hill, puddling at the Prince of Wales' mine, and the operation of gold washing by means of the cradle worked by a Chinaman in a very primitive manner, but thus not the less interesting.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n415" n="407"/>
        <p>The prosperity of the colony of Victoria may be seen from the following tables of 1860.</p>
		  <list>
        <item>Number of holders of land, 13,175.</item>
        <item>Number of acres, 3,015,607.</item>
        <item>Land in cultivation, 358,727.</item>
        <item>Wool, £2,025,066, exported.</item>
        <item>Tallow, £18,269, exported.</item>
        <item>Hides and Skins, £144,236, exported.</item>
        <item>Sheep, 5,794,127.</item>
        <item>Cattle, 683,534.</item>
        <item>Horses, 69,288.</item>
		  </list>
        <q>
          <table>
            <row>
              <cell role="label">Male Emigrants.</cell>
              <cell role="label">Females.</cell>
              <cell role="label">Total.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>19,566</cell>
              <cell>9,471</cell>
              <cell>29,037</cell>
            </row>
          </table>
          <table>
            <row>
              <cell role="label">Males in Victoria.</cell>
              <cell role="label">Females.</cell>
              <cell role="label">Total.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>342,765</cell>
              <cell>205,647</cell>
              <cell>548,412</cell>
            </row>
          </table>
        </q>
        <p>In 1859, of gold, 2,280,675 ounces, and its value was £9,120,971.</p>
        <p>The foundation of the colony may be considered to have taken place in 1835.</p>
        <p>I thought at one time of the Red Sea route home, but the fine large steamship 'Great Britain' being at Melbourne, and about to start, I took a cabin in her, and embarked on the 17th of September, and I had no reason to repent of the route I had adopted, though <pb xml:id="n416" n="408"/>it was round the dreaded "Horn," connected with which are endless stories of storms, tempests and icebergs.</p>
        <p>On the morning of the 18th of September, the noble ship of 5000 tons burden, and 500 horse power, commanded by Captain Gray of the Royal Naval Reserve, loosed from her moorings in Hobson's Bay, and in smooth water steamed down towards the Port Philip Heads, carrying a valuable cargo of gold, wool, &amp;c., from the golden colony of Victoria. Of passengers in the four saloons, and ship's company, we had five hundred and eighteen souls on board.</p>
        <p>For an iron ship, the 'Great Britain' is one of the strongest afloat. She is now twenty years old, and strength and solidity are apparent in all parts of her hull and fittings, she has also the modern improvements of double topsails, patent windlasses, &amp;c. Steaming and sailing the course was through Bass' Straits towards the east, to round the Horn, and thence, if favoured by Providence, towards the shores of "Merrie England." After a few days out, it blew furiously, as is usual in these so-called "Pacific" latitudes, <pb xml:id="n417" n="409"/>but as we made great progress, one thousand miles in four days, and there was no damage done to the sails or spars, the gale was an advantage to us.</p>
        <p>We passed and saw the volcanic group of the Auckland Isles, of picturesque outline and possessing much interest for the botanist, then Campbell Island, mountainous, and with good harbours, though like the Aucklands totally uninhabited. Speeding on our voyage and averaging two hundred and forty miles a day, the time was diversified with music, and dancing, and I had undertaken to edit a weekly paper called after the great ocean bird "the Albatross;" the passengers being stimulated to contribute to it, an agreeable excitement was kept up, and the voyage apparently shortened by the efforts of amateur members of "the fourth estate."</p>
        <p>A suspicious haze prevailed over the deep for some days, indicating the vicinity of ice, and causing some anxiety when the horizon could not be seen or observations taken; whales we also looked out for, though it is lamentable to think of their wanton destruction in the Southern Ocean, even the females <pb xml:id="n418" n="410"/>followed into the bays where they had resorted to calve, and there mercilessly slaughtered with their young. It is conjectured that if the Great Antarctic barrier of ice could be penetrated by steamers with lifting screws, a preserve of whales would be found towards the South Pole. Whaling nations should agree to have Ocean Game Laws, or whales, walrusses, seals, &amp;c., will soon become totally extinct.</p>
        <p>Three icebergs were seen, and the cold air from them was sensibly felt. One was apparently six hundred feet long, and created a considerable sensation on board; whilst sea birds attended us in large numbers, and a couple of whales spouted as "the brave winds" blew us towards "Tierra del Fuego," or the land of fire.</p>
        <p>The backbone of South America (the Andes, extending from Panama to near Cape Horn) acts as a wall to stop the western gales, which come in violent puffs round the south corner, as it were, of the great continent, rising here in huge mishapen and barren precipices, with violent tides and currents at their base; yet in various parts, forests and verdant shades, and <pb xml:id="n419" n="411"/>even flowers relieve the scene, and proclaim that even here</p>
		  <q>"All is not barren."</q>
        <p>In passing the treeless but healthy Falkland Islands, we experienced rough weather, and a <hi rend="i">turbulent ocean</hi>, and the ship burying her head in the waves, pitched fearfully. It is to be desired that the Falklands will be selected as a convict settlement, as escape from them is difficult, the soil is capable of being rendered very productive with skilled labour, there is excellent grazing, the sea round them swarms with fish, and there are no aborigines to interfere with the right of possession.</p>
        <p>In the end of October, we were well between the tropics, the heat was 80°, and we changed our opossum rugs for lighter coverings. There were three events in one week, a play in the saloon, dancing on deck instead of the saloon, and a close view of the picturesque island of Trinidada,</p>
		  <q>"Placed far amid the melancholy main."</q>
        <p>The play was "The Loan of a Lover." The parts were well sustained, and it gave entire satisfaction.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n420" n="412"/>
        <p>The great pinnacle of rock rising out of the depths of ocean, the summit of a cordillera, Trinidada, in south latitude 20°, and which we passed within perfect view, was an object of extreme interest. It is six miles in circumference; sea-fowls sailed round the cliffs, and the surf beat high on its ironbound shores. The 'Monument' and 'Sugarloaf rocks stood out prominently, the first is upwards of eight hundred feet high.</p>
        <p>Though desolation and solitude claim Trinidada for their own, yet the Portuguese had once a settlement here, and from the aspect of the island, it is possible that the vine might be successfully cultivated on it.</p>
        <p>In latitude 3° 56' south, we passed a terrestrial paradise, Fernando Noronha, a Brazilian island, used for transportation. Its surface is varied, covered with luxuriant vegetation, and gorgeous with flowers. The earth and sea easily produce what satisfies the wants of the inhabitants, who spend a good deal of their time lolling in their net hammocks, or smoking, gaming, and playing the guitar.</p>
        <p>As a suitable amusement for the warm latitudes we were passing through, a vocal and <pb xml:id="n421" n="413"/>instrumental concert came off in the saloon, under an excellent German leader, Mr. Pohl.</p>
        <p>We crossed the line on the 29th of October, after forty days from Melbourne, the quickest run Captain Gray had made from that port to the Line in the "Great Britain" in ten years, or any other vessel he had heard of.</p>
        <p>The next event was passing close to the dangerous rocky islets called St. Pauls, or Penado de St. Pedro, in latitude 0° 55' north. Many wrecks have no doubt taken place on these jagged and terrible crags rising out of soundings one hundred feet above the water, and in the direct track of ships from southern lands. The dreary shores swarm with sea-birds, as the sea does with fish, and the gaftopsail fins of numerous sharks are seen above the surface of the tepid water; here especially the monsters require to be beaten off with oars when fish are being hauled into ships' boats.</p>
        <p>Mr. Cooper, a government officer, exhibited dissolving views of a superior order, the expensive apparatus for which had cost one hundred guineas.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n422" n="414"/>
        <p>Our good ship now approached its destined haven, and at no great distance from Cape Clear, one morning before sunrise, we had a very providential escape from destruction. The look-out on the forecastle did not see the mighty object which approached us, but the officer of the watch beside the helmsman suddenly observed a tall ship of apparently 1200 tons burden, silently and without lights, bearing right down upon us. A turn of the wheel saved us, and the great black hull passed just clear of, and across our bows. Another half minute there might have been a fearful crash of spars and hulls, and one or both vessels sunk in a very brief space of time.</p>
        <p>After sixty-two days from Melbourne, we safely and thankfully arrived at Liverpool, thus concluding a prosperous and happy voyage.</p>
      </div>
    </body>
    <pb xml:id="n423"/>
    <back xml:id="t1-back">
      <div xml:id="t1-back-d1" type="appendix">
        <head>
          <hi rend="c">Appendix.</hi>
          <lb/>
          <hi rend="lsc">The Armstrong Gun At Taranaki.</hi>
        </head>
        <p>Whilst collecting materials for the narrative of the twelve months operations in the Taranaki against the Maories in 1860-61, I sought for and obtained what information I required regarding the performances of the Armstrong guns, which had been despatched from England after the war commenced, under the impression that in the attack of heavily timbered stockades (the old and favourite defence of the Maories) the elongated shell from its beautifully rifled piece of ordnance would have a terrible effect, and would hasten the termination of hostilities. I accordingly subjoin what may prove interesting to those who are curious to know how the Armstrong guns were used in the Taranaki.</p>
        <p>Before they arrived, I may repeat that the Royal Artillery, under Captain Strover, performed very valuable service in the attack on Te Kohia or the L. pah, at Kaihihi, at the action of Mahoetahi, &amp;c., and during the progress of the sap from No. 3 Redoubt towards the strong position of Te Arei pah or Pukerangeora on the high cliffs of the Waitara River. Officers and men of the Royal Artillery worked with the greatest zeal in their important arm of the service, and cooperating with the Royal Engineers, under Colonel Mould, and covered by the arm of precision of the infantry, after a long and arduous struggle against a brave and determined foe, and in a country much more difficult than Cafferland, as we had seen, caused the Ngatiawa Maories to hoist the white flag.</p>
        <p>The principal scene of operations in the latter part of the conflict in the Taranaki was, as was described, an extensive fern-covered and undulating plain stretching along the left bank <pb xml:id="n424" n="416"/>of the clear waters of the Waitara (or lively) river bordered with forest trees, and towards the heights where a long line of picketing marked the Maori position of Te Arei. The distance from the mouth of the Waitara to Te Arei was some half a dozen miles. The head-quarter (or Waitara) camp was near the mouth of the river. Three miles in advance was the Kairau or No. 1 redoubt, near the scene of the action about the Matarikoriko pah. No. 2 was in advance of that, then No. 3, of three squares <hi rend="i">en échelon</hi>, where the severe fight took place on the morning of the 23rd January, the Maories having made desperate efforts to storm it but were repulsed with heavy loss. Then commenced the sap against the position of Huirangi garnished with a series of rifle pits, and these being taken, the sap was continued towards Te Arei, and was supported by redoubts to the number of eight in all.</p>
        <p>We had nothing in Cafferland like what I saw in the Taranaki. Kloofs and krantzes (ravines and cliffs) there were in South Africa in plenty, but no stockades or rifle pits, and though both Caffers and Maories are strong and active warriors, and cunning withal, yet I esteem the warfare in New Zealand much more dangerous than in South Africa for many reasons, including a considerable supply of double barrels in the hand of the Maories. The three Caffer wars obtained and well deserved a bit of ribbon.<note xml:id="fn53-416" n="*"><p>A New Zealand medal would be a great boon.</p></note></p>
        <p>On the 4th of March, 1861, Captain Mercer, R.A. arrived at Auckland, New Zealand, in the 'Norwood,' after a prosperous voyage, with the Armstrong battery and ten-inch and eight-inch mortars. That day week he had cleared the ship of the battery, mortars, shell and other stores in all amounting to 700 tons; notwithstanding the extra labour of discharging by lighters, as the 'Norwood' lay out at some distance in the harbour being unable to go alongside the pier to discharge, officers and men worked with a will, all being desirous of taking part in the Maori war in the Taranaki. On the 12th March, half of the Armstrong battery <pb xml:id="n425" n="417"/>with the mortars embarked on board the colonial war steamer, 'Victoria,' Captain Norman, for the seat of war. Lieutenant Hunter, R.A., was left behind in charge of the other half battery, and was to follow on the arrival of Captain Watson, R.A., with 180 horses from Australia. Captain Mercer's party arrived at the Waitara River on the morning of the 13th March and commenced landing at once in surf boats. The same afternoon the Armstrong guns were taken out of their cases, cleaned and mounted, the ammunition, &amp;c., examined, and the whole found to be complete and in perfect order. Major-General Sir T. S. Pratt, K.C.B., then commanding, directed Captain Mercer to proceed with Mr. Parris, the native commissioner, the following day, and select a favourable position for shelling Mataitawa, the stronghold of Wiremu Kingi, but the distance of the nearest spot from whence it could be seen over the tops of the trees of the forest was (by calculation) beyond the range of the 12-pounder Armstrong gun. Whilst Captain Mercer was absent Lieutenant Pickard had the men drilled and exercised at laying the guns, in order to see that they had not forgotten during the long voyage, the instruction they had received in England. The artificers were at the same time busily employed in making poles, &amp;c., for bullock draught. Three poles were completed during the day, thus enabling the guns to start for the front at 6 <hi rend="lsc">A.M.</hi> the next morning, Friday, the 15th of March.</p>
        <p>On arriving at No. 7 redoubt the white flag was. flying from the Te Arei pah, but about midday, when Captain Mercer was in the advanced trench with the late Lieutenant E. C. MacNaughten, R.A., examining the position, &amp;c., of the Maori rifle trenches, it was hauled down, and in place of it a large red war flag was run up, a single defiant shot was then heard, which was immediately followed by vollies from the Maori pits; these rattling against the gabions of the sap shewed that the natives were recommencing hostilities in right good earnest. Captain Mercer immediately returned to No. 7 redoubt, and opened fire from the Armstrong guns <pb xml:id="n426" n="418"/>and mortars on the lines of the enemy's rifle trenches, there being nothing else to fire at except the open stockading of Te Arei pah. The whole Maori position from our left front to our extreme right front formed a curve about a mile in extent, the Maori left resting on the forest, and the right terminating in a precipice overhanging the river Waitara, the dense forest being also immediately in the rear for escape. For as is well known the Maories never fight, except under strong cover, and when they have also a good and safe retreat to fall back upon. The position of Te Arei as well as the steep slopes of the hills stretching away to our right front appeared to be lined with rifle trenches or pits, many of them concealed by a stunted growth of bush, so that the presence of our all but invisible foe was often only known by the puffs of smoke from their discharged rifles or guns, or perhaps a few heads being occasionally seen above the crest of their line of trench for a minute or so, and then as suddenly disappearing. They lay concealed for hours, both in their pits and amongst the abounding cover and now and then by single shots and sometimes by vollies they endeavoured to do all the mischief they could.</p>
        <p>There was no heavily timbered stockade to breach to enable the troops to take Te Arei by assault; for a broad roadway led right over the crest of the hill into the centre of the position of the Maories through open picketing. The extraordinary occurrence of finding oneself in front of the enemy with apparently nothing for artillery to fire at, struck the newly arrived artillery officers, and remarking the same, they were told if the white flag was hauled down, the rifle trenches of Te Arei, as well as those of the neighbouring hills, would be alive with natives, as far as their fire was concerned, but they themselves would be all but invisible. Captain Mercer then attentively considering these lines of pits or rifle trenches along the crest of the hills all around coupled with the peculiar mode of Maori warfare, and also being informed that their trenches were generally constructed in the following ingenious manner—first a narrow deep <pb xml:id="n427" n="419"/>trench is made, then on the side fronting their assailant it is dug out in the form of a shoe, the earth so excavated being thrown outside on the top to the rear, rough wood work, beams, &amp;c., arranged so as to support the earth above the excavation, thus forming a secure place where they immediately retired after delivering their fire—it appeared to Captain Mercer that he had before him in these rifle trenches a target of about eight feet in height counting from the top of the trench to the bottom of the excavation, and running laterally some distance, and he calculated that by aiming at the centre of this target, some three or four feet below the earth thrown on the top rear of the trench, the shell penetrating just below the crest of it, and meeting with the resistance of the rough wooden support of the earth in the trench, or any other body momentarily to arrest the flight of the shell, it would burst inside and deal destruction around. To increase the chance of unearthing some of these wily natives, planks were procured for gun wheels and trails to rest upon, so as to adjust the gun to the greatest nicety of level. After a trial shell on each of their positions, and the range having been accurately obtained, the Armstrong guns were loaded and laid on certain points of the lines of the enemy's rifle trenches, and the gunner with lanyard in hand waited for the word to fire from the officer who was watching the trench with glasses, until some heads appearing above, or a puff of smoke from the discharged pieces revealed their presence in that direction, when the gun was instantly fired, and the shell was observed from the battery to enter just below the crest of the trench carrying destruction to any Maories in that portion of the pits.</p>
        <p>The natives were also in the habit of firing vollies when the working parties, or any number of men were going to or returning from the head of the sap; on these occasions the guns were laid on the lines of the pits, and the shells fixed with both time and concussion fuzes, and before the parties marched, the gunners were ready waiting for the word, which was given directly the natives opened fire, and the Armstrong <pb xml:id="n428" n="420"/>shells at the same instant burst amongst them. Lieutenant Pickard and Acting-Sergeant-Major R. Hayes made some excellent shell practice with the Armstrong guns. Colour-Sergeant J. Moran, Royal Engineers, whilst at the head of the sap, and Bombardier T. Singer No. 3 battery, 12th Brigade Royal Artillery, whilst working the Coehorn mortars (with the late Lieutenant E. C. MacNaughten, R.A.) have both given satisfactory evidence of their having personally observed the action of the Armstrong shell, its entering just below the crest of the rifle trench in front of Te Arei, and bursting inside. Hapurona and Ihaiha informed one of the officers of the 14th Regiment (Captain Buck), through an interpreter, that they did not like the new shell &amp;c. One is very much amused at the grotesquely absurd remarks that are hazarded and ventilated concerning the action of the Armstrong gun by those who, if actually brought to book on the subject, are as ignorant as a babe unborn of the mechanism of the Armstrong shell, or of either the time or concussion fuzes, and know absolutely nothing of the action of either or of both when placed in the shell. These individuals were under the impression that a few Armstrong shells launched against the Maori position would cause Te Arei and the neighbouring hills to leap into the air, and the dense forest which clothed them to vanish in a blue flame according to the most approved stage effect. It need not be said that they were disappointed, and, naturally short-sighted, they could not make it out, why "an Armstrong shell fired with concussion fuze only, and consequently not bursting until after penetration, and travelling at the rate of one thousand feet per second," carried to them no visible demonstration; hence, instead of the Armstrong shell being innocent, they themselves are shown to be "the innocents." Viewing it, however, as a whole, it is not exactly the target that an artillery officer would choose to demonstrate to the uninitiated the destructive effects of the Armstrong gun; but considering the peculiar circumstances attending the warfare in front of the position of Te Arei, it was the best and only <pb xml:id="n429" n="421"/>way to use this gun with advantage, and from observation Captain Mercer was fully convinced of the decided superiority of rifled ordnance over smooth bored; at the same time, there can be little doubt but that the shrewd cunning of these artful natives, in dispersing in twos and threes, and never fighting except they are concealed amidst the abounding cover of their country, neutralizes, to a certain extent, the effect of the destructive powers of an artillery that may be brought against them. Notwithstanding all this, they felt seriously the artillery fire during the last four days of the struggle, as well as previously under another excellent and zealous artillery officer, Captain Strover, and the fact of their sudden departure home, and so terminating the war at Taranaki suggests the interesting question, "Why these Maories having recommenced hostilities in good earnest, on Friday morning March 15, should suddenly 'shut up' on the following Monday March 18, and twenty-four hours after that the Waikato contingent decamp on their way back to their country." One is also struck with the remarkable fact, that since the war at Taranaki not a stick has been cut in Waikato, nor have any preparations for defence been made in support of the King movement, which would appear to demonstrate that they had felt the power of artillery, and indeed they say they will build no more pahs for artillery to knock down, but will take to the bush, &amp;c.</p>
        <p>Capt. Mercer being very anxious to get at the real facts of the case with respect to the effect of the guns, and to ascertain what the natives themselves thought of the artillery fire, made inquiries in all directions, and was informed by the Rev, Mr. Wilson, the clergyman of the Church of England, who has been for the last twenty-nine years in New Zealand, as before noticed, and has great knowledge of both the natives and their country, and who has visited the Waikato district since the termination of hostilities at Taranaki, that the Maories had a great dread of artillery; they said they could not come out into the open, because they could not face the <pb xml:id="n430" n="422"/>fire of the guns, and that had no artillery being brought against them they would have constructed strong pahs, and any attempt of the troops to take them without artillery would, they said, be attended with similar results as the attack by Colonel Despard in the north in 1845. That the <hi rend="i">night firing</hi> of the mortars as well as the artillery fire in genera], created great alarm amongst them, and on two or three occasions when they thought themselves perfectly secure, the shot and shell came tumbling amongst them until they at last exclaimed that the very woods were not safe; that the fire of the artillery was exceedingly accurate, the shell ploughing up their trenches, and that they could not endure the harrassing uncertainty of shells dropping amongst them during all hours of the day and night, winding up by saying that they would excuse themselves for killing unarmed men, &amp;c., for "ambushes" were their only "big guns" or "artillery," and that they would, if the war was renewed, take to the bush and rifle pits, spread themselves all over the country, and do all the damage they could.</p>
        <p>It appears that they fully understand the secret of their strength, which lies in this very dispersion, combined with never fighting except when the nature of their magnificent country, consisting of mountains, ravines, gullies with high fern, bush and forest, favours their peculiar mode of war-fare.</p>
        <p>After the sanguinary affair at Puketakauere in June 1860, Major Nelson, 40th Regiment, commanding at the Waitara camp, a brave and zealous officer, at length drove the Maories from their pah by shells at uncertain times; and at night, from a 68-pounder, they were harassed out of Puketakauere by a force indequate for investmeut and assault.</p>
        <p>The mortar battery, consisting of two ten-inch and two eight-inch mortars was on the right, and outside No. 7 redoubt, and under the command of Captain Strover. These mortars were fired at intervals throughout the whole day, whenever there were any signs of the presence of the natives <pb xml:id="n431" n="423"/>in their pits; the practice was very good, the shells dropping in the Maori trenches both in Te Arei and on the hills to our right, burying and destroying everything near them. In order to harass the natives as much as possible, firing was carried on during the night at uncertain hours with the mortars laid upon different positions, so that they could never tell when or where the shell was coming.</p>
        <p>On Saturday 16th March, an attack was made on our extreme right; a 9-pounder gun, accompanied by a detachment of the 40th Regiment, commenced firing some rounds of common case into the bush to drive out the natives; and subsequently on their retiring to the trenches on the edge of the wood, some shrapnel shell were sent amongst them; soon after the firing ceased, and the men returned to camp.</p>
        <p>It had been the practice to place every night behind the sap roller, and sunk in the earth in its box, an eight-inch naval shell with a friction tube fixed through the fuze, and a cord attached to it and the sap roller, so as to explode should the natives attempt to capture the roller. This was suggested by the Royal Engineers, and carried out at their request by the Naval Brigade, in consequence of one sap roller having been carried off by the natives, conceiving that in the event of their trying to do so a second time, the main rifle trench in front of Te Arei, not far from the head of the sap, would be lined with natives watching the operation, as well as at hand to help to secure the roller and drag it up the hill to the pah. The Armstrong guns were loaded and laid on this trench the last thing before dark; each night also the mortars were laid on different parts of Te Arei. On Saturday night the trap of the shell succeeded; the Maories endeavouring to capture the sap roller, the shell exploded, and immediately afterwards the enemy got the benefit of both the Armstrong and mortar shells from No. 7 redoubt.</p>
        <p>Sunday, March 17th, was a sad day for the artillery, for <pb xml:id="n432" n="424"/>they lost poor MacNaughten, he was killed whilst in the act of laying a Coehorn mortar in the extremity of the advance demi-parallel, the ball passing through the wrist and entering the chest, he died almost immediately, firing his last shot on the anniversary of his firing his first one in this war. He had ably conducted the fire of the Coehorn mortars since the advance of the sap from No. 8 redoubt, and had been in every engagement throughout the whole war. The force was now deprived of his most valuable assistance, and the service has lost in him a most brave and efficient officer Sergeant J. Christie, R.A. an excellent non-commissioned officer, was wounded in the shoulder in the advance demi-parallel early on Monday morning, whilst Captain Mercer was arranging with him about carrying on the practice with the Coehorn mortars.</p>
        <p>Some hours after this, a red war flag being observed hoisted on a hill to our left front and to the right rear of Te Arei, some 1900 yards distant, and natives being observed working as if they intended to occupy a new position of rifle pits when they should be obliged to retreat from Te Arei, the guns were laid, and some Armstrong shell fixed with time and concussion fuzes were sent amongst them; one of the shells burst at the front of the flag-staff, when they instantly hauled down their flag, and they themselves giving over working, disappeared and were no more seen in that direction.</p>
        <p>On Monday afternoon, March 18, a sharp attack was made on our extreme right from the wood adjacent to No. 7 redoubt; during this attack the Armstrong guns were used against the main rifle trench in front of Te Arei to keep down the fire of the natives on the head of the sap. A 9-pounder gun and a 24-pounder howitzer were taken down to the edge of the wood, and after some rounds of common case to drive the natives out of the bush, on their retiring to their trenches, which formed a continuation of cover from the wood to the flag-staff hill, some common and shrapnel <pb xml:id="n433" n="425"/>shell were used against them. Gunner T. Talford was wounded hi the leg whilst serving the 9-pounder gun.</p>
        <p>At four o'clock on the morning of the 19th March the Sergeant Major, R.A. accompanied Captain Mercer outside the redoubt, and fired the last two mortars at Te Arei, and within two hours afterwards white flags were flying from all the Maori positions.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n434"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-back-d2" type="biblography">
        <head>Illustrated Works<lb/><hi rend="lsc">By</hi> <hi rend="c">Colonel Sir <name type="person" key="name-124506">J. E. Alexander</name></hi>, K.C.L.S.</head>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d2" type="section">
          <head>I</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Travels</hi> from <hi rend="c">India</hi> to <hi rend="c">England</hi>, by way of <hi rend="c">Burmah</hi>, <hi rend="c">Persia</hi>, <hi rend="c">Turkey</hi>, &amp;c.</title>; with Sketches of the First War in Burmah, and of the War in Persia with Russia, whilst attached to the British Mission in. Persia. 1 vol. 4to.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d3" type="section">
          <head>II</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Shigurf Namah-I-Velaet</hi></title>; or, interesting Intelligence concerning Europe; being the Travels of Mirza Itesa Mqdeen, Agent from the great Mogul. Translated into Hindustanee and English from the original Persian Manuscript. 1 vol. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d4" type="section">
          <head>III</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Travels</hi> to the <hi rend="c">Seat</hi> of <hi rend="c">War</hi> in the <hi rend="c">East</hi>, through <hi rend="c">Russia</hi> and the <hi rend="c">Crimea</hi>, in 1829;</title> with Sketches of the Imperial Fleet, and of the Army in Turkey. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d5" type="section">
          <head>IV</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Transatlantic Sketches</hi> of <hi rend="c">Remarkable</hi> <hi rend="c">Scenes</hi> and <hi rend="c">Adventures</hi> in <hi rend="c">North</hi> and <hi rend="c">South America</hi>, and the <hi rend="c">West Indies</hi></title>. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d6" type="section">
          <head>IV</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Sketches</hi> in <hi rend="c">Portugal</hi> during the <hi rend="c">Civil War</hi> of <date when="1834">1834</date>.</title> 1 vol. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d7" type="section">
          <head>V</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Military Exercises</hi> and <hi rend="c">Tuition</hi>.</title> 1 vol. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d8" type="section">
          <head>VII.</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Voyage Round</hi> the <hi rend="c">West Coast</hi>, and a <hi rend="c">Visit</hi> to the <hi rend="c">Colonies</hi> of <hi rend="c">Africa</hi></title>; with a Campaign in Cafferland, on the Staff of the Commander-in-Chief. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d9" type="section">
          <head>VIII.</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">An Expedition of Discovery</hi> into the <hi rend="c">Interior</hi> of <hi rend="c">Africa</hi>, through the <hi rend="c">Countries</hi> of the <hi rend="c">Great Namaquas, Boschmans</hi>, and <hi rend="c">Hill Damaras</hi></title>; under the Auspices of the Government, and the Royal Geographical Society of London. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d10" type="section">
          <head>IX</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">A Life</hi> of <hi rend="c">Field-Marshal</hi> the <hi rend="c">Duke</hi> of <hi rend="c">Wellington</hi>, K.G., G C.B.</title> Edited, with Portraits. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d11" type="section">
          <head>X</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">L'Acadie</hi>; or <hi rend="c">Seven</hi> Years' Explorations in North America</title>; including a Survey for a Military Road from Halifax to Quebec, for the Board of Ordnance. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d12" type="section">
          <head>XI</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Canada as it was, is, and May Be</hi>.</title> Edited. 2 v.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d13" type="section">
          <head>XII</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Passages</hi> in the <hi rend="c">Life</hi> of a <hi rend="c">Soldier</hi></title>; including Services at the Siege of Sebastopol. 2 vols. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d14" type="section">
          <head>XIII</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Military Examination</hi> for <hi rend="c">Junior Officers</hi> of <hi rend="c">Infantry</hi></title>; or, 600 Questions and Answers on Drill, Discipline, 'Interior Economy, Field Fortification, Reconnoitering, &amp;c. 1 vol. 8vo.</bibl>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-back-d2-d15" type="section">
          <head>XIV</head>
          <bibl><title><hi rend="c">Salmon Fishing</hi> in <hi rend="c">Canada</hi></title>. Edited, with Illustrations. 1 vol. 8vo.</bibl>
          <pb xml:id="n435"/>
        </div>
      </div>
    </back>
  </text>
</TEI>